Você está na página 1de 224

vor|ed lxemp|es

to lurocode ? Vo|ume !

A cement end concrete |ndustry pu|||cet|on
|or tho dosign of in-situ concroto o|omonts in framod bui|dings
to 8S N 1992-1-1: 2004 and its Uk Nationa| Annox: 2005
CH Coodchi|d bSc Clng MClOb MlStructl ot a|
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
2
|oroword
The introduction of European standards to UK construction is a signicant event as, for the
rst time, all design and construction codes within the EU will be harmonised. The ten design
standards, known as the Eurocodes, will affect all design and construction activities as all current
British Standards for structural design are due to be withdrawn in 2010.
The cement and concrete industry recognised the need to enable UK design professionals to use
Eurocode 2, Design of concrete structures, quickly, effectively, efciently and with condence.
Supported by government, consultants and relevant industry bodies, the Concrete Industry
Eurocode 2 Group (CIEG) was formed in 1999 and this Group has provided the guidance for a
coordinated and collaborative approach to the introduction of Eurocode 2.
As a result, a range of resources are being delivered by the concrete sector (see www.eurocode2.info).
The aim of this publication, Worked Examples to Eurocode 2: Volume 1 is to distil from Eurocode 2,
other Eurocodes and other sources the material that is commonly used in the design of concrete
framed buildings.
These worked examples are published in two parts. Volume 2 will include chapters on Foundations,
Serviceability, Fire and Retaining walls.
Acknow|odgomonts
The original ideas for this publication emanates from the research project `Eurocode 2: Transition
from UK to European concrete design standards, which was led by the BCA and part funded by
the DTI under their PII scheme and was overseen by a Steering Group and the CIEG. The work has
been brought to fruition by The Concrete Centre from early initial drafts by various authors listed
on the inside back cover. The concrete industry acknowledges and appreciates the support given
by many individuals, companies and organisations in the preparation of this document. These are
listed on the inside back cover.
We gratefully acknowledge the authors of the initial drafts and the help and advice given by Robin
Whittle in checking the text. Thanks are also due to Gillian Bond, Kevin Smith, Sally Huish and the
design team at Michael Burbridge Ltd for their work on the production.
The copyright of British Standards extracts reproduced in this document is held by the British Standards Institution (BSI).
Permission to reproduce extracts from British Standards is granted by BSI under the terms of Licence No: 2009RM010. No other
use of this material is permitted. This publication is not intended to be a replacement for the standard and may not reect the
most up-to-date status of the standard. British Standards can be obtained in PDF or hard copy formats from the BSI online shop:
http://shop.bsigroup.com or by contacting BSI Customer Services for hard copies only:
Tel:+44 (0)20 8996 9001, Email: cservices@bsigroup.com.
ub|ishod by 1ho Concroto Contro, part of tho Minora| roducts Association
k|vers|de louse, 4 Meedows bus|ness ler|, Stet|on Approech, b|ec|weter, Cem|er|ey, Surrey C0!/ 9Ab
1o|: 44 (0)!?/6 606S00 |ax: 44 (0)!?/6 606S0! www.concrotocontro.com
he Concrete Centre |s pert o the M|nere| lroducts Assoc|et|on, the trede essoc|et|on or the eggregetes,
esphe|t, cement, concrete, ||me, morter end s|||ce send |ndustr|es www.minora|products.org
Cement end Concrete lndustry lu|||cet|ons (CCll) ere produced through en |ndustry |n|t|et|ve to
pu|||sh techn|ce| gu|dence |n support o concrete des|gn end construct|on CCll pu|||cet|ons ere
eve||e||e rom the Concrete boo|shop et www.concrotobookshop.com 1o|: 44 (0)/004-60////
CCll-04!
lu|||shed Lecem|er ?009
lSbN 9/S-!-9046S!S-S4-/
lr|ce Croup l
MlA - he Concrete Centre
All advice or information from MPA - The Concrete Centre is intended only for use in the UK by those who will evaluate the
signicance and limitations of its contents and take responsibility for its use and application. No liability (including that for
negligence) for any loss resulting from such advice or information is accepted by MPA - The Concrete Centre or its subcontractors,
suppliers or advisors. Readers should note that the publications from MPA - The Concrete Centre are subject to revision from time
to time and should therefore ensure that they are in possession of the latest version.
Printed by Michael Burbridge Ltd, Maidenhead, UK.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
i
Contents
vor|ed lxemp|es
to lurocode ? Vo|ume !
Symbo|s ||
1 |ntroduction !
!! A|m !
!? lurocode bes|s o structure| des|gn 3
!3 lurocode ! Act|ons on structures 4
!4 lurocode ? Les|gn o concrete structures 4
!S Net|one| Annexes S
!6 bes|s o the wor|ed exemp|es |n th|s pu|||cet|on S
!/ Assumpt|ons 6
!S Meter|e| propert|es 6
!9 lxecut|on 6
2 Ana|ysis, actions and |oad arrangomonts /
?! Methods o ene|ys|s /
?? Act|ons /
?3 Cherecter|st|c ve|ues o ect|ons /
?4 Ver|e||e ect|ons |mposed |oeds S
?S Ver|e||e ect|ons snow |oeds !?
?6 Ver|e||e ect|ons w|nd |oeds !3
?/ Ver|e||e ect|ons others !/
?S lermenent ect|ons !S
?9 Les|gn ve|ues o ect|ons ?!
?!0 loed errengement o ect|ons |ntroduct|on ?S
?!! loed errengements eccord|ng to the
0l Net|one| Annex to lurocode ?S
?!? lxemp|es o |oed|ng ?/
3 S|abs 3S
30 Cenere| 3S
3! S|mp|y supported one-wey s|e| 36
3? Cont|nuous one-wey so||d s|e| 40
33 Cont|nuous r|||ed s|e| S?
34 l|et s|e| /!
3S Ste|r ||ght 9S
4 8oams 9/
40 Cenere| 9/
4! Cont|nuous |eem on p|n supports 9S
4? leev||y |oeded l-|eem !04
43 Cont|nuous w|de -|eem !!9
5 Co|umns !34
S0 Cenere| !34
S! ldge co|umn !3S
S? ler|meter co|umn (|nterne| env|ronment) !39
S3 lnterne| co|umn !46
S4 Sme|| per|meter co|umn su||ect
to two-hour |re res|stence !S/
6 wa||s !66
60 Cenere| !66
6! Sheer we|| !6/
7 koforoncos and furthor roading !S3
Appondix A: Dorivod formu|ao !SS
Appondix 8: Sorvicoabi|ity |imit stato !90
Appondix C: Dosign aids !94
Vo|umo 2 (pu|||shed seperete|y)
loundet|ons
Spec|e| dete||s strut 8 t|e
Serv|cee||||ty
l|re
kete|n|ng we||
keerences end urther reed|ng
Append|x A Ler|ved ormu|ee
Append|x b Les|gn e|ds
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
ii
Symbols and abbreviations used in this publication
Symbol Definition
/ Cross-sect|one| eree, Acc|dente| ect|on
/ S|te e|t|tude, m (snow)
/ A|t|tude o the s|te |n metres e|ove meen see |eve| (w|nd)
/, S, C Ver|e||es used |n the determ|net|on o l
||m
/
c
Cross-sect|one| eree o concrete
/
d
Les|gn ve|ue o en ecc|dente| ect|on
/
ld
Les|gn ve|ue o e se|sm|c ect|on
/
re
keerence eree o the structure or structure| e|ement (w|nd)
/
s
Cross-sect|one| eree o re|norcement
/
s,m|n
M|n|mum cross-sect|one| eree o re|norcement
/
s,prov
Aree o stee| prov|ded
/
s,req
Aree o stee| requ|red
/
s!
Aree o re|norc|ng stee| |n |eyer !
/
s?
Aree o compress|on stee| (|n |eyer ?)
/
s|
Aree o the tens||e re|norcement extend|ng et |eest /
|d
J |eyond the sect|on cons|dered
/
sM
(/
sN
) ote| eree o re|norcement requ|red |n symmetr|ce|, rectengu|er co|umns to res|st moment (ex|e| |oed) us|ng
s|mp|||ed ce|cu|et|on method
/
sw
Cross-sect|one| eree o sheer re|norcement, Aree o punch|ng sheer re|norcement |n one per|meter eround the
co|umn
/
sw,m|n
M|n|mum cross-sect|one| eree o sheer re|norcement, M|n|mum eree o punch|ng sheer re|norcement |n one
per|meter eround the co|umn
/
t
Aree o tens||e re|norcement |n |et s|e| co|umn str|ps
o L|stence, e||owence et supports
o Ax|s d|stence rom the concrete surece to the centre o the |er (|re)
o An exponent (|n cons|der|ng ||ex|e| |end|ng o co|umns)
o lro|ect|on o the oot|ng rom the ece o the co|umn or we||
o
|
L|stence |y wh|ch the |ocet|on where e |er |s no |onger requ|red or |end|ng moment |s d|sp|eced to e||ow or the
orces rom the truss mode| or sheer ('Sh|t' d|stence or curte||ment)
o
!
, o
?
, L|stence rom edge o support to centre o support
o
!
, /
!
L|mens|ons o the contro| per|meter eround en e|ongeted support (punch|ng sheer)
ems| A|t|tude e|ove meen see |eve|
/ Overe|| w|dth o e cross-sect|on, or |enge w|dth |n e - or l-|eem
/ breedth o |u||d|ng (w|nd)
/
e
lect|ve w|dth o e |et s|e| (ed|ecent to per|meter co|umn)
/
e
lect|ve w|dth o e |enge
/
eq
(/
eq
) lqu|ve|ent w|dth (he|ght) o co|umn /(/) or rectengu|er sect|ons
/
m|n
M|n|mum w|dth o we| on -, l- or l-|eems
/
t
Meen w|dth o the tens|on .one lor e -|eem w|th the |enge |n compress|on, on|y the w|dth o the we| |s te|en
|nto eccount
/
w
v|dth o the we| on -, l- or l-|eems M|n|mum w|dth |etween tens|on end compress|on chords
/
!
le| o d|stence |etween ed|ecent we|s o downstend |eems
C
e
lxposure coe|c|ent (snow)
C
t
herme| coe|c|ent (snow)
C
w
Sheer centre
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Symbol Definition
c
!
, c
?
L|mens|ons o e rectengu|er co|umn lor edge co|umns, c
!
|s meesured perpend|cu|er to the ree edge (punch|ng
sheer)
c
e|t
A|t|tude ector (w|nd)
c
d
Lynem|c ector (w|nd)
c
d|r
L|rect|one| ector (w|nd)
c
e,|et
lxposure ector (w|nd)
c

lorce coe|c|ent (w|nd)
c
m|n
M|n|mum cover, (due to the requ|rements or |ond, c
m|n,|
or dure||||ty c
m|n,dur
)
c
nom
Nom|ne| cover Nom|ne| cover shou|d set|sy the m|n|mum requ|rements o |ond, dure||||ty end |re
c
pe
(lxterne|) pressure coe|c|ent (w|nd)
c
pe,!0
(lxterne|) pressure coe|c|ent or erees > ! m
?
(w|nd)
c
p|
lnterne| pressure coe|c|ent (w|nd)
c
pro|
lro|e||||ty ector (w|nd)
c
seeson
Seeson ector (w|nd)
c
s
S|.e ector (w|nd)
c
y
, c
x
Co|umn d|mens|ons |n p|en
Dc
dev
A||owence mede |n des|gn or dev|et|on
/ L|emeter o e c|rcu|er co|umn, L|emeter
J lect|ve depth to tens|on stee|
J
?
lect|ve depth to compress|on stee|
J
c
lect|ve depth o concrete |n compress|on
/ lect o ect|on, lntegr|ty (|n |re), l|est|c modu|us
/
cd
Les|gn ve|ue o modu|us o e|est|c|ty o concrete
/
cm
Secent modu|us o e|est|c|ty o concrete
/I bend|ng st|ness
/
s
Les|gn ve|ue o modu|us o e|est|c|ty o re|norc|ng stee|
lxp lxpress|on
lQ0 Stet|c equ||||r|um
e lccentr|c|ty
e
0
M|n|mum eccentr|c|ty |n co|umns
e
?
Le|ect|on (used |n essess|ng /
?
|n s|ender co|umns)
e
|
lccentr|c|ty due to |mperect|ons
e
y
, e
.
lccentr|c|ty, /
ld
/\
ld
e|ong , end exes respect|ve|y (punch|ng sheer)
l! lector to eccount or |enged sect|ons (de|ect|on)
l? lector to eccount or |r|tt|e pert|t|ons |n essoc|et|on w|th |ong spens (de|ect|on)
l3 lector to eccount or serv|ce stress |n tens||e re|norcement (de|ect|on)
/ Act|on
llM l|xed end moment
/
c
(/
s
) lorce |n concrete (stee|)
/
d
Les|gn ve|ue o en ect|on
/
l
ens||e orce |n re|norcement to |e enchored
/
|
Cherecter|st|c ve|ue o en ect|on
/
rep
kepresentet|ve ect|on ( y/
|
where y ector to convert cherecter|st|c to representet|ve ect|on)
/
s
ens||e orce |n re|norcement
/
td
Les|gn ve|ue o the tens||e orce |n |ong|tud|ne| re|norcement
D/
td
Add|t|one| tens||e orce |n |ong|tud|ne| re|norcement due to the truss sheer mode|
iii
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Symbol Definition
/
V,ld
ote| vert|ce| |oed (on |reced end |rec|ng mem|ers)
/
w
kesu|tent cherecter|st|c orce due to w|nd (See sect|on ?6)
|
|d
0|t|mete |ond stress
|
cd
Les|gn ve|ue o concrete compress|ve strength
|
c|
Cherecter|st|c compress|ve cy||nder strength o concrete et ?S deys
|
ct,d
Les|gn tens||e strength o concrete (a
ct
|
ct,|
/g
C
)
|
ct,|
Cherecter|st|c ex|e| tens||e strength o concrete
|
ctm
Meen ve|ue o ex|e| tens||e strength o concrete
|
sc
Compress|ve stress |n compress|on re|norcement et 0lS
|
yd
Les|gn y|e|d strength o |ong|tud|ne| re|norcement, /
s|
|
y|
Cherecter|st|c y|e|d strength o re|norcement
|
ywd
Les|gn y|e|d strength o the sheer re|norcement
|
ywd,e
lect|ve des|gn strength o punch|ng sheer re|norcement
|
yw|
Cherecter|st|c y|e|d strength o sheer re|norcement
O
|
Cherecter|st|c ve|ue o e permenent ect|on
O
|,sup
0pper cherecter|st|c ve|ue o e permenent ect|on
O
|,|n
lower cherecter|st|c ve|ue o e permenent ect|on
q
|
Cherecter|st|c ve|ue o e permenent ect|on per un|t |ength or eree
/
|
lor|.onte| ect|on epp||ed et e |eve|
/ le|ght o |u||d|ng (w|nd)
/ Overe|| depth o e cross-sect|on, le|ght
/
eve
O|struct|on he|ght (w|nd)
/
d|s
L|sp|ecement he|ght (w|nd)
/

Lepth o oot|ng, h|c|ness o |enge


/
s
Lepth o s|e|
I Second moment o eree o concrete sect|on, lnert|e
I lnsu|et|on (|n |re)
/ ked|us o gyret|on
/ /
ld
//J
?
|
c|
A meesure o the re|et|ve compress|ve stress |n e mem|er |n |exure
/ lector to eccount or structure| system (de|ect|on)
/ Ve|ue o / e|ove wh|ch compress|on re|norcement |s requ|red
/
v
A correct|on ector or ex|e| |oed
/
f
A correct|on ector or creep
/ Coe|c|ent or ector
/ ke|et|ve |ex|||||ty or re|et|ve st|ness
/ C|eer he|ght o co|umn |etween end restre|nts
/ le|ght o the structure |n metres
/ (or /) length, Spen
/
0
lect|ve |ength (o co|umns)
/
0
L|stence |etween po|nts o .ero moment
/
0
Les|gn |ep |ength
/
0,|
lect|ve |ength under |re cond|t|ons
/
|
bes|c enchorege |ength
/
|d
Les|gn enchorege |ength
/
|,eq
lqu|ve|ent enchorege |ength
/
|,m|n
M|n|mum enchorege |ength
iv
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Symbol Definition
/
|,rqd
bes|c enchorege |ength
/
e
lect|ve spen
/
n
C|eer spen
/
y
, /
.
Spens o e two-wey s|e| |n the , end d|rect|ons
/ bend|ng moment Moment rom |rst order ene|ys|s
/ Moment cepec|ty o e s|ng|y re|norced sect|on (e|ove wh|ch compress|on re|norcement |s requ|red)
/
0,lqp
l|rst order |end|ng moment |n ques| permenent |oed com||net|on (SlS)
/
0!
, /
0?
l|rst order end moments et 0lS /nc/aJ/nq e||owences or |mperect|ons
/
0ld
lqu|ve|ent |rst order moment |nc|ud|ng the eect o |mperect|ons (et e|out m|d he|ght)
/
0ld,|
l|rst order moment under |re cond|t|ons
/
?
Nom|ne| second order moment |n s|ender co|umns
/
ld
Les|gn ve|ue o the epp||ed |nterne| |end|ng moment
/
ldy
, /
ld.
Les|gn moment |n the respect|ve d|rect|on
/
kdy
, /
kd.
Moment res|stence |n the respect|ve d|rect|on
/
t
Les|gn trenser moment to co|umn rom e |et s|e|
m Num|er o vert|ce| mem|ers contr||ut|ng to en eect
m Mess
/ Ax|e| orce
/ bes|c spen-to-eect|ve-depth ret|o, //J, or / !0
/
0ld,|
Ax|e| |oed under |re cond|t|ons
NA Net|one| Annex
/
e
, /
|
long|tud|ne| orces contr||ut|ng to /
|
/
ld
Les|gn ve|ue o the epp||ed ex|e| orce (tens|on or compress|on) et 0lS
NLl Net|one||y Leterm|ned leremeter(s) es pu|||shed |n e country's Net|one| Annex
n loed |eve| et norme| temperetures Conservet|ve|y n 0/ (|re)
n Ax|e| stress et 0lS
n 0|t|mete ect|on (|oed) per un|t |ength (or eree)
n ke|et|ve ex|e| orce /
ld
/(/
c
|
cd
)
n
|e|
he ve|ue o n et mex|mum moment res|stence
n
0
, n
s
Num|er o storeys

|
Cherecter|st|c ve|ue o e ver|e||e ect|on

|!
(
||
) Cherecter|st|c ve|ue o e |eed|ng ver|e||e ect|on (Cherecter|st|c ve|ue o en eccompeny|ng ver|e||e ect|on)

|
Cherecter|st|c ve|ue o e ver|e||e ect|on per un|t |ength or eree

|
bes|c w|nd pressure

p
lee| w|nd pressure

p
(
e
) lee| ve|oc|ty pressure et reerence he|ght
e
, (w|nd)
/ kes|stence, Mechen|ce| res|stence (|n |re)
/
A
keect|on et support A
/
b
keect|on et support b
/
d
Les|gn ve|ue o the res|stence to en ect|on
ked|us

m
ket|o o |rst order end moments |n co|umns et 0lS
SlS Serv|cee||||ty ||m|t stete(s) correspond|ng to cond|t|ons |eyond wh|ch spec||ed serv|ce requ|rements ere no
|onger met
Spec|ng
Snow |oed on e roo
v
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Symbol Definition

|
Cherecter|st|c ground snow |oed

r
ked|e| spec|ng o per|meters o sheer re|norcement

t
engent|e| spec|ng sheer re|norcement e|ong per|meters o sheer re|norcement
| h|c|ness, |me |e|ng cons|dered, breedth o support
|
0
he ege o concrete et the t|me o |oed|ng
0lS 0|t|mete ||m|t stete(s) essoc|eted w|th co||epse or other orms o structure| e||ure
a ler|meter o concrete cross-sect|on, hev|ng eree /
c
a ler|meter o thet pert wh|ch |s exposed to dry|ng
a C|rcumerence o outer edge o eect|ve cross-sect|on (tors|on)
a
0
ler|meter ed|ecent to co|umns (punch|ng sheer)
a
!
bes|c contro| per|meter (et ?J rom ece o |oed) (punch|ng sheer)
a
!
keduced contro| per|meter et per|meter co|umns (et ?J rom ece o |oed) (punch|ng sheer)
a
|
length o the contro| per|meter under cons|deret|on (punch|ng sheer)
a
out
ler|meter et wh|ch sheer re|norcement |s no |onger requ|red
\ Sheer orce
\
ld
Les|gn ve|ue o the epp||ed sheer orce
\
kd,c
Sheer res|stence o e mem|er w|thout sheer re|norcement
\
kd,mex
Sheer res|stence o e mem|er ||m|ted |y the crush|ng o compress|on struts
\
kd,cm|n
M|n|mum sheer res|stence o mem|er cons|der|ng concrete e|one
\
kd,s
Sheer res|stence o e mem|er governed |y the y|e|d|ng o sheer re|norcement
.
|
bes|c w|nd ve|oc|ty
.
|,0
he undemente| |es|c w|nd ve|oc|ty |e|ng the cherecter|st|c !0 m|nute w|nd ve|oc|ty et !0 m e|ove ground |eve| |n
open country
.
|,mep
lundemente| |es|c w|nd ve|oc|ty rom l|gure NA! m/s
.
ld
lunch|ng sheer stress
.
ld
Sheer stress or sect|ons u/|/oa| sheer re|norcement ( \
ld
//
w
J)
.
ld,.
Sheer stress or sect|ons w|th sheer re|norcement ( \
ld
//
w
\
ld
//
w
09J)
.
kd,c
Les|gn sheer res|stence o concrete w|thout sheer re|norcement expressed es e stress
.
kd,mex
Cepec|ty o concrete struts expressed es e stress
w
!
lector correspond|ng to e d|str||ut|on o sheer (punch|ng sheer)
w
e
lee| externe| w|nd |oed
w
|
Cherecter|st|c ve|ue o w|nd ect|on (Nb not |n the lurocodes end shou|d |e regerded es e orm o
|
,
cherecter|st|c ve|ue o e ver|e||e ect|on)
u
|
Cherecter|st|c un|t w|nd |oed
u
|
Crec| w|dth
u
mex
l|m|t|ng ce|cu|eted crec| w|dth
`0, `A, `C Concrete exposure c|esses
`L, `l, `S
\ Neutre| ex|s depth
\ L|stence |etween |u||d|ngs (w|nd)
\ L|stence o the sect|on |e|ng cons|dered rom the centre ||ne o the support
\, ,, Co-ord|netes, l|enes under cons|deret|on
\
u
Lepth o the neutre| ex|s et the u|t|mete ||m|t stete eter red|str||ut|on
?one num|er o|te|ned rom mep (snow)
lever erm o |nterne| orces
vi
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
vii
Symbol Definition
keerence he|ght (w|nd)

e
keerence he|ght or w|ndwerd we||s o rectengu|er |u||d|ngs (w|nd)
a Ang|e, Ang|e o sheer ||n|s to the |ong|tud|ne| ex|s, ket|o
a
A
A coe|c|ent or use w|th e representet|ve ver|e||e ect|on te||ng |nto eccount eree supported
a
!
, a
?
, a
3
lectors dee||ng w|th enchorege end |eps o |ers
a
4
, a
S
, a
6

a
cc
(a
ct
) A coe|c|ent te||ng |nto eccount |ong term eects o compress|ve (tens||e) |oed end the wey |oed |s epp||ed
a
e
Modu|er ret|o /
s
//
cd
a
n
A coe|c|ent or use w|th e representet|ve ver|e||e ect|on te||ng |nto eccount num|er o storeys supported
b Ang|e, ket|o, Coe|c|ent
b lector dee||ng w|th eccentr|c|ty (punch|ng sheer)
g lert|e| ector
g
C
lert|e| ector or concrete
g
l
lert|e| ector or ect|ons, /
g
C
lert|e| ector or permenent ect|ons, O
g
C|,sup
lert|e| ector to |e epp||ed to O
|,|n
g
C|,|n
lert|e| ector to |e epp||ed to O
|,sup
g
Q
lert|e| ector or ver|e||e ect|ons,
g
M
lert|e| ector or meter|e| (usue||y g
C
or g
S
)
g
S
lert|e| ector or re|norc|ng stee|
d ked|str||ut|on ret|o eque|s ret|o o the red|str||uted moment to the e|est|c |end|ng moment (! % red|str||ut|on)
e
cu
0|t|mete compress|ve stre|n |n the concrete
e
cu?
0|t|mete compress|ve stre|n ||m|t |n concrete wh|ch |s not u||y |n pure ex|e| compress|on essum|ng use o the
pere|o||crectengu|er stressstre|n re|et|onsh|p (numer|ce||y e
cu?
e
cu3
)
e
cu3
0|t|mete compress|ve stre|n ||m|t |n concrete wh|ch |s not u||y |n pure ex|e| compress|on essum|ng use o the
||||neer stressstre|n re|et|onsh|p
e
sc
Compress|ve stre|n |n re|norcement
e
st
ens||e stre|n |n re|norcement
n lector de|n|ng eect|ve strength ( ! or < CS0/60)
n
!
Coe|c|ent or |ond cond|t|ons
n
?
Coe|c|ent or |er d|emeter
y Ang|e, Ang|e o compress|on struts (sheer)
y
|
lnc||net|on used to represent |mperect|ons
l S|enderness ret|o
l lector de|n|ng the he|ght o the compress|on .one ( 0S or < CS0/60)
l
|
S|enderness |n |re
l
||m
l|m|t|ng s|enderness ret|o (o co|umns)
m
|
, m
!
, m
?
Snow |oed shepe ectors
m
|
ket|o o the des|gn ex|e| |oed under |re cond|t|ons to the des|gn res|stence o the co|umn et norme| tempereture
|ut w|th en eccentr|c|ty epp||ce||e to |re cond|t|ons
v Strength reduct|on ector or concrete crec|ed |n sheer
j keduct|on ector/d|str||ut|on coe|c|ent lector epp||ed to O
|
|n bS lN !990 lxp (6!0|)
r kequ|red tens|on re|norcement ret|o
r Lens|ty o e|r (w|nd)
r ke|norcement ret|o or requ|red compress|on re|norcement, /
s?
//J
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
viii
Symbol Definition
r
!
lercentege o re|norcement |epped w|th|n 06S/
0
rom the centre ||ne o the |ep |e|ng cons|dered
r
|
ke|norcement ret|o or |ong|tud|ne| re|norcement
r
|y,
r
|.
ke|norcement ret|o o |onded stee| |n the , end d|rect|on
r
0
keerence re|norcement ret|o |
c|
0S
!0
3
s
gd
Les|gn ve|ue o the ground pressure
s
s
Stress |n re|norcement et SlS
s
s
A|so|ute ve|ue o the mex|mum stress perm|tted |n the re|norcement |mmed|ete|y eter the ormet|on o the crec|
s
sc
(s
st
) Stress |n compress|on (end tens|on) re|norcement
s
sd
Les|gn stress |n the |er et the u|t|mete ||m|t stete
s
su
0nmod||ed serv|ce stress |n re|norcement determ|ned rom 0lS |oeds (See l|gure C3)
h(e,|
0
) l|ne| ve|ue o creep coe|c|ent
h
e
lect|ve creep ector
f ber d|emeter
c lectors de|n|ng representet|ve ve|ues o ver|e||e ect|ons
c
0
Com||net|on ve|ue o e ver|e||e ect|on (eg used when cons|der|ng 0lS)
c
!
lrequent ve|ue o e ver|e||e ect|on (eg used when cons|der|ng whether sect|on w||| heve crec|ed or not)
c
?
Ques|-permenent ve|ue o e ver|e||e ect|on (eg used when cons|der|ng deormet|on)
w Mechen|ce| re|norcement ret|o /
s
|
yd
//
c
|
cd
< !
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
1
Introduction
Aim
he e|m o th|s pu|||cet|on |s to |||ustrete through wor|ed exemp|es how bS lN !99?!!
|!|

(lurocode ?) mey |e used |n prect|ce to des|gn |n-s|tu concrete |u||d|ng structures lt |s |ntended
thet these wor|ed exemp|es w||| exp|e|n how ce|cu|et|ons to lurocode ? mey |e perormed
lurocode ? str|ct|y cons|sts o our perts (lerts !!, !?, ? end 3)
|!-4|
|ut or the purposes o
th|s pu|||cet|on, lurocode ? reers to pert !! on|y, un|ess que||ued he wor|ed exemp|es w|||
|e cerr|ed out w|th|n the env|ronment o other re|event pu|||cet|ons ||sted |e|ow, end |||ustreted
|n l|gure !!
he other three perts o lurocode ? N
Other lurocodes N
Meter|e| end execut|on stenderds N
lu|||cet|ons |y the concrete |ndustry end others N
here ere, thereore, meny reerences to other documents end wh||e |t |s |ntended thet th|s
pu|||cet|on, reerred to es wo/eJ e\omo/e, cen stend e|one, |t |s ent|c|peted thet users mey
requ|re severe| o the other reerences to hend, |n pert|cu|er, Conc/e /aocoJe ?
|S|
, wh|ch
summer|ses the ru|es end pr|nc|p|es thet w||| |e common|y used |n the des|gn o re|norced
concrete remed |u||d|ngs to lurocode ?
BS EN 199111
BS EN 199211
DESIGN OF
CONCRETE
STRUCTURES
BS EN 19912
ACTIONS
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
2
3
4
6
PD6687
12
3
2
WORKED EXAMPLES
TO EUROCODE 2
VOL 1
CONCRETE INDUSTRY
PUBLICATIONS
WORKED
EXAMPLES
PUBLICATIONS
BY OTHERS
Fire
Bridges
Liquid retaining
Fire
Snow
Wind
Execution
Densities and
imposed loads
VOL 2
General
STANDARDS
PRECAST
WORKED
EXAMPLES
BS EN 1990
BASIS OF
DESIGN
CONCISE
EUROCODE
2
HOW TO
DESIGN
CONCRETE
STRUCTURES
www.
Eurocode2
.info
RC SPREAD
SHEETS
PRECAST
DESIGN
MANUAL
MANUALS
DETAILERS
HANDBOOK
DESIGN
GUIDES
BS EN 13670
EXECUTION
OF
CONCRETE
STRUCTURES
Noto
he term Stenderds encompesses br|t|sh Stenderds, lurocodes, Net|one| Annexes (NA) end lu|||shed Locuments
|iguro 1.1
workod oxamp|os in contoxt
he des|gns ere |n eccordence w|th bS lN !99?!!
|!|
, es mod|ued |y the 0l Net|one| Annex
|!e|

end exp|e|ned |n lL 66S/
|6|

lntroduct|on
1
1.1
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
2
Cenere||y, the ce|cu|et|ons ere cross-reerenced to the re|event c|euses |n e|| our perts o
lurocode ?
|!4|
end, where eppropr|ete, to other documents See l|gure !? or e gu|de to
presentet|on keerences to bS S!!0
|/|
reer to lert ! un|ess otherw|se steted
Cenere||y, the 's|mp|e' exemp|es depend on equet|ons end des|gn e|ds der|ved rom lurocode ?
he der|ved equet|ons ere g|ven |n Append|x A end the des|gn e|ds rom Sect|on !S o Conc/e
/aocoJe ?
|S|
ere repeeted |n Append|x b
he exemp|es ere |ntended to |e eppropr|ete or the|r purpose, wh|ch |s to |||ustrete the use o
lurocode ? or |n-s|tu concrete |u||d|ng structures here ere s|mp|e exemp|es to |||ustrete how
typ|ce| hend ce|cu|et|ons m|ght |e done us|ng eve||e||e cherts end te||es der|ved rom the Code
hese ere o||owed |y more dete||ed exemp|es |||ustret|ng the dete||ed wor||ngs o the Codes
ln order to exp|e|n the use o lurocode ?, severe| o the ce|cu|et|ons ere presented |n dete|| er
|n excess o thet necessery |n des|gn ce|cu|et|ons once users ere em|||er w|th the Code o en
extent, the des|gns ere contr|ved to show ve||d methods o des|gn|ng e|ements, to g|ve |ns|ght
end to he|p |n ve||det|ng computer methods hey ere not necesser||y the most eppropr|ete, the
most econom|c or the on|y methods o des|gn|ng the mem|ers |||ustreted
Sections 1 and 2 Worked examples
Cl. 6.4.4
ke|event c|euses or |gure num|ers rom bS lN
!99?!! (| the reerence |s to other perts, other
lurocodes or other documents th|s w||| |e |nd|ceted)
Cl. 6.4.4
NA
lrom the re|event 0l Net|one| Annex (genere||y to
bS lN !99?!!)
NA
Cl. 6.4.4 & NA lrom |oth bS lN !99?!! end 0l Net|one| Annex
Cl. 6.4.4 & NA
Fig. 2.1
Section 5.2
ke|event perts o th|s pu|||cet|on
Fig. 2.1
Section 5.2
EC1-1-1: 6.4.3
lrom other lurocodes bS lN !990, bS lN !99!,
bS lN !99?!?, etc
EC1-1-1: 6.4.3
PD 6687
[6]

Soc/qoanJ oooe |o c/ /o|/ono/ /nne\e
S // '99?-'
PD 6687
[6]
Concise Conc/e /aocoJe ?
|S|
Concise
How to: Floors
[8]

/ou |o Je/qn conce|e |ac|ae a/nq
/aocoJe ?
|S|
//oo
How to:
Floors
[8]
Grey shaded tables
ln Append|ces, der|ved content |n te||es not rom
lurocode ?
|iguro 1.2
Cuido to prosontation
As some o the dete|||ng ru|es |n lurocode ? ere genere||y more |nvo|ved then those to bS S!!0,
some o the des|gns presented |n th|s pu|||cet|on heve |een extended |nto erees thet heve
tred|t|one||y |een the respons|||||ty o dete||ers hese extended ce|cu|et|ons ere not necesser||y
pert o 'norme|' des|gn |ut ere |nc|uded et the end o some ce|cu|et|ons lt |s essumed thet
the des|gner w||| d|scuss end egree w|th the dete||er erees o respons|||||ty end the degree o
ret|one||set|on, the extent o des|gn|ng dete||s, essessment o curte||ment end other espects
thet the dete||er shou|d underte|e lt |s recogn|sed thet |n the vest me|or|ty o ceses, the ru|es
g|ven |n dete|||ng menue|s
|S,9|
w||| |e used lowever, the exemp|es ere |ntended to he|p when
curte||ment, enchorege end |ep |engths need to |e determ|ned
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
3
lntroduct|on
Eurocode: Basis of structural design
ln the lurocode system bS lN !990, lurocode So/ o| |ac|ao/ Je/qn
|!0|
overerches e|| the
other lurocodes, bS lN !99! to bS lN !999 bS lN !990 deunes the eects o ect|ons, |nc|ud|ng
geotechn|ce| end se|sm|c ect|ons, end epp||es to e|| structures |rrespect|ve o the meter|e| o
construct|on he meter|e| lurocodes deune how the eects o ect|ons ere res|sted |y g|v|ng ru|es or
des|gn end dete|||ng o concrete, stee|, compos|te, t|m|er, mesonry end e|um|n|um (see l|gure !3)
Structural safety,
serviceability and durability
Actions on structures
Design and detailing
Geotechnical
and seismic
design
BS EN 1990, Eurocode:
Basis of structural design
BS EN 1991, Eurocode 1:
Actions on structures
BS EN 1992, Eurocode 2: Concrete
BS EN 1993, Eurocode 3: Steel
BS EN 1994, Eurocode 4: Composite
BS EN 1995, Eurocode 5: Timber
BS EN 1996, Eurocode 6: Masonry
BS EN 1999, Eurocode 9: Aluminium
BS EN 1997, Eurocode 7:
Geotechnical design
BS EN 1998, Eurocode 8:
Seismic design
|iguro 1.3
1ho urocodo hiorarchy
bS lN !990 prov|des the necessery |normet|on or the ene|ys|s o structures |nc|ud|ng pert|e|
end other ectors to |e epp||ed to the ect|ons rom lurocode ! lt este|||shes the pr|nc|p|es end
requ|rements or the seety, serv|cee||||ty end dure||||ty o structures lt descr||es the |es|s or
des|gn es o||ows
A structure she|| |e des|gned end executed (constructed) |n such e wey thet |t w|||, dur|ng |ts
|ntended ||e, w|th eppropr|ete degrees o re||e||||ty end |n en econom|ce| wey
Suste|n e|| ect|ons end |n|uences |||e|y to occur dur|ng execut|on end use N
keme|n |t or the use or wh|ch |t |s requ|red N
ln other words, |t she|| |e des|gned us|ng ||m|t stetes pr|nc|p|es to heve edequete
Ste||||ty N
Structure| res|stence (|nc|ud|ng structure| res|stence |n |re) N
Serv|cee||||ty N
Lure||||ty N
lor |u||d|ng structures, e des|gn wor||ng ||e o S0 yeers |s |mp||ed
bS lN !990 stetes thet ||m|t stetes shou|d |e ver|ued |n e|| re|event des|gn s|tuet|ons pers|stent,
trens|ent or ecc|dente| No re|event ||m|t stete she|| |e exceeded when des|gn ve|ues or ect|ons
end res|stences ere used |n des|gn he ||m|t stetes ere
0|t|mete ||m|t stetes (0lS), wh|ch ere essoc|eted w|th co||epse or other orms o structure| N
e||ure
Serv|cee||||ty ||m|t stetes (SlS), wh|ch correspond to cond|t|ons |eyond wh|ch spec||ed N
serv|ce requ|rements ere no |onger met
A|| ect|ons ere essumed to very |n t|me end spece Stet|st|ce| pr|nc|p|es ere epp||ed to err|ve et the
megn|tude o the pert|e| |oed ectors to |e used |n des|gn to ech|eve the requ|red re||e||||ty |ndex
(|eve| o seety) here |s en under|y|ng essumpt|on thet the ect|ons themse|ves ere descr||ed |n
stet|st|ce| terms
1.2
EC0: 2.1
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
4
1.3
1.4
Eurocode 1: Actions on structures
Act|ons ere deuned |n the !0 perts o bS lN !99! lurocode ! /c|/on on |ac|ae
|!!|

bS lN !99!!! ?00? /en/|/e e/|-ue/q/| /mooeJ /ooJ |o /a//J/nq


bS lN !99!!? ?00? /c|/on on |ac|ae e\ooeJ |o |e
bS lN !99!!3 ?003 nou /ooJ
bS lN !99!!4 ?00S w/nJ oc|/on
bS lN !99!!S ?003 I/emo/ oc|/on
bS lN !99!!6 ?00S /c|/on Ja/nq e\eca|/on
bS lN !99!!/ ?006 /cc/Jen|o/ oc|/on
bS lN !99!? ?003 /c|/on on |ac|ae Io||c /ooJ on //Jqe
bS lN !99!3 ?006 Cone onJ moc//ne,
bS lN !99!4 ?006 //o onJ |on/
h|s pu|||cet|on |s me|n|y concerned w|th des|gn|ng or the ect|ons deuned |y lert!!
/en/|/e e/|-ue/q/| /mooeJ /ooJ |o /a//J/nq
Les|gn ve|ues o ect|ons end |oed errengements ere covered |n Sect|on ?
Eurocode 2: Design of concrete structures
lurocode ? /e/qn o| conce|e |ac|ae
|!4|
operetes w|th|n en env|ronment o other luropeen
end br|t|sh stenderds (see l|gure !3) lt |s governed |y bS lN !990
|!0|
end su||ect to the ect|ons
deuned |n lurocodes !
|!!|
, /
|!?|
end S
|!3|
lt depends on ver|ous meter|e|s end execut|on stenderds
end |s used es the |es|s o other stenderds lert ?, S/Jqe
|3|
, end lert 3, //a/J e|o/n/nq onJ
con|o/nmen| |ac|ae
|4|
, wor| |y except|on to lert !! end !?, thet |s, c|euses |n lerts ? end 3
conurm, mod|y or rep|ece c|euses |n lert !!
BS EN 1990
EUROCODE
Basis of Structural Design
BS EN 1991
EUROCODE 1
Basis of Structural Design
BS EN 1992
EUROCODE 2
Design of concrete structures
Part 11: General Rules for
Structures
Part 12: Structural Fire Design
BS EN 1992
EUROCODE 2
Part 3:
Liquid Retaining
Structures
BS EN 1995
EUROCODE 5
Design of
Composite
Structures
BS EN 13670
Execution of
Structures
BS 8500
Specifying
Concrete
BS EN 206
Concrete
BS EN 1992
EUROCODE 2
Part 2:
Bridges
BS EN 1997
EUROCODE 7
Geotechnical Design
BS EN 1998
EUROCODE 8
Seismic Design
BS EN 13369
Precast
Concrete
BS EN 10080
Reinforcing
Steels
BS 4449
Reinforcing
Steels
Noto
lor c|er|ty Net|one| Annexes end exp|enetory documents (eg lL 66S/, end
Non-Contred|ctory Comp|ementery lnormet|on NCCl) ere not shown
|iguro 1.4
urocodo 2 in contoxt
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
5
lntroduct|on
1.5
1.6










































National Annexes
lt |s the preroget|ve o eech ClN Mem|er Stete to contro| |eve|s o seety |n thet country As e
resu|t, some seety ectors end other peremeters |n the lurocodes, such es c||met|c cond|t|ons,
dure||||ty c|esses end des|gn methods, ere su||ect to conurmet|on or se|ect|on et e net|one| |eve|
he dec|s|ons mede |y the net|one| |od|es |ecome Net|one||y Leterm|ned leremeters (NLls)
wh|ch ere pu|||shed |n e Net|one| Annex (NA) or eech pert o eech lurocode he Net|one|
Annex mey e|so |nc|ude reerence to non-contred|ctory comp|ementery |normet|on (NCCl),
such es net|one| stenderds or gu|dence documents
h|s pu|||cet|on |nc|udes reerences to the re|event Net|one| Annexes es eppropr|ete
Basis of the worked examples in this publication
he des|gn ce|cu|et|ons |n th|s pu|||cet|on ere |n eccordence w|th
bS lN !990, N /aocoJe So/ o| |ac|ao/ Je/qn
|!0|
end |ts 0l Net|one| Annex
|!0e|

bS lN !99!, lurocode ! N /c|/on on |ac|ae |n !0 perts


|!!|
end the|r 0l Net|one|
Annexes
|!!e|

bS lN !99?!!, lurocode ? lert !! N /e/qn o| conce|e |ac|ae - Oeneo/ a/e onJ


a/e |o /a//J/nq
|!|
end |ts 0l Net|one| Annex
|!e|

bS lN !99?!?, lurocode ? lert !? N /e/qn o| conce|e |ac|ae - Oeneo/ a/e -


|ac|ao/ |/e Je/qn
|?|
end |ts 0l Net|one| Annex
|?e|

lL 66S/, bec|ground peper to the N c/ /o|/ono/ /nne\e


|6|

bS lN !99/, lurocode / N Oeo|ec/n/co/ Je/qn - /o| ' Oeneo/ a/e


|!?|
end |ts 0l Net|one|
Annex
|!?e|

hey use meter|e|s conorm|ng to
bS SS00! N Conce|e - Como/emen|o, S/|// |onJoJ |o S // ?06-' /e|/oJ o| oec/|,/nq
onJ qa/Jonce |o |/e oec/|/e
|!4|

bS 4449 N |ee/ |o |/e e/n|ocemen| o| conce|e - we/Jo//e e/n|oc/nq |ee/ - So co// onJ
Jeco//eJ ooJac| - oec/|/co|/on
|!S|

hey me|e reerence to severe| pu|||cet|ons, most note||y


N Conc/e /aocoJe ? |o |/e Je/qn o| /n-/|a conce|e |omeJ /a//J/nq |o S // '99?-'-'
?004 onJ /| c/ /o|/ono/ /nne\ ?00'
|S|

N /ou |o Je/qn conce|e |ac|ae a/nq /aocoJe ?


|S|

he execut|on o the wor|s |s essumed to conorm to


lL 66S/ N Soc/qoanJ oooe |o |/e c/ /o|/ono/ /nne\e S // '99?-'
|6|

NSCS, N /o|/ono/ |ac|ao/ conce|e oec/|/co|/on |o /a//J/nq con|ac|/on, 3rd ed|t|on
|!6|
Mey
?004
Or, when eve||e||e
bS lN !36/0 N /\eca|/on o| conce|e |ac|ae Lue ?0!0
|!/|
As |mp|emented |y
spec||cet|ons such es
NSCS, N /o|/ono/ |ac|ao/ conce|e oec/|/co|/on |o /a//J/nq con|ac|/on, 4th ed|t|on
|!S|

CCll-0S0, due ?0!0
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
6
Assumptions
Eurocode 2
lurocode ? essumes thet
Les|gn end construct|on w||| |e underte|en |y eppropr|ete|y que|||ed end exper|enced personne| N
Adequete superv|s|on end que||ty contro| w||| |e prov|ded N
Meter|e|s end products w||| |e used es spec||ed N
he structure w||| |e edequete|y me|nte|ned end w||| |e used |n eccordence w|th the des|gn |r|e N
he requ|rements or execut|on end wor|mensh|p g|ven |n lN !36/0 ere comp||ed w|th N
The worked examples
0n|ess noted otherw|se, the ce|cu|et|ons |n th|s pu|||cet|on essume
EC0: Table 2.1 A des|gn ||e o S0 yeers N
Table 3.1 he use o C30/3/ concrete N
BS 4449 he use o Crede A, b or C re|norcement, des|gneted 'l' |n eccordence w|th bS S666 N
|!9|

Table 4.1,
BS 8500: Table A.1
lxposure c|ess `C! N
Building Regs
[20,21]
! hour |re res|stence N
Cenere||y eech ce|cu|et|on |s rounded end |t |s the rounded ve|ue thet |s used |n eny urther ce|cu|et|on
Material properties
Meter|e| propert|es ere spec|ued |n terms o the|r cherecter|st|c ve|ues h|s usue||y corresponds
to the |ower S% rect||e o en essumed stet|st|ce| d|str||ut|on o the property cons|dered
he ve|ues o g
C
end g
S
, pert|e| ectors or meter|e|s, ere |nd|ceted |n e||e !!
1ab|o 1.1
artia| factors for matoria|s
Dosign situation g
C
- concroto g
S
- roinforcing stoo|
ULS persistent and transient !S0 !!S
Accidental non-fire !?0 !00
Accidental fire !00 !00
SLS !00 !00
Execution
ln the 0l, LL lNV !36/0
|??|
|s current|y eve||e||e |ut w|thout |ts Net|one| App||cet|on Locument
lor |u||d|ng structures |n the 0l, the |ec|ground document lL 66S/
|6|
cons|ders the prov|s|ons o
the Net|one| Structure| Concrete Spec|ucet|on (NSCS)
|!6|
to |e equ|ve|ent to those |n lN !36/0 or
to|erence c|ess ! vhen pu|||shed, bS lN !36/0
|!/|
end, | eppropr|ete, the correspond|ng Net|one|
App||cet|on Locument w||| te|e precedence
1.7
1.7.1








1.7.2
1.8
1.9
Cl. 1.3
PD 6687
[6]
Table 2.1 & NA
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
7
2
2.1
2.1.1

2.1.2
2.2




2.3




Analysis, actions and load arrangements
Methods of analysis
ULS
At the u|t|mete ||m|t stete (0lS) the type o ene|ys|s shou|d |e eppropr|ete to the pro||em |e|ng
cons|dered he o||ow|ng ere common|y used
l|neer e|est|c ene|ys|s N
l|neer e|est|c ene|ys|s w|th ||m|ted red|str||ut|on N
l|est|c ene|ys|s N
Cl. 5.1.1(7)
lor 0lS, the moments der|ved rom e|est|c ene|ys|s mey |e red|str||uted prov|ded thet the
resu|t|ng d|str||ut|on o moments reme|ns |n equ||||r|um w|th the epp||ed ect|ons ln cont|nuous
|eems or s|e|s w|th |
c|
< S0 Mle the m|n|mum e||owe||e ret|o o the red|str||uted moment to
the moment |n the ||neer ene|ys|s, d, |s 0/0 where C|ess b or C|ess C re|norcement |s used or
0S0 where C|ess A re|norcement |s used
Cl. 5.5.4 & NA
v|th|n the ||m|ts set, coeuc|ents or moment end sheer der|ved rom e|est|c ene|ys|s mey |e
used to determ|ne orces |n regu|er structures (see Append|x b) he des|gn o co|umns shou|d |e
|esed on e|est|c moments w|thout red|str||ut|on
Cl. 5.1.1
l|est|c ene|ys|s mey |e used or des|gn et 0lS prov|ded thet the requ|red duct|||ty cen |e essured,
or exemp|e |y ||m|t|ng \
u
/J (to < 0?S or concrete strength c|esses < CS0/60), us|ng C|ess b
or C re|norcement, or ensur|ng the ret|o o moments et |ntermed|ete supports to moments |n
spens |s |etween 0S end ?0
Cl. 5.6.2
SLS
At the serv|cee||||ty ||m|t stete (SlS) ||neer e|est|c ene|ys|s mey |e used l|neer e|est|c ene|ys|s
mey |e cerr|ed out essum|ng
Cross-sect|ons ere uncrec|ed end reme|n p|ene (|e ene|ys|s mey |e |esed on concrete N
gross sect|ons)
l|neer stressstre|n re|et|onsh|ps N
he use o meen ve|ues o e|est|c modu|us N
Cl. 5.4(1)
Actions
Act|ons reer to |oeds epp||ed to the structure es deuned |e|ow
lermenent ect|ons ere ect|ons or wh|ch the ver|et|on |n megn|tude w|th t|me |s neg||g|||e N EC1-1-1: 2.1
Ver|e||e ect|ons ere ect|ons or wh|ch the ver|et|on |n megn|tude w|th t|me |s not neg||g|||e N
EC1-1-1:
2.2, 3.3.1(2)
Acc|dente| ect|ons ere ect|ons o short duret|on |ut o s|gn||cent megn|tude thet ere N
un|||e|y to occur on e g|ven structure dur|ng the des|gn wor||ng ||e
EC1-1-7
lmposed deormet|ons ere not cons|dered |n th|s pu|||cet|on
Characteristic values of actions
he ve|ues o ect|ons g|ven |n the ver|ous perts o lurocode ! /c|/on on |ac|ae
|!!|
ere te|en
es cherecter|st|c ve|ues he cherecter|st|c ve|ue o en ect|on |s deuned |y one o the o||ow|ng
three e|ternet|ves
EC0: 4.1.2
lts meen ve|ue genere||y used or permenent ect|ons N
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
8
An upper ve|ue w|th en |ntended pro|e||||ty o not |e|ng exceeded or |ower ve|ue w|th en N
|ntended pro|e||||ty o |e|ng ech|eved norme||y used or ver|e||e ect|ons w|th |nown
stet|st|ce| d|str||ut|ons, such es w|nd or snow
A nom|ne| ve|ue used or some ver|e||e end ecc|dente| ect|ons N
Variable actions: imposed loads
General
lmposed |oeds on |u||d|ngs ere d|v|ded |nto cetegor|es hose most requent|y used |n concrete
des|gn ere shown |n e||e ?!
EC1-1-1:
Tables 6.1, 6.7, 6.9
& NA
1ab|o 2.1
Catogorios of
imposod |oads
Catogory Doscription
A Arees or domest|c end res|dent|e| ect|v|t|es
B O|ce erees
C Arees o congreget|on
D Shopp|ng erees
E Storege erees end |ndustr|e| use (|nc|ud|ng eccess erees)
F re|c end per||ng erees (veh|c|es < 30 |N)
G re|c end per||ng erees (veh|c|es > 30 |N)
H koos (|neccess|||e except or me|ntenence end repe|r)
I koos (eccess|||e w|th occupency cetegor|es A L)
K koos (eccess|||e or spec|e| serv|ces, eg or he||copter |end|ng erees)
Notos
1 Cetegory |s not used
2 lor or|||t |oed|ng reer to bS lN !99!!! C| 6?3
Characteristic values of imposed loads
Cherecter|st|c ve|ues or common|y used |mposed |oeds ere g|ven |n e||es ?? to ?S
EC1-1-1:
Tables 6.1, 6.2
& NA.3
1ab|o 2.2
A: domostic and rosidontia|
Sub-
catogory
xamp|o |mposod |oads
j
k
{kNIm
2
} J
k
{kN}
A1 A|| useges w|th|n se|-conte|ned dwe|||ng un|ts Commune|
erees (|nc|ud|ng ||tchens) |n sme||
a
||oc|s o |ets
!S ?0
A2 bedrooms end dorm|tor|es, except those |n se|-conte|ned
s|ng|e em||y dwe|||ng un|ts end |n hote|s end mote|s
!S ?0
A3 bedrooms |n hote|s end mote|s, hosp|te| werds, to||et erees ?0 ?0
A4 b||||erd/snoo|er rooms ?0 ?/
A5 be|con|es |n s|ng|e-em||y dwe|||ng un|ts end commune| erees
|n sme||
a
||oc|s o |ets
?S ?0
A6 be|con|es |n hoste|s, guest houses, res|dent|e| c|u|s Commune|
erees |n |erger
a
||oc|s o |ets
M|n 30
b
M|n ?0
c
A7 be|con|es |n hote|s end mote|s M|n 40
b
M|n ?0
c
Notos
a Sme|| ||oc|s o |ets ere those w|th < 3 storeys end < 4 |ets per |oor/ste|rcese Otherw|se they ere
cons|dered to |e |erger ||oc|s o |ets
b Seme es the rooms to wh|ch they g|ve eccess, |ut w|th e m|n|mum o 30 |N/m
?
or 40 |N/m
?
c Concentreted et the outer edge
EC1-1-1:
Tables 6.1, 6.2
& NA.3
1ab|o 2.3
8: officos
Sub-
catogory
xamp|o |mposod |oads
j
k
{kNIm
2
} J
k
{kN}
B1 Cenere| use other then |n b? ?S ?/
B2 At or |e|ow ground |oor |eve| 30 ?/

2.4
2.4.1
2.4.2
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
9
1ab|o 2.4
C: aroas of congrogation
Sub-
catogory
xamp|o |mposod |oads
j
k
J
k

C1 Aroas with tab|os


C11 lu|||c, |nst|tut|one| end commune| d|n|ng rooms end
|ounges, cees end resteurents (Note use C4 or CS |
eppropr|ete)
?0 30
C12 keed|ng rooms w|th no |oo| storege ?S 40
C13 C|essrooms 30 30
C2 Aroas with fixod soats
C21 Assem||y erees w|th |xed seet|ng
a
40 36
C22 l|eces o worsh|p 30 ?/
C3 Aroas without obstac|os for moving poop|o
C31 Corr|dors, he||weys, e|s|es |n |nst|tut|one| type |u||d|ngs,
hoste|s, guest houses, res|dent|e| c|u|s end commune|
erees |n |erger
b
||oc|s o |ets
30 4S
C32 Ste|rs, |end|ngs |n |nst|tut|one| type |u||d|ngs, hoste|s,
guest houses, res|dent|e| c|u|s end commune| erees |n
|erger
b
||oc|s o |ets
30 40
C33 Corr|dors, he||weys, e|s|es |n other
c
|u||d|ngs 40 4S
C34 Corr|dors, he||weys, e|s|es |n other
c
|u||d|ngs su||ected to
whee|ed veh|c|es, |nc|ud|ng tro||eys
S0 4S
C35 Ste|rs, |end|ngs |n other
c
|u||d|ngs su||ected to crowds 40 40
C36 ve||weys l|ght duty (eccess su|te||e or one person,
we||wey w|dth epprox 600 mm)
30 ?0
C37 ve||weys Cenere| duty (regu|er two-wey pedestr|en
tre|c)
S0 36
C38 ve||weys leevy duty (h|gh-dens|ty pedestr|en tre|c
|nc|ud|ng escepe routes)
/S 4S
C39 Museum |oors end ert ge||er|es or exh|||t|on purposes 40 4S
C4 Aroas with possib|o physica| activitios
C41 Lence he||s end stud|os, gymnes|e, steges
d
S0 36
C42 Lr||| he||s end dr||| rooms
d
S0 /0
C5 Aroas subjoctod to |argo crowds
C51 Assem||y erees w|thout |xed seet|ng, concert he||s, |ers
end p|eces o worsh|p
d,e
S0 36
C52 Steges |n pu|||c essem||y erees
d
/S 4S
koy
a l|xed seet|ng |s seet|ng where |ts remove| end the use o the spece or other purposes |s |mpro|e||e
b Sme|| ||oc|s o |ets ere those w|th < 3 storeys end < 4 |ets per |oor/ste|rcese Otherw|se they ere
cons|dered to |e '|erger' ||oc|s o |ets
c Other |u||d|ngs |nc|ude those not covered |y C3! end C3?, end |nc|ude hote|s end mote|s end
|nst|tut|one| |u||d|ngs su||ected to crowds
d lor structures thet m|ght |e suscept|||e to resonence eects, reerence shou|d |e mede to NA?!
e lor grendstends end sted|e, reerence shou|d |e mede to the requ|rements o the eppropr|ete
cert|y|ng euthor|ty
EC1-1-1:
Tables 6.1, 6.2
& NA.3
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
10
EC1-1-1:
Tables 6.1, 6.2
& NA.3
1ab|o 2.5
D: shopping aroas
Sub-
catogory
xamp|o |mposod |oads
j
k
{kNIm
2
} J
k
{kN}
D Shopping aroas
D1 Arees |n genere| rete|| shops 40 36
D2 Arees |n depertment stores 40 36
EC1-1-1:
Tables 6.3, 6.4
& NA.4, NA.5
1ab|o 2.6
: storago aroas and industria| uso {inc|uding accoss aroas}
Sub-
catogory
xamp|o |mposod |oads
j
k
{kNIm
2
} J
k
{kN}
1 Aroas suscoptib|o to accumu|ation of goods inc|uding accoss aroas
E11 Cenere| erees or stet|c equ|pment not spec||ed
e|sewhere (|nst|tut|one| end pu|||c |u||d|ngs)
?0 !S
E12 keed|ng rooms w|th |oo| storege, eg |||rer|es 40 4S
E13 Cenere| storege other then those spec||ede ?4/m /0
E14 l||e rooms, |||ng end storege spece (o|ces) S0 4S
E15 Stec| rooms (|oo|s) ?4/m he|ght
(m|n 6S)
/0
E16 leper storege end stet|onery stores 40/m he|ght 90
E17 Lense mo|||e stec||ng (|oo|s) on mo|||e tro||eys |n
pu|||c end |nst|tut|one| |u||d|ngs
4S/m he|ght /0
E18 Lense mo|||e stec||ng (|oo|s) on mo|||e truc|s |n
werehouses
4S/m he|ght
(m|n !S0)
/0
E19 Co|d storege S0/m he|ght
(m|n !S0)
90
2 |ndustria| uso See bS lN !99!!!
e||es 6S 8 66
lor|||ts C|esses ll! to ll6
koy
a lower |ound ve|ue g|ven More spec||c |oed ve|ues shou|d |e egreed w|th c||ent
1ab|o 2.7
| and C: traffic and parking aroas
Sub-
catogory
xamp|o |mposod |oads
j
k
{kNIm
2
} J
k
{kN}
| 1raffic and parking aroas {vohic|os < 30 kN}
re|c end per||ng erees (veh|c|es < 30 |N) ?S S0
C 1raffic and parking aroas {vohic|os > 30 kN}
re|c end per||ng erees (veh|c|es > 30 |N) S0 o |e
determ|ned or
spec||c use
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
11

2.4.3



1ab|o 2.8
H, | and k: roofs
Sub-
catogory
xamp|o |mposod |oads
j
k
{kNIm
2
} J
k
{kN}
H koofs {inaccossib|o oxcopt for maintonanco and ropair}
koo s|ope, a < 30 06
09 30 < a < 60 06(60 a)/30
< 60 0
| koofs {accossib|o with occupancy catogorios A - D}
Cetegor|es A L As e||es ?? to ?S eccord|ng to
spec||c use
k koofs {accossib|o for spocia| sorvicos, o.g. for ho|icoptor |anding aroas}
le||copter c|ess lC! (< ?0 |N) (su||ect to
dynem|c ector f !4)
?0
le||copter c|ess lC? (< 60 |N) 60
Notos
1 koos ere cetegor|.ed eccord|ng to the|r eccess|||||ty lmposed |oeds or roos thet ere norme||y
eccess|||e ere genere||y the seme es or the spec||c use end cetegory o the ed|ecent eree lmposed
|oeds or roos w|thout eccess ere g|ven e|ove
2 here |s no cetegory
EC1-1-1:
6.3.4.1(2), Tables 6.9,
6.10, 6.11 & NA.7
EC1-1-1:
6.3.4 & NA
Movable partitions
he se|-we|ght o move||e pert|t|ons mey |e te|en |nto eccount |y e un|orm|y d|str||uted |oed,

|
, wh|ch shou|d |e edded to the |mposed |oeds o oors es o||ows
EC1-1-1:
6.3.1.2 (8) & NA
lor move||e pert|t|ons w|th e se|-we|ght o !0 |N/m we|| |ength N

|
0S |N/m
?

lor move||e pert|t|ons w|th e se|-we|ght o ?0 |N/m we|| |ength N

|
0S |N/m
?

lor move||e pert|t|ons w|th e se|-we|ght o 30 |N/m we|| |ength N

|
!? |N/m
?

leev|er pert|t|ons shou|d |e cons|dered seperete|y


Reduction factors
General
koos do not que||y or |oed reduct|ons he method g|ven |e|ow comp||es w|th the 0l
Net|one| Annex |ut d|ers rom thet g|ven |n the lurocode
EC1-1-1:
6.3.1.2 (10)
6.3.1.2(11) & NA
Area
A reduct|on ector or |mposed |oeds or eree, a
A
, mey |e used end shou|d |e determ|ned
us|ng
a
A
!0 A/!000 ~ 0/S
where
/ |s the eree (m
?
) supported w|th |oeds que||y|ng or reduct|on (|e cetegor|es A to l es
||sted |n e||e ?!)
EC1-1-1:
6.3.1.2 (10)
& NA Exp. (NA.1)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
12
Number of storeys
A reduct|on ector or num|er o storeys, a
n
, mey |e used end shou|d |e determ|ned us|ng
a
n
!! n/!0
a
n
06
a
n
0S
or ! < n < S
or S < n < !0
or n > !0
where
n num|er o storeys w|th |oeds que||y|ng or reduct|on (|e cetegor|es A to L es ||sted |n
e||e ?!)
EC1-1-1:
6.3.1.2 (11) & NA
Use
Accord|ng to the 0l NA, a
A
end a
n
mey not |e used together
Variable actions: snow loads
EC1-1-3:
5.2(3)
ln pers|stent or trens|ent s|tuet|ons, snow |oed on e roo, , |s deuned es |e|ng
m
|
C
e
C
t

|
where
EC1-1-3:
5.3.1, 5.3.2 & NA
m
|
snow |oed shepe ector, , e|ther m
!
or m
?
m
!
undr|ted snow shepe ector
m
?
dr|ted snow shepe ector
lor et roos, 0 a (w|th no h|gher structures c|ose or e|utt|ng),
m
!
m
?
0S
lor she||ow monop|tch roos, 0< a < 30 (w|th no h|gher structures c|ose or
e|utt|ng), m
!
0S, m
?
0S (! a/30) lor other orms o roo end |oce| eects
reer to bS lN !99!!3 Sect|ons S3 end 6
EC1-1-3:
5.2(7) &Table 5.1
C
e
exposure coeuc|ent
lor w|ndswept topogrephy C
e
0S
lor norme| topogrephy C
e
!0
lor she|tered topogrephy C
e
!?
EC1-1-3:
5.2(8)
C
|
therme| coeuc|ent, C
|
!0 other then or some g|ess-covered roos, or s|m||er
EC1-1-3:
& NA 2.8

/
cherecter|st|c ground snow |oed |N/m
?
0!S(0! 00S) (/ !00)/S?S
where
.one num|er o|te|ned rom the mep |n bS lN !99!!3 NA l|gure NA!
/ s|te e|t|tude, m
l|gure NA! o the NA to bS lN !99!!3 e|so g|ves ugures or
|
et !00 m ems|
essoc|eted w|th the .ones
lor the me|or|ty o the South lest, the M|d|ends, Northern lre|end end the north o
lng|end epert rom h|gh ground,
|
0S0 |N/m
?

lor the vest Country, vest ve|es end lre|end the ugure |s |ess lor most o Scot|end
end perts o the eest coest o lng|end, the ugure |s more See l|gure ?!
Snow |oed |s c|ess|ued es e ver|e||e uxed ect|on lxcept|one| c|rcumstences mey |e treeted es
ecc|dente| ect|ons |n wh|ch cese reerence shou|d |e mede to bS lN !99!!3
2.5
EC1-1-1:
6.3.1.2 (11)
& NA Exp. ( NA.2)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
13
1
1
1 Zone 1 = 0.25 kN/m
2
at 100 m a.m.s.l.
Zone 1 = 0.40 kN/m
2
at 100 m a.m.s.l.
Zone 1 = 0.50 kN/m
2
at 100 m a.m.s.l.
Zone 1 = 0.60 kN/m
2
at 100 m a.m.s.l.
Zone 1 = 0.70 kN/m
2
at 100 m a.m.s.l.
2
3
4
5
1
1
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5 5
1
|iguro 2.1
Charactoristic ground snow |oad map {ground snow |oad at 100 m a.m.s.|. {kNIm
2
}
EC1-1-3: NA Fig.
NA.1
Variable actions: wind loads
h|s Sect|on presents e very s|mp|e |nterpretet|on o lurocode !
|!!, !!e|
end |s |ntended to
prov|de e |es|c understend|ng w|th respect to rectengu|er-p|en |u||d|ngs w|th et roos ln
genere|, mex|mum ve|ues ere g|ven w|th more |normet|on e |ower ve|ue m|ght |e used he
user shou|d |e cereu| to ensure thet eny |normet|on used |s w|th|n the scope o the epp||cet|on
env|seged he user |s reerred to more spec|e||st gu|dence
|?3, ?4|
or bS lN !99!!4
|?S|
end
|ts 0l Net|one| Annex
|?Se|
he Net|one| Annex |nc|udes c|eer end conc|se ow cherts or the
determ|net|on o pee| ve|oc|ty pressure,
p

ln essence cherecter|st|c w|nd |oed cen |e expressed es


u
|
c

p(.)
where
c

orce coeuc|ent, wh|ch ver|es, |ut |s e mex o !3 or overe|| |oed



p(.)
c
e(.)
c
e

|
where
c
e(.)
exposure ector rom l|gure ?3
c
e
town terre|n ector rom l|gure ?4

|
0006.
|
?
|N/m
?
where
.
|
.
|,mep
c
e|t
EC1-1-4:
Figs NA.7, NA.8
where
.
|,mep
undemente| |es|c w|nd ve|oc|ty rom l|gure ??
c
e|t
e|t|tude ector, conservet|ve|y, c
e|t
! 000!/
where
/ e|t|tude ems|
EC1-1-4:
Fig. NA.1
Sym|o|s e||rev|et|ons end some o the ceveets ere exp|e|ned |n the sect|ons |e|ow, wh|ch
together prov|de e procedure or determ|n|ng w|nd |oed to bS lN !99!!4
2.6
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
14
Determine basic wind velocity, v
b

.
|
c
d|r
c
seeson
c
pro|
.
|,0
EC1-1-4:
4.2(1) Note 2
& NA 2.4, 2.5
where
c
d|r
d|rect|one| ector
Conservet|ve|y, c
d|r
!0
(c
d|r
|s e m|n|mum o 0/3 or 0/4 or w|nd |n en eester|y d|rect|on,
30 to !?0)
EC1-1-4:
4.2(2) Note 3
& NA 2.7: Fig. NA.2
c
seeson
seeson ector
lor e 6 month return per|od, |nc|ud|ng w|nter, or greeter,
c
seeson
!00
EC1-1-4:
4.2(1) Notes 4 & 5
& NA 2.8
c
pro|
pro|e||||ty ector
!00 or return per|od o S0 yeers
.
|,0
.
|,mep
c
e|t
EC1-1-4:
4.2(1) Note 2
& NA 2.4: Fig. NA.1
where
.
|,mep
undemente| |es|c w|nd ve|oc|ty rom l|gure ??
EC1-1-4:
4.2(2) Note 1
& NA 2.5
c
e|t
e|t|tude ector
Conservet|ve|y, c
e|t
! 000!/
where
/ e|t|tude o the s|te |n metres ems|
vhere orogrephy |s s|gn|ucent (|e the s|te |s c|ose to e s|ope
steeper then 00S), reer to NA ?S
Calculate basic wind pressure, q
b

|
0Sr.
|
?
EC1-1-4: 4.5(1)
Note 2 & NA 2.18
where
.
|
es e|ove
r dens|ty o e|r
!??6 |g/m
3
( !?0 N/m
3
) or 0l
Calculate peak wind pressure, q
p(z)

EC1-1-4: 4.5(1)
Note 1 & NA 2.17

p(.)
c
e(.)

|
or country |ocet|ons
c
e(.)
c
e

|
or town |ocet|ons
where
EC1-1-4: 4.5(1)
Note 1, NA 2.17
& Fig. A.NA.1

|
es e|ove
c
e(.)
exposure ector der|ved rom l|gure ?3 et he|ght (see |e|ow)
c
e,
exposure correct|on ector or town terre|n der|ved rom l|gure ?4
the he|ght et wh|ch
p
|s sought
lor e w|ndwerd we|| end when / < /,
p
|s ce|cu|eted et the reerence he|ght

e
/ lor other espect ret|os // o the w|ndwerd we||,
p
,|s ce|cu|eted et
d|erent reerence he|ghts or eech pert (see bS lN !99!!4)
where
/ he|ght o |u||d|ng
/ |reedth o |u||d|ng
lor |eewerd end s|de we||s,
he|ght o |u||d|ng
2.6.1
2.6.2
2.6.3
EC1-1-4: 4.5(1)
Note 1 & NA 2.17:
Fig. NA.8
EC1-1-4: 7.2.2(1),
Note & NA 2.26
EC1-1-4: 4.5(1)
Note 1 & NA 2.17:
Fig. NA.7
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
15
30
31
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
200
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
z
-
h
d
i
s
(
m
)
20
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
0.1 1 10
Distance upwind to shoreline (km)
100
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
1.5
2.0
10
Use 1.0 in this area
0.9
0.8
0.7
200
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
z
-
h
d
i
s
(
m
)
20
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
0.1 1 10
Distance inside town terrain (km)
20
Noto
Subjoct to a|titudo corroction.
Noto
Conora||y a
dis
= 0. |or torrain catogory |V {towns otc.} soo 8S N 1991-1-4: A.5.
|iguro 2.2
Map of fundamonta| basic wind
vo|ocity, o
b,map
, {mIs}
|iguro 2.3
xposuro factor \
o{z}
for sitos in country
or town torrain
|iguro 2.4
Mu|tip|ior for oxposuro corroction for
sitos in town torrain
EC1-1-4: 4.2(1)
Note 2 & NA 2.4: Fig. NA.1
EC1-1-4: 4.5(1)
Note 1 & NA 2.17: Fig. NA.7
EC1-1-4: 4.5(1)
Note 1 & NA 2.17: Fig. NA.8
Calculate characteristic wind load, w
k

u
|

p(.)
c


where

p(.)
es e|ove
c

orce coeuc|ent or the structure or structure| e|ement


Cenere||y
c
pe
c
p|
where
EC1-1-4:
7, 8 & NA
c
pe
(externe|) pressure coeuc|ent dependent on s|.e o eree cons|dered end .one
lor erees e|ove ! m
?
, c
pe,!0
shou|d |e used
EC1-1-4:
7.2.1(1) Note 2 &
NA. 2.25
Overall loads
lor the we||s o rectengu|er-p|en |u||d|ngs, c
pe,!0
mey |e determ|ned rom
e||e /! o bS lN !99!!4
EC1-1-4:
7.2.2(2) Note 1 &
NA.2.27
lowever, or the determ|net|on o overe|| |oeds on |u||d|ngs, the net pressure
coeuc|ents g|ven |n e||e ?9 mey |e used ln th|s cese |t w||| |e unnecessery
to determ|ne |nterne| w|nd pressure coeuc|ents
EC1-1-4:
7.2.2(2) Note 1 &
NA.2.27, Table NA.4
Cladding loads
lor erees e|ove ! m
?
, c
pe,!0
shou|d |e used c
pe,!0
mey |e determ|ned rom
e||e /! o bS lN !99!!4 See e||e ?!0
EC1-1-4:
7.2.2(2) Note 1 &
NA.2.27
2.6.4
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
16
EC1-1-4:
7.2.3, NA.2.28 & NA
advisory note
Flat roofs
lor et roos, eccord|ng to the Adv|sory Note |n the NA some o the ve|ues
o c
pe,!0
|n e||e /? o bS lN !99!!4 (see e||e ?!!) ere s|gn|ucent|y
d|erent rom current prect|ce |n the 0l lt recommends thet des|gners shou|d
cons|der us|ng the ve|ues |n bS 6399? to me|nte|n the current |eve|s o seety
end economy See e||e ?!?
BS 6399:
Table 8 & Fig. 18
EC1-1-4:
NA.2.28 & NA
advisory note
lor other orms o roo reer to bS lN !99!!4 end the 0l NA
lt w||| e|so |e necessery to determ|ne |nterne| w|nd pressure coeuc|ents or
the des|gn o c|edd|ng
EC1-1-4:
7.2.9(6) Note 2
c
p|
|nterne| pressure coeuc|ent
lor no dom|nent open|ngs c
p|
mey |e te|en es the more onerous o 0? end 03
EC1-1-4:
NA 2.27, Table NA.4
1ab|o 2.9
Not prossuro coofficiont, \
po,10
, for wa||s of roctangu|ar p|an bui|dings*
a(] Not prossuro coofficiont, \
po,10
5 !3
1 !!
~ 0.25 0S
Notos
1 |n eect these ve|ues ere orce coe|c|ents or determ|n|ng overe|| |oeds on |u||d|ngs
2 / he|ght o |u||d|ng
3 / |reedth o |u||d|ng (perpend|cu|er to w|nd)
4 J depth o |u||d|ng (pere||e| to w|nd)
5 Ve|ues mey |e |nterpo|eted
6 lxc|udes unne|||ng
EC1-1-4:
7.2.2(2) Table 7.1,
Note 1 & NA 2.27:
Tables NA.4a , NA.4b
1ab|o 2.10
xtorna| prossuro coofficiont, \
po,10
, for wa||s of roctangu|ar-p|an bui|dings
Zono Doscription
\
po,10
Max. Min.
Zone A lor we||s pere||e| to the w|nd d|rect|on, erees w|th|n
0?m|n|/, ?/| o w|ndwerd edge
!?
Zone B lor we||s pere||e| to the w|nd d|rect|on, erees w|th|n
0?m|n|/, ?/| o w|ndwerd edge
0S
Zone C lor we||s pere||e| to the w|nd d|rect|on, erees rom
0?m|n|/, ?/| to m|n|/, ?/| o w|ndwerd edge
0S
Zone D v|ndwerd we|| 0S
Zone E leewerd we|| 0/
Zones D
and E
Net !3
Notos
1 / he|ght o |u||d|ng
2 / |reedth o |u||d|ng (perpend|cu|er to w|nd)
EC1-1-4:
7.2, Table 7.2 & NA
1ab|o 2.11
xtorna| prossuro coofficiont, \
po,10
for f|at roofs*
Zono Doscription
\
po,10
Sharp odgo
at oavos
with parapot
Zone F v|th|n 0!m|n||, ?h| o w|ndwerd edge end w|th|n
0?m|n||, ?h| o return edge (pere||e| to w|nd d|rect|on)
!S !6
Zone G v|th|n 0!m|n||, ?h| o w|ndwerd edge end outw|th
0?m|n||, ?h| o return edge (pere||e| to w|nd d|rect|on)
!? !!
Zone H koo |etween 0!m|n||, ?h| end 0Sm|n||, ?h| rom
w|ndwerd edge
0/ 0/
Zone I keme|nder |etween 0Sm|n||, ?h| end |eewerd edge 0? 0?
Notos
1 Accord|ng to NA to bS lN !99!-!-4, th|s te||e |s not recommended or use |n the 0l
2 / he|ght o |u||d|ng
3 / |reedth o |u||d|ng (perpend|cu|er to w|nd)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
17
1ab|o 2.12
xtorna| prossuro coofficiont, \
po
, for f|at roofs
Zono Doscription
\
po
Sharp odgo
at oavos
with parapot
Zone A v|th|n 0!m|n||, ?h| o w|ndwerd edge end w|th|n
0?Sm|n||, ?h| o return edge (pere||e| to w|nd d|rect|on)
?0 !9
Zone B v|th|n 0!m|n||, ?h| o w|ndwerd edge end outw|th
0?Sm|n||, ?h| o return edge (pere||e| to w|nd d|rect|on)
!4 !3
Zone C koo |etween 0!m|n||, ?h| end 0Sm|n||, ?h| rom
w|ndwerd edge
0/ 0/
Zone D keme|nder |etween 0Sm|n||, ?h| end |eewerd edge 0? 0?
Notos
1 / he|ght o |u||d|ng
2 / |reedth o |u||d|ng (perpend|cu|er to w|nd)
EC1-1-4:
7.2.3, NA.2.28 &
NA advisory note.
BS 6399:
Table 8 & Fig. 18
Calculate the overall wind force, F
w

/
w
c
s
c
d
Su
|
/
re
where
EC1-1-4:
5.3.2, Exp. (5.4)
& NA
u
|
es e|ove
EC1-1-4:
6.2(1) a), 6.2(1) c)
c
s
c
d
structure| ector, conservet|ve|y
!0
or mey |e der|ved
EC1-1-4:
6.2(1) e) & NA.2.20
where
c
s
s|.e ector
c
s
mey |e der|ved rom lxp (6?) or te||e NA3 Lepend|ng on ve|ues o
(/ /) end ( /
d|s
) end d|v|d|ng |nto ?one A, b or C, e ve|ue o c
s

(e ector < !00) mey |e ound
EC1-1-4:
6.3(1), Exp. (6.2) &
NA.2.20, Table NA3
c
d
dynem|c ector
c
d
mey |e der|ved rom lxp (63) or ugure NA9 Lepend|ng on ve|ues o d
s

(|oger|thm|c decrement o structure| demp|ng) end ///, e ve|ue o c
d
(e ector >
!00) mey |e ound
EC1-1-4:
6.3(1), Exp. (6.3) &
NA.2.20: Fig. NA9
c
d
mey |e te|en es !0 or remed |u||d|ngs w|th structure| we||s end mesonry
|nterne| we||s, end or c|edd|ng pene|s end e|ements
/
re
reerence eree o the structure or structure| e|ement
EC1-1-4:
5.3.2, Exp. (5.4)
& NA
Variable actions: others
Act|ons due to construct|on, treuc, ure, therme| ect|ons, use es s||os or rom crenes ere outs|de
the scope o th|s pu|||cet|on end reerence shou|d |e mede to spec|e||st ||tereture
EC1-1-6, EC1-2,
EC1-1-2, EC1-1-5,
EC1-3 & EC1-4
2.6.5
2.7
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
18
Permanent actions
he dens|t|es end eree |oeds o common|y used meter|e|s, sheet meter|e|s end orms o
construct|on ere g|ven |n e||es ?!3 to ?!S
Act|ons er|s|ng rom sett|ement, deormet|on end creep ere outs|de the scope o th|s document
|ut genere||y ere to |e cons|dered es permenent ect|ons vhere cr|t|ce|, reer to spec|e||st
||tereture
1ab|o 2.13
8u|k donsitios for soi|s and matoria|s
[11, 26]
8u|k donsitios kNIm
3
8u|k donsitios kNIm
3
Soi|s Matoria|s
C|ey st| !9?? Concrete re|norced ?S0
C|ey sot !6!9 Concrete wet re|norced ?60
Crenu|er |oose !6!S C|ess ?S6
Crenu|er dense !9?! Cren|te ?/3
S||ty c|ey, sendy c|ey !6?0 lerdcore !90
Matoria|s l|mestone (lort|end stone med we|ght) ??0
Asphe|t ??S l|mestone (mer||e heevywe|ght) ?6/
b|oc|s eereted concrete (m|n) S0 Mecedem pev|ng ?!0
b|oc|s eereted concrete (mex) 90 MLl S0
b|oc|s dense eggregete ?00 l|ester !4!
b|oc|s ||ghtwe|ght !40 l|ywood 63
boo|s |u|| storege S!! Sendstone ?3S
br|c|wor| ||ue ?40 Screed send/cement ??0
br|c|wor| eng|neer|ng ??0 Stee|/|ron //0
br|c|wor| |etton !S0 errecotte ?0/
br|c|wor| london stoc| !90 |m|er Loug|es |r S?
br|c|wor| send ||me ?!0 |m|er luropeen |eech/oe| /!
Ch|p|oerd 69 |m|er Crede C!6 36
Concrete eereted !00 |m|er Crede C?4 4!
Concrete ||ghtwe|ght !S0 |m|er lro|o/tee| 64
Concrete p|e|n ?40
2.8
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
19
1ab|o 2.14
1ypica| aroa |oads for concroto s|abs and shoot matoria|s
[11, 26]
1ypica| aroa |oads kNIm
2
1ypica| aroa |oads kNIm
2
Concroto s|abs Shoot matoria|s
lrecest concrete so||d un|ts (!00 mm) ?S0 l|ester s||m coet 00S
lrecest concrete ho||owcore un|ts
a
(!S0 mm) ?40 l|ester|oerd (!?S mm) 009
lrecest concrete ho||owcore un|ts
a
(?00 mm) ?S/ l|ester|oerd (!9 mm) 0!S
lrecest concreteho||owcore un|ts
a
(300 mm) 40/ l|ywood (!?S mm) 00S
lrecest concrete ho||owcore un|ts
a
(400 mm) 4S4 l|ywood (!9 mm) 0!?
k|||ed s|e|
b
(?S0 mm) 400 Querry t||es |nc|ud|ng morter |edd|ng 03?
k|||ed s|e|
b
(300 mm) 430 ke|sed |oor heevy duty 0S0
k|||ed s|e|
b
(3S0 mm) 4/0 ke|sed |oor med|um we|ght 040
ve|e s|e|
c
stenderd mou|ds (3?S mm) 600 ke|sed |oor ||ghtwe|ght 030
ve|e s|e|
c
stenderd mou|ds (4?S mm) /30 kender (!3 mm) 030
ve|e s|e|
c
stenderd mou|ds (S?S mm) S60 Screed S0 mm !!S
Shoot matoria|s Screed ||ghtwe|ght (?S mm) 04S
Asphe|t (?0 mm) 046 Ste|n|ess stee| roo|ng (04 mm) 00S
Cerpet end under|ey 00S Suspended ce|||ng stee| 0!0
Ch|p|oerd (!S mm) 0!? Suspended ||re|oerd t||es 00S
Lry ||n|ng on stud (?0 mm) 0!S 8C |oerds (!SS mm) 009
le|se ce|||ng stee| rem|ng 0!0 8C |oerds (?? mm) 0!?
le|t (3 |eyer) end ch|pp|ngs 03S ||es cerem|c |oor on |edd|ng !00
C|ess dou||e g|e.|ng 0S? bettens or s|et|ng end t|||ng 003
C|ess s|ng|e g|e.|ng 030 ||es c|ey roo (mex) 06/
lnsu|et|on g|ess ||re (!S0 mm) 003 ||es neture| s|ete (th|c|) 06S
lev|ng stones (S0 mm) !?0 ||es |nter|oc||ng concrete 0SS
l|ester two coet gypsum (!? mm) 0?! ||es p|e|n concrete 0/S
koy
a lo||owcore |gures essume no topp|ng (S0 mm structure| topp|ng : !?S |N/m
?
)
b k|||ed s|e|s !S0 we| /S0 centres w|th !00 mm th|c| |enge/s|e| ve| s|ope !!0
c ve|e s|e|s !S0 r||s 900 centres w|th !00 mm th|c| |enge/s|e| ve| s|ope !!0
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
20
1ab|o 2.15
Loads for typica| forms of construction
[26]
Cavity wa|| {kNIm
2
}
br|c|wor| !0?S mm ?40
lnsu|et|on S0 mm 00?
b|oc|wor| !00 mm !40
l|ester 0?!
1ota| 4.0
Lightwoight c|adding {kNIm
2
}
lnsu|eted pene| 0?0
lur||ns 00S
Lry ||n|ng on stud 0!S
1ota| 0.40
Curtain wa||ing {kNIm
2
}
A||ow !00
rocast concroto c|adding {kNIm
2
}
lec|ng !00
lrecest pene| (!00 mm) ?40
lnsu|et|on 00S
Lry ||n|ng on stud 0!S
1ota| 3.60
Dry |ining {kNIm
2
}
Mete| studs 00S
l|ester|oerd end s||m ? 040
1ota| 0.45
1imbor stud wa|| {kNIm
2
}
|m|er studs 0!0
l|ester|oerd end s||m ? 040
1ota| 0.50
Offico f|oor {kNIm
2
}
Cerpet 003
ke|sed |oor 030
Se|-we|ght o ?S0 mm so||d s|e| 6?S
Suspended ce|||ng 0!S
Serv|ces 030
1ota| 7.03
Offico coro aroa {kNIm
2
}
||es end |edd|ng, e||ow !00
Screed ??0
Se|-we|ght o ?S0 mm so||d s|e| 6?S
Suspended ce|||ng 0!S
Serv|ces 030
1ota| 9.90
Stairs {kNIm
2
}
!S0 mm we|st ( z!/S ?S |N/m
3
) 440
reeds 0!S 0?S 4/? ?S |N/m
3
!SS
Screed 00S ?? |N/m
3
!!0
l|ester 0?!
l|n|sh t||es 8 |edd|ng !00
1ota| 8.60

2.5c Loads for typica| forms of construction
1ab|o 2.14
2.5c Loads for typica| forms of construction
kosidontia| f|oor {kNIm
2
}
Cerpet 00S
l|oet|ng |oor 0!S
Se|-we|ght o ?S0 mm so||d s|e| 6?S
Suspended ce|||ng 0?0
Serv|ces 0!0
1ota| 6.75
Schoo| f|oor {kNIm
2
}
Cerpet/|oor|ng 00S
Se|-we|ght o ?S0 mm so||d s|e| 6?S
Suspended ce|||ng 0!S
Serv|ces 0?0
1ota| 6.60
Hospita| f|oor {kNIm
2
}
l|oor|ng 00S
Se|-we|ght o ?S0 mm so||d s|e| 6?S
Screed ??0
Suspended ce|||ng 0!S
Serv|ces (|ut cen |e greeter) 00S
1ota| 8.70
||at roofIoxtorna| torraco {kNIm
2
}
lev|ng or greve|, e||ow ??0
veterproo|ng 0S0
lnsu|et|on 0!0
Se|-we|ght o ?S0 mm so||d s|e| ce|||ng 6?S
Suspended ce|||ng 0!S
Serv|ces 030
1ota| 9.50
1imbor pitchod roof {kNIm
2
}
||es (renge 0S00/S) 0/S
bettens 00S
le|t 00S
keters 0!S
lnsu|et|on 00S
l|ester|oerd 8 s||m 0!S
Serv|ces 0!0
Ce|||ng |o|sts 0!S
1ota| porpondicu|ar to roof 1.45
1ota| on p|an assuming 30 pitch 1.60
Mota| docking roof {kNIm
2
}
lnsu|eted pene| 0?0
lur||ns 0!0
Stee|wor| 030
Serv|ces 0!0
1ota| 0.70

This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
21
Design values of actions
General case
he des|gn ve|ue o en ect|on, /
d
, thet occurs |n e |oed cese |s
/
d
g
l
c /
|
where
g
l
pert|e| ector or the ect|on eccord|ng to the ||m|t stete under cons|deret|on e||e
?!6 |nd|cetes the pert|e| ectors to |e used |n the 0l or the com||net|ons o
representet|ve ect|ons |n |u||d|ng structures
c /
|
mey |e cons|dered es the representet|ve ect|on, /
rep
, eppropr|ete to the ||m|t stete
|e|ng cons|dered
where
c e ector thet converts the cherecter|st|c ve|ue o en ect|on |nto e representet|ve
ve|ue lt ed|usts the ve|ue o the ect|on to eccount or the neture o the ||m|t
stete under cons|deret|on end the |o|nt pro|e||||ty o the ect|ons occurr|ng
s|mu|teneous|y lt cen essume the ve|ue o !0 or e permenent ect|on or c
0

or c
!
or c
?
or e ver|e||e ect|on e||e ?!/ shows how cherecter|st|c ve|ues o
ver|e||e ect|ons ere converted |nto representet|ve ve|ues h|s te||e |s der|ved
rom bS lN !990
|!0|
end |ts Net|one| Annex
|!0e|

/
|
cherecter|st|c ve|ue o en ect|on es deuned |n Sect|ons ?? end ?3
1ab|o 2.16
artia| factors {g
|
} for uso in vorification of |imit statos in porsistont and transiont dosign situations
Limit stato ormanont actions
{@
k
}
Loading variab|o action
{J
k,1
}
Accompanying variab|o
actions {J
k,i
}
d
a} qui|ibrium {QU}
!!0 (09)
a
!S0 (00)
a
c
0,|
!S0 (00)
a
b} Strongth at ULS {S1kICO} not invo|ving gootochnica| actions
Either
lxp (6!0) !3S (!0)
a
!S c
0
!S
or the worst case of
lxp (6!0e) !3S (!0)
a
c
0
!S c
0
!S
and
lxp (6!0|) !?S (!0)
a
!S c
0
!S
c} Strongth at ULS {S1kICO} with gootochnica| actions
Worst case of
Set b !3S (!0)
a
!S (00)
a
and
Set C !0 !3
d} Sorvicoabi|ity
Cherecter|st|c !00 !00 c
0,|
!00
lrequent !00 c
!,!
!00 c
?,|
!00
Ques|-permenent !00 c
?,!
!00 c
?,|
!00
o} Accidonta| dosign situations
lxp (6!!e) !0 /
d
b
c
!,|
(me|n)
c
?,|
(others)
f} Soismic
lxp (6!?e/|) !0 /
ld
c
c
?,|
koy
a Ve|ue | evoure||e (shown |n |rec|ets)
b leed|ng ecc|dente| ect|on, /
d
, |s unectored
c Se|sm|c ect|on, /
ld
d keer to bS lN !990 A!?? 8 NA
Notos
1 he ve|ues o c ere g|ven |n e||e ?!/
2 Ceotechn|ce| ect|ons g|ven |n the te||e
ere |esed on Les|gn Approech ! |n
C|euse A!3!(S) o bS lN !990, wh|ch |s
recommended |n |ts Net|one| Annex
EC0:
Tables A1.2(A), A1.2(B),
A1.2(C), A1.4 & NA

2.9
2.9.1
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
22
Design values at ULS
EC0: 6.4.3.2(3)
lor the 0lS o strength (Sk), the des|gner mey choose |etween us|ng lxpress|on (6!0) or the
worst cese o lxpress|on (6!0e) or lxpress|on (6!0|)
Single variable action
At 0lS, the des|gn ve|ue o ect|ons |s
e|ther
lxp (6!0) !3S O
|
!S
|,!

or the worst cese o
lxp (6!0e) !3S O
|
c
0,!
!S
|,!
end
lxp (6!0|) !?S O
|
!S
|,!

where
O
|
permenent ect|on

|,!
s|ng|e ver|e||e ect|on
c
0,!
com||net|on ector or e s|ng|e ver|e||e |oed (see e||e ?!/)
EC1-1-1: 3.3.2

1ab|o 2.17
Va|uos of c factors
Action c
0
c
1
c
2
|mposod |oads in bui|dings
Category A: domestic, residential areas 0/ 0S 03
Category B: office areas 0/ 0S 03
Category C: congregation areas 0/ 0/ 06
Category D: shopping areas 0/ 0/ 06
Category E: storage areas !0 09 0S
Category F: traffic area (vehicle weight < 30 kN) 0/ 0/ 06
Category G: traffic area (30 kN < vehicle weight < 160 kN) 0/ 0S 03
Category H: roofs
a
0/ 00 00
Snow loads where altitude < 1000 m a.m.s.l.
a
0S 0? 00
Wind loads
a
0S 0? 00
Temperature effects (non-fire)
a
06 0S 00
koy
a On roos, |mposed |oeds, snow |oeds end w|nd |oeds shou|d not |e epp||ed together
Notos
1 he numer|ce| ve|ues g|ven e|ove ere |n eccordence w|th bS lN !990 end |ts 0l Net|one| Annex
2 Cetegor|es l end l ere essumed to |e es or Cetegory l
lxpress|on (6!0) |eeds to the use o g
l
g
C
!3S or permenent ect|ons end g
l
g
Q
!S0 or
ver|e||e ect|ons (g
C
or permenent ect|ons |s |ntended to |e constent ecross e|| spens)
lxpress|on (6!0) |s e|weys eque| to or more conservet|ve then the |ess evoure||e o lxpress|ons
(6!0e) end (6!0|) lxpress|on (6!0|) w||| norme||y epp|y when the permenent ect|ons ere not
greeter then 4S t|mes the ver|e||e ect|ons (except or storege |oeds, cetegory l |n e||e ?!/,
where lxpress|on (6!0e) e|weys epp||es)
hereore, except |n the cese o concrete structures support|ng storege |oeds where c
0
!0,
or or m|xed use, lxpress|on (6!0|) w||| usue||y epp|y hus, or mem|ers support|ng vert|ce|
ect|ons et 0lS, !?SO
|
!S
|
w||| |e eppropr|ete or most s|tuet|ons end epp||ce||e to most
concrete structures (see l|gure ?S)
Compered w|th the use o lxpress|on (6!0), the use o e|ther lxpress|on (6!0e) or (6!0|) |eeds
to e more cons|stent re||e||||ty |ndex ecross ||ghtwe|ght end heevywe|ght meter|e|s
2.9.2

EC0: A1.2.2
& NA
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
23
50
40

g
k

k
N
/
m

(
o
r

k
N
/
m
2
)
q
k
kN/m (or kN/m
2
)
Use Exp. (6.10b)
Use Exp. (6.10a)
30
20
10
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Noto
Assum|ng c
0
0/
|e epp||ce||e to e|| erees
except storege
|iguro 2.5
whon to uso xp. {6.10a} or xp. {6.10b}
Accompanying variable actions
Age|n the des|gner mey choose |etween us|ng lxpress|on (6!0) or the |ess evoure||e o
lxpress|ons (6!0e) or (6!0|)
EC0:
6.4.3.2(3)
l|ther
lxp (6!0) !3S O
|
!S
|,!
S(c
0,|
!S
|,|
)
or the worst cese o
lxp (6!0e) !3S O
|
c
0,!
!S
|,!
S(c
0,|
!S
|,|
)
end
lxp (6!0|) !?S O
|
!S
|,!
S(c
0,|
!S
|,|
)
where
O
|
permenent ect|on

|,!
!st ver|e||e ect|on

|,|
|
th
ver|e||e ect|on
c
0,!
cherecter|st|c com||net|on ector or !st ver|e||e |oed (see e||e ?!/)
c
0,|
cherecter|st|c com||net|on ector or |
th
ver|e||e |oed (see e||e ?!/)
ln the e|ove,
|,!
(end c
0,|
) reers to the |eed|ng ver|e||e ect|on end
|,|
(end c
0,|
) reers to
eccompeny|ng |ndependent ver|e||e ect|ons ln genere|, the d|st|nct|on |etween the two types o
ect|ons w||| |e o|v|ous (see l|gure ?6), where |t |s not, eech |oed shou|d |n turn |e treeted es the
|eed|ng ect|on A|so, the numer|ce| ve|ues or pert|e| ectors g|ven |n the 0l Net|one| Annex
|!0e|

ere used |n the equet|ons e|ove he ve|ue o c
0
depends on the use o the |u||d|ng end shou|d
|e o|te|ned rom the 0l Net|one| Annex or bS lN !990 (see e||e ?!/)
EC0:
A1.2.2, A1.3.1 & NA
q
k2
g
k2
q
k1
g
k1
q
k1
g
k1
q
k1
g
k1
q
k1
q
k3
= w
k
A B C
g
k1
Noto
Cenere||y the ver|e||e
ect|ons on e typ|ce| o|ce
||oc| wou|d |e cons|dered
es |e|ng three sets o
|ndependent ver|e||e
ect|ons
lmposed o|ce |oeds !
on the o|ce |oors
koo |mposed |oed ?
v|nd |oed 3
|iguro 2.6
|ndopondont variab|o actions

This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
24
he express|ons te|e |nto eccount the pro|e||||ty o |o|nt occurrence o |oeds |y epp|y|ng the
c
0,|
ector to the eccompeny|ng ver|e||e ect|on he pro|e||||ty thet these com||ned ect|ons w|||
|e exceeded |s deemed to |e s|m||er to the pro|e||||ty o e s|ng|e ect|on |e|ng exceeded
l the two |ndependent ver|e||e ect|ons
|,!
end
|,?
ere essoc|eted w|th d|erent spens end the
use o lxpress|on (6!0|) |s eppropr|ete, then |n one set o ene|yses epp|y
!?SO
|
!S
|,!
to the
|,!
spens
end !?SO
|
c
0|
!S
|,!
to the
|,?
spens
ln essoc|eted ene|yses epp|y
!?SO
|
c
0,|
!S
|,!
to the
|,!
spens
end !?SO
|
!?S
|,?
to the
|,?
spens
See lxemp|e ?!!? (two ver|e||e ect|ons)
Design values at SLS
EC0: 6.5 & Table A1.4
here ere three com||net|ons o ect|ons et SlS (or |oed com||net|on et SlS) hese ere g|ven |n
e||e ?!S he com||net|on end ve|ue to |e used depends on the neture o the ||m|t stete |e|ng
chec|ed Ques|-permenent com||net|ons ere essoc|eted w|th deormet|on, crec| w|dths end
crec| contro| lrequent com||net|ons mey |e used to determ|ne whether e sect|on |s crec|ed or
not he numer|c ve|ues o c
0
, c
!
end c
?
ere g|ven |n e||e ?!/
Co||oqu|e||y
c
0
hes |ecome |nown es the 'cherecter|st|c' ve|ue
c
!
hes |ecome |nown es the 'requent' ve|ue
c
?
hes |ecome |nown es the 'ques|-permenent' ve|ue
EC0: Table A1.4
1ab|o 2.18
artia| factors to bo app|iod in tho vorification of tho SLS
Combination Permanent actions G
k
Variable actions Q
k
Unfavourable
a
Favourable
a
Leading
b
Others
b
Characteristic O
|,sup
O
|,|n

|,!
c
0,|

|,|
Frequent O
|,sup
O
|,|n
c
!,!

|,!
c
?,|

|,|
Quasi-permanent O
|,sup
O
|,|n
c
?,!

|,!
c
?,|

|,|
koy
a Cenere||y O
|,sup
end O
|,|n
mey |e te|en es O
|
See Sect|on ?9S
b c ectors ere g|ven |n e||e ?!/
Design values for other limit states
loed com||net|ons ere g|ven |n e||e ?!6 or
e) lqu||||r|um (lQ0),
|) Strength et 0lS not |nvo|v|ng geotechn|ce| ect|ons,
c) Strength et 0lS w|th geotechn|ce| ect|ons,
d) Serv|cee||||ty,
e) Acc|dente| end
) Se|sm|c des|gn s|tuet|ons
2.9.3
2.9.4
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
25
Variations in permanent actions
vhen the ver|et|on o e permenent ect|on |s not sme|| then the upper (O
||,sup
) end the |ower
(O
||,|n
) cherecter|st|c ve|ues (the 9S% end S% rect||e ve|ues respect|ve|y) shou|d |e este|||shed
h|s procedure |s necessery on|y when the coeuc|ent o ver|et|on ( !00 t stenderd dev|et|on/
meen) |s greeter then !0 ln terms o permenent ect|ons, ver|et|ons |n the se|-we|ght o concrete
|n concrete remes ere cons|dered sme||
EC0: 4.1.2, 4.1.2 (3)
PD 6687
[6]
: 2.8.4
At 0lS where the ver|et|on |s not sme||,
g
C|,sup
shou|d |e used w|th O
||,sup
end
g
C|,|n
w|th
O
||,|n
S|m||er|y, where the ver|et|on |s not sme||, et SlS O
||,sup
shou|d |e used where ect|ons ere
unevoure||e end O
||,|n
used where evoure||e
vhere chec|s, note||y chec|s on stet|c equ||||r|um (lQ0), ere very sens|t|ve to ver|et|on o the
megn|tude o e permenent ect|on rom one p|ece to enother, the evoure||e end unevoure||e
perts o th|s ect|on shou|d |e cons|dered es |nd|v|due| ect|ons ln such 'very sens|t|ve' ver|ucet|ons
g
C,sup
end g
C,|n
shou|d |e used
EC0: 6.4.3 (4)
Load arrangements of actions: introduction
he process o des|gn|ng concrete structures |nvo|ves |dent|y|ng re|event des|gn s|tuet|ons end
||m|t stetes hese |nc|ude pers|stent, trens|ent or ecc|dente| s|tuet|ons ln eech des|gn s|tuet|on
the structure shou|d |e ver|ued et the re|event ||m|t stetes
EC0: 3.2
ln the ene|ys|s o the structure et the ||m|t stete |e|ng cons|dered, the mex|mum eect o
ect|ons shou|d |e o|te|ned us|ng e ree||st|c errengement o |oeds Cenere||y ver|e||e ect|ons
shou|d |e errenged to produce the most unevoure||e eect, or exemp|e to produce mex|mum
overturn|ng moments |n spens or mex|mum |end|ng moments |n supports
lor |u||d|ng structures, des|gn concentretes me|n|y on the 0lS, the u|t|mete ||m|t stete o
strength (Sk), end SlS, the serv|cee||||ty ||m|t stete lowever, |t |s essent|e| thet e|| ||m|t stetes
ere cons|dered he ||m|t stetes o equ||||r|um (lQ0), strength et 0lS w|th geotechn|ce| ect|ons
(Sk/ClO) end ecc|dente| s|tuet|ons must |e te|en |nto eccount es eppropr|ete
EC0: 3.3, 3.4, 6.4, 6.5
Load arrangements according to the UK National
Annex to Eurocode
ln |u||d|ng structures, eny o the o||ow|ng sets o s|mp||ued |oed errengements mey |e used et
0lS end SlS (See l|gure ?/)
Cl. 5.1.3 & NA
he more cr|t|ce| o N
e) e|ternete spens cerry|ng g
C
O
|
g
Q

|
w|th other spens |oeded w|th g
C
O
|
, end
|) eny two ed|ecent spens cerry|ng g
C
O
|
g
Q

|
w|th other spens |oeded w|th g
C
O
|

Or the more cr|t|ce| o N


e) e|ternete spens cerry|ng g
C
O
|
g
Q

|
, w|th other spens |oeded w|th g
C
O
|
, end
|) e|| spens cerry|ng g
C
O
|
g
Q

Or, or s|e|s on|y, e|| spens cerry|ng N g


C
O
|
g
C
O
|
, prov|ded the o||ow|ng cond|t|ons ere met
ln e one-wey spenn|ng s|e| the eree o eech |ey exceeds 30 m L
?
(e |ey |s de|ned es e
str|p ecross the u|| w|dth o e structure |ounded on the other s|des |y ||nes o support)
he ret|o o the ver|e||e ect|on, L
|
, to the permenent ect|on, O
|
, does not exceed !?S
he megn|tude o the ver|e||e ect|on exc|ud|ng pert|t|ons does not exceed S |N/m L
?

vhere ene|ys|s |s cerr|ed out or the s|ng|e |oed cese o e|| spens |oeded, the resu|t|ng moments,
except those et cent||evers, shou|d |e reduced |y ?0%, w|th e consequent|e| |ncreese |n the
spen moments
2.9.5
2.10
2.11
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
26
g
Q

| g
C
O
|
a) Alternate spans loaded b) Adjacent spans loaded c) All spans loaded
g
Q

|
g
Q

|
g
Q

|
g
C
O
|
g
C
O
|
Noto
vh||st the use o lxp (6!0) |s |nd|ceted, these errengements mey eque||y |e used w|th lxp (6!0e)
or (6!0|)
|iguro 2.7
Load arrangomonts for boams and s|abs according to Uk NA to urocodo
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
27
2.12.1 Continuous beam in a domestic structure
Determine the appropriate load combination and ultimate load
for a continuous beam of four 6 m spans in a domestic structure
supporting a 175 mm slab at 6 m centres.
6000 mm 6000 mm 6000 mm 6000 mm
q
k

g
k

A B C D E
Figure 2.8 Continuous beam in a domestic structure
a) Actions kN/m
Permanent action, g
k
Self-weight, 175 mm thick slabs : 0.17 x 25 x 6.0 = 26.3
E/o self-weight downstand 800 225 : 0.80 x 0.225 x 25 = 4.5
50 mm screed @ 22 kN/m
3
: 0.05 x 22 x 6.0 = 6.6
Finishes and services : 0.50 x 6.0 = 3.0
Dividing wall 2.40 4.42 (200 mm dense blockwork with
plaster both sides)
= 10.6
Total g
k
= 51.0
Variable action, q
k
Imposed, dwelling @ 1.5 kN/m
2
: 1.5 x 6.0 = 9.0
Total q
k
= 9.0
Ultimate load, n
Assuming use of Exp. (6.10), n = 1.35 51 + 1.5 9.0 = = 82.4
Assuming use of worst case of Exp. (6.10a) or Exp. (6.10b)
Exp. (6.10a): n = 1.35 51 + 0.7 1.5 9.0 = = 78.3
Exp. (6.10b): n = 1.25 51 + 1.5 9.0 = = 77.3
In this case Exp. (6.10a) would be critical


=ultimate load

= 78.3

This could also be determined from Figure 2.5 or by determining that g


k
> 4.5q
k
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Continuous beam in a domestic
structure
2.12 Examples of loading
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
28
2.12.2 Continuous beam in mixed use structure
Determine the worst case arrangements of actions for ULS design of a
continuous beam supporting a 175 mm slab @ 6 m centres. Note that
the variable actions are from two sources as dened in Figure 2.9.:
6000 mm 6000 mm 6000 mm 6000 mm
Office use @ 2.5 kN/m
2
Shopping use @ 4.0 kN/m
2
c
0
= 0.7 c
0
= 0.7
q
k1
= 15 kN/m
A B C D E
q
k2
= 24 kN/m
g
k
= 51 kN/m
Figure 2.9 Continuous beam in mixed-use structure
a) Load combination
Load combination Exp. (6.10a) or Exp. (6.10b) will be used, as either
will produce a smaller total load than Exp. (6.10). It is necessary to
decide which expression governs.
i) Actions kN/m
Permanent action
As before, Example 2.12.1 g
k
= 51.0
Variable action
Ofce @ 2.5 kN/m
2
q
k1
= 15.0
Shopping @ 4.0 kN/m
2
q
k2
= 24.0
Ultimate load, n
For ofce use:
Exp. (6.10a): n = 1.35 51 + 0.7 1.5 15.0 = 84.6
Exp. (6.10b): n = 1.25 51 + 1.5 15.0 = 86.3
For shopping use:
Exp. (6.10a): n = 1.35 51 + 1.5 0.7 24.0 = 94.1
Exp. (6.10b): n = 1.25 51 + 1.5 24.0 = 99.8
By inspection Exp. (6.10b) governs in both cases

b) Arrangement of ultimate loads


As the variable actions arise from different sources, one is a leading
variable action and the other is an accompanying variable action. The
unit loads to be used in the various arrangements are:

This could also be determined from Figure 2.5 or by determining that g


k
> 4.5q
k
EC1-1-1:
6.3.1.1 & NA,
EC0:
A.1.2.2. & NA
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Continuous beam in mixed use
structure
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
29
i) Actions kN/m
Permanent
1.25 51.0 = 63.8
Variable
Ofce use
as leading action, g
Q
Q
k
= 1.5 15 = 22.5
as accompanying action, c
0
g
Q
Q
k
= 0.7
1.5 15
= 15.75
Shopping use
as leading action, g
Q
Q
k
= 1.5 24 = 36.0
as accompanying action, c
0
g
Q
Q
k
= 0.7
1.5 24
= 25.2

ii) For maximum bending moment in span AB
The arrangement and magnitude of actions of loads are shown
in Figure 2.10. The variable load in span AB assumes the value as
leading action and that in span CD takes the value as an
accompanying action.
A B C D E
Leading
variable action
g
Q
q
k1
= 22.5 kN/m
Accompanying
variable action
c
Q
g
Q
q
k2
= 25.2 kN/m
Permanent
action
g
G
g
k
= 63.8 kN/m
Figure 2.10 For maximum bending moment in span AB p

iii) For maximum bending moment in span CD
The load arrangement is similar to that in Figure 2.10, but now
the variable load in span AB takes its value as an accompanying
action
(i.e. 15.75 kN/m) and that in span CD assumes the value as
leading action (36 kN/m).
A B C D E
Accompanying
variable action
c
Q
g
Q
q
k1
= 15.8 kN/m
Leading
variable action
g
Q
q
k2
= 36.0 kN/m
Permanent
action
g
G,inf
g
k
= 63.8 kN/m
Figure 2.11 For maximum bending moment in span CD p

This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
30
iv) For maximum bending moment at support B
The arrangement of loads is shown in Figure 2.12. As both spans AB
and BC receive load from the same source, no reduction is possible
(other than that for large area ( g (other than that for large area

). )).
EC1-1-1:
6.3.1.1 (10)
& NA & NA
A B C D E
Leading
variable action
g
Q
gg q
k1
= 22.5 kN/m
Permanent
action
g
G
gg g
k
= 63.8 kN/m
Figure 2.12 For maximum bending moment at support B pp
v) For maximum bending moment at support D
The relevant arrangement of loads is shown in Figure 2.13. Comments
made in d) also apply here.
A B C D E
Leading
variable action
g
Q
gg q
k2
= 36 kN/m
Permanent
action
g
G
gg g
k
= 63.8 kN/m
Figure 2.13 For maximum bending moment at support D pp
vi) For critical curtailment and hogging in span CD
The relevant arrangement of loads is shown in Figure 2.14.
A B C D E
Leading
variable action
g
Q
q
k2
= 36.0 kN/m
Accompanying
variable action
p
c
0gQ
q
k1
= 15.8 kN/m
Pe n rmanent actionn
g
G,in
gg
f
g
k
m = 51 kN/mm
Figure 2.14 For curtailment and hogging in span CD p
Eurocode 2 requires that all spans should be loaded with either g
G,sup
gg or g
G,inf
gg (as
f
per Table 2.16). As illustrated in Figure 2.14, using
g
G,inf
gg = 1.0 might be critical for
f
curtailment and hogging in spans. curtailment and hogging in spans curtailment and hogging in spans.
Cl. 2.4.3(2)

Variable actions may be subjected to reduction factors: a


A
, according to the
pp ( area supported (m area supported (m
2
), ), ), aa
AAA
= 1.0 A/1000 1.0 A/1000 0.75. 0.75.
EC1-1-1:
6.3.1.2 (10)
& NA & NA
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
31
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Propped cantilever
2.12.3 Propped cantilever
Determine the Equilibrium, ULS and SLS (deformation) load
combinations for the propped cantilever shown in Figure 2.15. The
action P at the end of the cantilever arises from the permanent
action of a wall.
q
k
g
k
A B
P
C
Figure 2.15 Propped cantilever beam and loading pp
For the purposes of this example, the permanent action P is considered
to be from a separate source than the self-weight of the structure so
both g
G,sup
and g
G,inf
need to be considered.
a) Equilibrium limit state (EQU) for maximum uplift at A
0.0q
k
= 0 1.5q
k
g
Ginf
g
k
= 0.9g
k
g
Gk,sup
g
k
= 1.1g
k
g
Gk,sup
P= 1.1P
A B
C
p
EC0:
Table 1.2(B),
Note 3
EC0:
Table A1.2 (A)
& NA
EC0:
6.4.3.1 (4),
Table A1.2 (A)
& NA
b) Ultimate limit state (ULS)
i) For maximum moment at B and anchorage of top reinforcement BA
g
Gk,sup
g
k
= 1.35g
k
g
Gk,sup
P= 1.35P g
Q
q
k
= 1.5q
k
A B
C
Figure 2.17 ULS: maximum moment at B
Notes
g
Gk,inf
g
k
= 1.0 g
k
may be critical in terms of curtailment of top bars BA.
EC0: Tables A1.1,
A1.2 (B) & NA
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
32
ii) For maximum sagging moment AB
g
Q
gg q
k
= 1.5q
k
g
Gk,sup
gg g
k
= 1.35g
k
g
Gk,sup
gg P= PP 1.1P
A B
C
Figure 2.18 ULS: maximum span moment AB p
Notes Notes
1 Depending on the magnitude of g
k
, q
k
length AB and BC, g
Gk,inf
gg g
k
(= 1.0 g
k
) may be more
critical for span moment.
2 The magnitude of the load combination indicated are those for Exp. (6.10) of BS EN
1990. The worst case of Exp. (6.10a) and Exp. (6.10b) may also have been used.
3 Presuming supports A and B were columns then the critical load combination for Column
A would be as Figure 2.18. For column B the critical load combination might be either as
Figure 2.17 or 2.18.
EC0:
Table A1.1,
A1.2 (B) & NA
c) Serviceability limit state (SLS) of deformation:
(quasi-permanent loads)
i) For maximum deformation at C
1.0g
k
1.0P
1.0c
2
cc q
k
=0.3*q
k
*Assuming office area
A B
C
Figure 2.19 SLS: maximum deformation at C
EC0:
Tables A1.1,
A1.2.2, A1.4 &
NA
ii) For maximum deformation AB
1.0P
A B
C
* Assuming office area
1.0c
2
cc q
k
=0.3*q
k
1.0g
k
Figure 2.20 SLS: maximum deformation AB
Notes Notes
Quasi-permanent load combinations may also be used for calculations of crack widths or
controlling cracking, i.e. the same load combinations as shown in Figures 2.19 and 2.20 may
be used to determine SLS moment to determine stress in reinforcement. The characteristic
and/or frequent combinations may be appropriate for other SLS limit states: for example, it
is recommended that the frequent combination is used to determine whether a member has
cracked or not.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements
33
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP-041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Overall stability
2.12.4 Overall stability (EQU)
For the frame shown in Figure 2.21, identify the various load
arrangements to check overall stability (EQU) against overturning.
Assume that the structure is an ofce block and that the loads q
k2
and q
k3
may be treated as arising from one source.
w
k
g
k1
q
k1
g
k2
q
k2
g
k3
q
k3
A B
Figure 2.21 Frame configuration
a) EQU Treating the floor imposed load as the leading variable r
action
Permanent action, PP
favourable
0.9g
k1
Permanent action, PP
favourable
0.9g
k2
Permanent action, PP
favourable
0.9g
k3
Accompanying
variable action
= g
Qk
gg c
o
cc w
k
ww
= 1.5 x 0.5 x w
k
ww
= 0.75 w
k
ww
Accompanying va n = riable actioon on g
Qk
gg c
o
cc q
k1
= 1.05q
k1
Permanent action, unfavour ble = aab a g
Gk,sup
gg g
k1
= 1.1g
k1
Lead variable action = g
Qk
gg q
2 kk2 k2
= 1.5q
k2
Permanent action, unfavour ble = aab a g
Gk,sup
gg g
k2
= 1.1g
k2
Lead variable action = g
Qk
gg q
3 kk3 k3
= 1.5q
k3
Permanent action, unfavour ble = aab a g
Gk,sup
gg g
k3
= 1.1g
k3
A B
Figure 2.22 Frame with floor variable action as leading variable action
Tables 2.16 Tables 2.16
& 2.17 & 2.17
See Table 2.17 for values of c
0
cc
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
34
b) EQU Treating the roof imposed load as the leading variable f
action
0.9g
k1
0.9g
k2
0.9g
k3
0.75 w
k
ww
1.5q
k1
1.1g
k1
1.5 x 0.7 x q
k2
= 1.05 q
k2
1.1g
k2
1.5 x 0.7 x q
k3
= 1.05 q
k3
1.1g
k3
A B
tion Figure 2.23 Frame with roof variable action as leading variable actt
Tables 2.16 Tables 2.16
& 2.17 & 2.17
c) EQU Treating wind as the leading variable action
0.9g
k1
0.9g
k2
0.9g
k3
1.5 w
k
ww
1.5 x 0.7 x q
k1
= 1.05 q
k1
1.1g
k1
1.5 x 0.7 x q
k2
= 1.05 q
k2
1.1g
k2
1.5 x 0.7 x q
k3
= 1.05 q
k3
1.1g
k3
A B
Figure 2.24 Frame with wind as lead variable action
Tables 2.16 Tables 2.16
& 2.17 & 2.17
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
35
3 S|e|s
Slabs
General
he ce|cu|et|ons |n th|s sect|on ere presented |n the o||ow|ng su|-sect|ons
3! A s|mp|y supported one-wey s|e|
3? A cont|nuous one-wey s|e|
33 A cont|nuous r|||ed s|e|
34 A |ey o e et s|e|
3S A ste|r |ght
hese ce|cu|et|ons ere |ntended to show whet m|ght |e deemed typ|ce| hend ce|cu|et|ons hey
ere |||ustret|ve o the Code end ere not necesser||y |est prect|ce he urst three su|-sect|ons
|nc|ude dete|||ng chec|s eg curte||ment |engths determ|ned str|ct|y |n eccordence w|th the
prov|s|ons o bS lN !99?!! he et s|e| ce|cu|et|on |s supp|emented |y e commentery
A genere| method o des|gn|ng s|e|s |s shown |e|ow
Leterm|ne des|gn ||e N EC0 & NA Table NA.2.1
Assess ect|ons on the s|e| N EC1 & NA
Assess dure||||ty requ|rements end determ|ne N
concrete strength
Table 4.1
BS 8500-1: Tables A4 & A5
Chec| cover requ|rements or eppropr|ete |re N
res|stence per|od
EC2-1-2: Tables 5.8,
5.9, 5.10 & 5.11
Ce|cu|ete m|n|mum cover or dure||||ty, |re end N
|ond requ|rements
Cl. 4.4.1
Leterm|ne wh|ch com||net|ons o ect|ons epp|y N EC0 & NA Tables
NA.A1.1 & NA.A1.2 (B)
Leterm|ne |oed|ng errengements N Cl. 5.1.3(1) & NA
Ane|yse structure to o|te|n cr|t|ce| moments end sheer N
orces
Cl. 5.4, 5.5, 5.6
Les|gn |exure| re|norcement N Cl. 6.1
Chec| de|ect|on N Cl. 7.4
Chec| sheer cepec|ty N Cl. 6.2
Other des|gn chec|s N
Chec| m|n|mum re|norcement
Chec| crec||ng (s|.e or spec|ng o |ers)
Chec| eects o pert|e| ux|ty
Chec| secondery re|norcement
Cl. 9.3.1.1(1), 9.2.1.1(1)
Cl. 7.3, Tables 7.2N & 7.3N
Cl. 9.3.1.2(2)
Cl. 9.3.1.1(2), 9.3.1.4(1)
Chec| curte||ment N Cl. 9.3.1.1(4), 9.2.1.3, Fig. 9.2
Chec| enchorege N Cl. 9.3.1.2, 8.4.4, 9.3.1.1(4)
Cl. 9.2.1.5(1), 9.2.1.5(2)
Chec| |eps N Cl. 8.7.3
3
3.0
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
36
Simply supported one-way slab
h|s ce|cu|et|on |s |ntended to show e typ|ce| |es|c hend ce|cu|et|on
3.1
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Simply supported one-way slab
A 175 mm thick slab is required to support screed, nishes, an
ofce variable action of 2.5 kN/m
2
and demountable partitions
(@ 2 kN/m). The slab is supported on load-bearing block walls.
f
ck
= 30 MPa, f
yk
= 500 MPa. Assume a 50-year design life and a
requirement for 1 hour resistance to re.
q
k
= 3.3 kN/m
2
g
k
= 5.9 kN/m
2
4800
Figure 3.1 Simply supported one-way slab p pp
3.1.1 Actions
kN/m
2
Permanent:
Self-weight 0.175 25 = 4.4 EC1-1-1: Table A1
50 mm screed = 1.0
Finishes, services = 0.5
Total g
k
= 5.9
Variable:
Offices, general use B1 = 2.5 EC1-1-1: Tables
6.1, 6.2 & NA
Movable partitions @ 2.0 kN/m = 0.8
Total
k
= 3.3 EC1-1-1: 6.3.12(8)
3.1.2 Cover
Nominal cover, c
nom
:
c
nom
= c
min
+ Dc
dev
where
c
min
= max[c
min,b
; c
min,dur
]
where
c
min,b
= minimum cover due to bond = diameter of bar
Assume 12 mm main bars.
c
min,dur
= minimum cover due to environmental conditions
Assuming XCI and using C30/37 concrete,
c
min,dur
= 15 mm
Dc
dev
= allowance in design for deviation.
Assuming no measurement of cover,
Dc
dev
= 10 mm
= c
nom
= 15 + 10 = 25 mm
Exp. (4.1)
Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
Table 4.1.
BS 8500-1:
Table A4.
Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
37 37
3! S|mp|y supported one-wey s|e|
Fire:
Check adequacy of section for 1 hour fire resistance (i.e. REI 60).
Thickness, h
s,min
= 80 mm cf. 175 mm proposed = OK
Axis distance, a
min
= 20 mm cf. 25 + f/2 = 31 i.e. not critical = OK
= choose c
nom
= 25 mm
EC2-1-2:
4.1(1), 5.1(1)
& Table 5.8

3.1.3 Load combination (and arrangement)
Ultimate load, n:
By inspection, BS EN 1990 Exp. (6.10b) governs
= n = 1.25 5.9 + 1.5 3.3 = 12.3 kN/m
2
3.1.4 Analysis
Design moment:
M
Ed
= 12.3 4.8
2
/8 = 35.4 kNm
Shear force:
V = 12.3 4.8/2 = 29.5 kN/m
Fig. 2.5
ECO:
Exp. (6.10b)
3.1.5 Flexural design
Effective depth:
d = 175 25 12/2 = 144 mm
Flexure in span:
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
= 35.4 10
6
/(1000 144
2
30) = 0.057
z/d = 0.95
z = 0.95 144 = 137 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z = 35.4 10
6
/(137 500/1.15) = 594 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.41%)
Try H12 @ 175 B1 (645 mm
2
/m)
Fig. 3.5
Appendix A1
Table C5
3.1.6 Deflection
Check span-to-effective-depth ratio.
Basic span-to-effective-depth ratio for r = 0.41% = 20
A
s,prov
/A
s,req
= 645/599 = 1.08
Max. span = 20 1.08 144 = 3110 mm i.e. < 4800 mm = no good
Consider in more detail:
Allowable l/d = N K F1 F2 F3
where
N = 25.6 (r = 0.41%, f
ck
= 30 MPa)
K = 1.0 (simply supported)
F1 = 1.0 (b
eff
/b
w
= 1.0)
F2 = 1.0 (span < 7.0 m)
F3 = 310/ s
s
< 1.5
Appendix B
Table 7.4N & NA
Exp. (7.17)
Cl. 7.4.2,
Appendix C7,
Tables C10-C13
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
38 38
where

s
s
s = s
su
s (A
s,req
/
q
A
s,prov
) 1/d
where
s
su
s { 242 MPa (From Figure C3 and
g
k
/q
k
= 1.79, c
2
cc = 0.3, g
G
gg = 1.25)
d = redistribution ratio = 1.0 d
= s
s
s { 242 594/645 = 222
= F3 = 310/222 = 1.40 < 1.5
= Allowable l/ ll d = 25.6 1.40 = 35.8 d
Actual l/ ll d = 4800/144 = 33.3 d = OK
Use H12 @ 175 B1 (645 mm
2
/m)
Cl. 7.4.2, Exp. (7.17)
Table 7.4N, & NA
Table NA.5:
Note 5
Figure C3 Figure C3
Figure C3 Figure C3
3.1.7 Shear
By inspection, OK
However, if considered critical:
V = 29.5 kN/m as before V
V
Ed
VV = 29.5 0.14 12.3 = 27.8 kN/m
v
Ed
vv = 27.8 10
3
/144 10
3
= 0.19 MPa
v
Rd,c
vv = 0.53 MPa
= No shear reinforcement required q
Cl. 6.2.1(8)
Cl. 6.2.2(1);
Table C6 Table C6
3.1.8 Summary of design
H12 @ 175
Figure 3.2 Simply supported slab: summary p pp
3.1.9 Detailing checks
It is presumed that the detailer would take the design summarised
above and detail the slab to normal best practice, e.g. to SMDSC
[9]
or to How to design concrete structures using Eurocode 2, 2
[8]
Chapter
10, Detailing. This would usually include dimensioning and detailing
curtailment, laps, U-bars and also undertaking the other checks detailed
below. See also 3.2.10 detailing checks for a continuous one-way slab.
a) Minimum areas
Minimum area of reinforcement:
A
s,min
= 0.26 (f
ctm
f /f
yk
ff ) b
t
bb J ~ 0.0013 b
t
bb d
where
b
t
bb = width of tension zone
f
ctm
f = 0.30 f
ck
f
0.666
Cl. 9.3.1.1, 9.2.1.1
Table 3.1

See Appendix B1.5


This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
S|e|s
39 39
3! S|mp|y supported one-wey s|e|
A
s,min
= 0.26 0.30 30
0.666
1000 144/500 = 216 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.15%) r
= H12 @ 175 B1 OK
Crack control:
OK by inspection.
Maximum spacing of bars:
< 3h < 400 mm OK
Secondary reinforcement:
20% A
s,req
= 0.2 645 = 129 mm
q
2
/m
Use H10 @ 350 (224) B2
Edges: effects of assuming partial fixity along edge
Top steel required = 0.25 594 = 149 mm
2
/m
Use H10 @ 350 (224) T2 B2 as U-bars
extending 960 mm into slab

Table 7.2N & NA


Cl. 9.3.1.1.(3)
Cl. 9.3.1.1.(2)
Cl. 9.3.1.2.(2)
b) Curtailment
Curtailment main bars:
Curtail main bars 50 mm from or at face of support.
At supports:
50% of A
s
to be anchored from face of support.
Use H12 @ 350 B1 T1 U-bars
In accordance with SMDSC
[9]
detail MS3 lap U-bars 500 mm with
main steel, curtail T1 leg of U-bar 0.1l (= say 500 mm) from face l
of support.
SMDSC
[9]
:
Fig. 6.4;
How to
[8]
:
Detailing
Cl. 9.3.1.2.(1)

A free unsupported edge is required to use longitudinal and transverse


reinforcement generally using U-bars with legs at least 2h long. For slabs
150 mm deep or greater, SMDSC
[9]
standard detail recommends U-bars lapping
500 mm with bottom steel and extending 0.1l top into span. l
Cl. 9.3.1.4.(1)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
40 40
3.2 Continuous one-way solid slab
h|s ce|cu|et|on |s |ntended to show |n dete|| the prov|s|ons o des|gn|ng e s|e| to lurocode ?
us|ng essent|e||y the seme s|e| es used |n lxemp|e 3!
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Continuous one-way solid slab
A 175 mm thick continuous slab is required to support screed, nishes,
an ofce variable action of 2.5 kN/m
2
and demountable partitions
(@ 2 kN/m). The slab is supported on 200 mm wide load-bearing block
walls at 6000 mm centres. f
ck
= 30, f
yk
= 500 and the design life is
50 years. A re resistance of 1 hour is required.
q
k
= 3.3 kN/m
2
g
k
= 5.9 kN/m
2
5800 5800
200 200
Figure 3.3 Continuous solid slab
3.2.1 Actions
kN/m
2
Permanent:
As Section 3.1.1 g
k
= 5.9
Variable:
As Section 3.1.1
k
= 3.3 EC1-1-1:
6.3.1.2(8)
3.2.2 Cover
Nominal cover, c
nom
:
As Section 3.1.2 c
nom
= 25 mm
3.2.3 Load combination (and arrangement)
Fig. 2.5
EC0:
Exp. (6.10b)
Ultimate action (load):
As Section 3.1.3, BS EN 1990 Exp. (6.10b) governs
= n = 1.25 5.9 + 1.5 3.3 = 12.3 kN/m
2
3.2.4 Analysis
Clear span, l
n
= 5800 mm
a
1
= min[h/2; t/2] = min[175/2; 200/2] = 87.5 mm Cl. 5.3.2.2(1)
a
2
= min[h/2; t/2] = min[175/2; 200/2] = 87.5 mm
l
eff
= 5975 mm
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
S|e|s
41 41
3? Cont|nuous one-wey so||d s|e|
Bending moment:
End span M
Ed
= 0.086 12.3 5.975
2
= 37.8 kNm/m Cl. 5.1.1(7)
Table C2
1st internal support M
Ed
= 0.086 12.3 5.975
2
= 37.8 kNm/m
Internal spans M
Ed
= 0.063 12.3 5.975
2
= 27.7 kNm/m
and supports
Shear:
End support V
Ed
= 0.40 12.3 5.975 = 29.4 kN/m
1st interior support V
Ed
= 0.60 12.3 5.975 = 44.1 kN/m
3.2.5 Flexural design: span
a) End span (and 1st internal support)
Effective depth, d:
d = h c
nom
f/2
= 175 25 12/2 = 144 mm
Relative flexural stress, K:
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
= 37.8 10
6
/1000 144
2
30 = 0.061
K' = 0.207
or restricting x/d to 0.45
K' = 0.168
= by inspection, section is under-reinforced
(i.e. no compression reinforcement required).
Appendix A1
Lever arm, z:
z = (d/2) [1 + (1 3.53K)
0.5
] 0.95d


= (144/2) [1 + (1 3.53 0.061)
0.5
] = 0.945d = 136 mm
Fig. 3.5
Appendix A1
Area of steel, A
s
:
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
= 37.8 10
6
/(500/1.15 136) = 639 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.44%)
Try H12 @ 175 B1 (645 mm
2
/m)
b) Internal spans and supports
Lever arm, z:
By inspection, z = 0.95d = 0.95 144 = 137 mm
Fig. 3.5
Appendix A1
Area of steel, A
s
:
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
= 27.7 10
6
/(500/1.15 137) = 465 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.32%)
Try H12 @ 225 B1 (502 mm
2
/m)

Designers may choose to use another form of this equation:


z/d = 0.5 + (0.25 0.882K)
0.5
0.95
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
42 42
3.2.6 Deflection: end span
Check end span-to-effective-depth ratio.
Allowable l/d = d N N K F1 F2 F3
Appendix B Appendix B
where
N = basic effective depth to span ratio: N
r = 0.44% r
r
0
= f
ck
f
0.5
10
3
= 0.55% = use Exp. (7.16a)
Cl. 7.4.2(2)
N = 11 + 1.5 N f
ck
f
0.5
r
0
/r + 3.2 r f
ck
f
0.5
(r
0
/r 1) r
1.5
= 11 + 1.5 30
0.5
0.55/0.44 + 3.2 30
0.5
(0.55/0.44 1)
1.5
= 11.0 + 10.3 + 2.2 = 23.5
Exp. (7.16a)
K = structural system factor
= 1.3 (end span of continuous slab)
Cl. 7.4.2
F1 = flanged section factor
= 1.0 (b
eff
/b
w
= 1.0)
w
Cl. 7.4.2
F2 = factor for long spans associated with brittle partitions
= 1.0 (span < 7.0 m)
Cl. 7.4.2
F3 = 310/ s
s
s 1.5 Cl. 7.4.2, Exp. (7.17)
Table 7.4N & NA,
Table NA.5:
Note 5
where

s
s
s = (f
yk
f / g
S
gg ) (A
s,req
/
q
A
s,prov
) (SLS loads/ULS loads (1/d)
= f
yd
ff (A
s,req
/
q
A
s,prov
) (g
k
+ c
2
cc q
k
)/(g
G
gg g
k
+ g
Q
gg q
k
) (1/d)
= (500/1.15) (639/645) [(5.9 + 0.3 3.3)/12.3] 1.08

= 434.8 0.99 0.56 1.08 = 260 MPa


Exp. (7.17)
EC0: A1.2.2
Table C14 Table C14
F3 = 310/260 = 1.19
Note: A
s,prov
/A
s,req
1.50 Table 7.4N & NA,
Table NA.5:
Note 5
Allowable l/d = d N N K F1 F2 F3
= 23.5 1.3 1.0 1.19
= 36.4
Max. span = 36.4 144 = 5675 mm, i.e. < 5795 mm = No good
Try increasing reinforcement to H12 @ 150 B1 (754 mm
2
/m)
s
s
s = 434.8 639/754 0.56 1.08 = 223
F3 = 310/223 = 1.39
Allowable l/d = 23.5 1.3 1.0 1.39 d
= 42.5

See Appendix B1.5

The use of Table C3 implies certain amounts of redistribution, which are dened in
Table C14.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
S|e|s
43 43
3? Cont|nuous one-wey so||d s|e|
Max. span = 42.5 144 = 6120 mm, i.e. > 5795 mm OK
= H12 @ 150 B1 (754 mm
2
/m) OK
3.2.7 Deflection: internal span
Check internal span-to-effective-depth ratio.
Allowable l/d = N K F1 F2 F3
where
N = basic effective depth to span ratio: N
r = 0.32% r
r
0
= f
ck
f
0.5
10
3
= 0.55% = use Exp. (7.16a)
Cl. 7.4.2(2)
N = 11 + 1.5 N f
ck
f
0.5
r
0
/r + 3.2 r f
ck
f
0.5
(r
0
/r 1) r
1.5
= 11 + 1.5 30
0.5
0.55/0.32 + 3.2 30
0.5
(0.55/0.32 1)
1.5
= 11.0 + 14.1 + 10.7 = 35.8
Exp. (7.16a)
K = structural system factor
= 1.5 (interior span of continuous slab)
Cl. 7.4.2
F1 = flanged section factor
= 1.0 (b
eff
/b
w
bb = 1.0)
w
Cl. 7.4.2
F2 = factor for long spans associated with brittle partitions
= 1.0 (span < 7.0 m)
Cl. 7.4.2
F3 = 310/ s
s
s 1.5 Cl. 7.4.2, Exp.
(7.17), Table 7.4N
& NA, Table NA.5
Note 5.
where
s
s
s = f
yd
ff (A
s,req
/
q
A
s,prov
) (g
k
+ c
2
cc q
k
)/(g
G
gg g
k
+ g
Q
gg q
k
) (1/d)
= (500/1.15) (465/502) [(5.9 + 0.3 3.3)/12.3] 1.03
= 434.8 0.93 0.56 1.03 = 233 MPa
Exp. (7.17)
EC0: A1.2.2
Table C14 Table C14
F3 = 310/233 = 1.33
Allowable l/d = d N N K F1 F2 F3
= 35.8 1.5 1.0 1.33
= 71.4
Max. span = 71.4 144 = 10280 mm i.e. > 5795 mm OK
Use H12 @ 225 B1 (502 mm
2
/m) in internal spans p
3.2.8 Shear
Design shear force, V
Ed
VV :
At d from face of end support, d
V
Ed
VV = 29.4 (0.144 + 0.0875) 12.3 = 26.6 kN/m Cl. 6.2.1(8)
At d from face of 1st interior support, d
V
Ed
VV = 44.1 (0.144 + 0.0875) 12.3 = 41.3 kN/m
Shear resistance, V
Rd,c
VV :
V
Rd,c
VV = (0.18/ g
C
gg )k(100 r
l
f
ck
f )
0.333
b
w
bb d 0.0035k
1.5
k f
ck
f
0.5
b
w
bb d Cl. 6.2.2(1)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
44 44
where
k = 1 + (200/ k d)
0.5
2.0 as d < 200 mm d
k = 2.0 k
r
l
= A
sl
/bd
Assuming 50% curtailment (at end support)
= 50% 754/(144 1000) = 0.26%
V
Rd,c
VV = (0.18/1.5) 2.0 (100 0.26/100 30)
0.33
1000 144
= 0.12 2 1.97 1000 144
= 0.47 1000 144 = 68.1 kN/m
But V
Rd,cmin
VV = 0.035k
1.5
f
ck
f
0.5
b
w
bb d
where
k = 1 + (200/ k d)
0.5
2.0; as before k = 2.0 k
V
Rd,cmin
VV = 0.035 2
1.5
30
0.5
1000 144
= 0.54 1000 144 = 77.6 kN/m
= V
Rd,c
VV = 77.6 kN/m
= OK, no shear reinforcement required at end or 1st internal
supports
= H12 @ 150 B1 & H12 @ 175 T1 OK
By inspection, shear at other internal supports OK.
3.2.9 Summary of design
f
ck
f = 30 MPa PP
c
nom
= 25 mm
H12 @ 150 H12 @ 225
H12 @ 175
Figure 3.4 Continuous solid slab: design summary
Commentary
It is usually presumed that the detailer would take the design
summarised above together with the general arrangement illustrated
in Figure 3.3 and detail the slab to normal best practice. The
detailers responsibilities, standards and timescales should be clearly
dened but it would be usual for the detailer to draw and schedule
not only the designed reinforcement but all the reinforcement
required to provide a compliant and buildable solution. The work
would usually include checking the following aspects and providing
appropriate detailing :
Minimum areas t
Curtailment lengths t
Anchorages t
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
S|e|s
45 45
3? Cont|nuous one-wey so||d s|e|
Laps t
U-bars t
Rationalisation t
Critical dimensions t
Details and sections t
The determination of minimum reinforcement areas, curtailment
lengths, anchorages and laps using the principles in Eurocode 2 is
shown in detail in the following calculations. In practice these would
be determined from published tables of data or by using reference
texts
[8, 9]
. Nonetheless the designer should check the drawing
for design intent and compliance with standards. It is therefore
necessary for the designer to understand and agree the principles
of the detailing used.
3.2.10 Detailing checks
a) Minimum areas
Minimum area of longitudinal tension (flexural) reinforcement
A
s,min
= 0.26(f
ctm
f /f
yk
f ) b
t
bb d 0.0013 b
t
bb d
where
b
t
bb = width of tension zone
f
ctm
f = 0.30 f
ck
f
0.667
A
s,min
= 0.26 0.30 30
0.667
1000 144/500 = 216 mm
7 2
/m
(r = 0.15%) r
= H12 @ 225 B1 OK
Cl. 9.3.1.1, 9.2.1.1
Table 3.1
Secondary (transverse reinforcement)
Minimum 20% A
s,req
20% A
s,req
= 0.2 502 = 100 mm
q
2
/m
Consider A
s,min
to apply as before.
A
s,min
= 216 mm
2
/m
Try H10 @ 350 B2 (224 mm
2
/m)
Cl. 9.3.1.1(2)
SMDSC
[9]
Check edge.
Assuming partial fixity exists at edges, 25% of A
s
is required
to extend 0.2 the length of the adjacent span.
A
s,req
= 25% 639 = 160 mm
q
2
/m
A
s,min
as before = 216 mm
2
/m
= Use H10 @ 350 (224 mm
2
/m) U-bars at edges
Cl. 9.3.1.2(2)
Cl. 9.3.1.1, 9.2.1.1
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
46
Curtail 0.2 5975 = 1195 mm, say 1200 mm measured from face
of support

.
Cl. 9.3.1.2(2)
Maximum spacing of bars
Maximum spacing of bars < 3h < 400 mm OK
Cl. 9.3.1.1.(3)
Crack control
As slab < 200 mm, measures to control cracking are unnecessary.
Cl. 7.3.3(1)
However, as a check on end span:
Loading is the main cause of cracking,
= use Table 7.2N or Table 7.3N for w
max
ww = 0.4 mm and s
s
s = 241 MPa
(see deflection check).
Max. bar size = 20 mm
or max. spacing = 250 mm
= H12 @ 150 B1 OK.
Cl. 7.3.3(2),
7.3.1.5
Table 7.2N &
interpolation,
Table 7.3N &
interpolation
End supports: effects of partial fixity
Assuming partial fixity exists at end supports, 15% of A
s
is required
to extend 0.2 the length of the adjacent span.
A
s,req
= 15% 639 = 96 mm
q
2
/m
But, A
s,min
as before = 216 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.15%) r
One option would be to use bob bars, but choose to use U-bars
Try H12 @ 450 (251 mm
2
/m) U-bars at supports pp
Cl. 9.3.1.2(2)
Cl. 9.3.1.1, 9.2.1.1
Curtail 0.2 5975 = say, 1200 mm measured from face of support.

Cl. 9.3.1.2(2)
b) Curtailment
i) End span, bottom reinforcement
Assuming end support to be simply supported, 50% of A
s
should
extend into the support.
50% 639 = 320 mm
2
/m
Try H12 @ 300 (376 mm
2
/m) at supports pp
Cl. 9.3.1.2(1)
In theory, 50% curtailment of reinforcement may take place a
l
from
where the moment of resistance of the section with the remaining
50% would be adequate to resist the applied bending moment. In
practice, it is usual to determine the curtailment distance as being
a
l
from where M
Ed
= M
Ed,max
/2.
Cl. 9.3.1.2(1)
Note, 9.2.1.3 (2)

Detail MS2 of SMDSC
[9]
, suggests 50% of T1 legs of U-bars should extend 0.3l
(= say 1800 mm) from face of support by placing U-bars alternately reversed.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
47
3? Cont|nuous one-wey so||d s|e|
a) Load arrangement rr
Tensile for TT ce
in reinforcement, F
s
F
633
50%
50%
633 (say 500)
Tensile r TT esistance of reinforcement
X
M
Ed,max
M
Edx
= R
A
X X nX
2
XX /2
M
Edx
/z
l
bd
l
bd
n
A B
A B
A B
A
B
b) Bending moment M
Edx
c) Tensile TT force in bottom reinforcement
d) Curtailment of bottom reinforcement
987
987
(say 850)
Figure 3.5 Curtailment of bottom reinforcement: actions, bending
moments, forces in reinforcement and curtailment
Thus, for a single simply supported span supporting a UDL of n,
M
Ed,max
= 0.086nl
2
; R
A
= 0.4nl
At distance, X, from end support, moment, XX
M
Ed
@X = X R
A
X X nX
2
/2
= when M@X = X M
Ed,max
/2:
0.086nl
2
/2 = 0.4nlX X nX
2
/2
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
48
Assuming X = X xl
0.043nl
2
= 0.4nlxl l nx
2
xx l
2
/2
0.043 = 0.4x x x
2
xx /2
0 = 0.043 0.4x + x x
2
xx /2
x = 0.128 or 0.672, say 0.13 and 0.66 x
= at end support 50% moment occurs at 0.13 x span
0.13 5975 = 777 mm
Shift rule: for slabs, a
l
may be taken as d (= 144 mm), d
= curtail to 50% of required reinforcement at 777 144
= 633 mm from centreline of support.
Say 500 mm from face of support A pp
Cl. 9.2.1.3(2),
6.2.2(5)
= in end span at 1st internal support 50% moment occurs at 0.66
span
0.66 5975 = 3944 mm
Shift rule: for slabs a
l
may be taken as d (= 144 mm), d
= curtail to 50% of required reinforcement at 3944 + 144
= 4088 mm from support A
or 5975 4088 = 987 mm from centreline of support B.
Say 850 mm from face of support B pp
Cl. 9.2.1.3(2),
6.2.2(5)
ii) 1st interior support, top reinforcement
Presuming 50% curtailment of reinforcement is required this may
take place a
l
from where the moment of resistance of the section
with the remaining 50% would be adequate. However, it is usual to
determine the curtailment distance as being a
l
from where M
Ed
=
M
Ed,max
/2.
Cl. 9.3.1.2(1)
Note, 9.2.1.3(2)
Thus, for the 1st interior support supporting a UDL of n,
M
Ed,maxT
= 0.086
T
nl
2
; R
B
= 0.6nl
At distance Y from end support, moment, Y
M
Ed
@Y = Y M
Ed,maxT

T
R
A
Y + Y nY
2
/2
= when M@Y = Y M
Ed,maxT
/2
0.086nl
2
/2 = 0.086nl
2
0.6nlY + Y nY
2
/2
Assuming Y = Y yl
0.043nl
2
= 0.086nl
2
0.6nlyl + l ny
2
l
2
/2
0 = 0.043 0.6y + y y
2
/2
y = 0.077 y (or 1.122), say 0.08
= at end support 50% moment occurs at 0.08 span
0.08 5975 = 478 mm
Shift rule: for slabs, a
l
may be taken as d 144 mm d
= curtail to 50% of required reinforcement at 478 + 144
= 622 mm from centreline of support.
50% of reinforcement may be curtailed at, say,
600 mm from either face of support B pp
Cl. 9.2.1.3(2),
6.2.2(5)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
49
3? Cont|nuous one-wey so||d s|e|
100% curtailment may take place a
l
from where there is no hogging
moment. Thus,
when M@Y = M
Ed,maxT
/2
0 = 0.086nl
2
0.6nlY + nY
2
/2
Assuming Y = yl
0 = 0.086 0.6y + y
2
/2
y = 0.166

(or 1.034), say 0.17
= at end support 50% moment occurs at 0.17 span
0.17 5975 = 1016 mm
Shift rule: for slabs, a
l
may be taken as d
= curtail to 100% of required reinforcement at 1016 + 144
= 1160 mm from centreline of support.
100% of reinforcement may be curtailed at, say,
1100 mm from either face of support B.
iii) Support B bottom steel at support
At the support 25% of span steel required Cl. 9.3.1.1(4),
9.2.1.5(1),
9.2.1.4(1)
0.25 639 = 160 mm
2
A
s,min
as before = 216 mm
2
/m
For convenience use H12 @ 300 B1 (376 mm
2
/m)
Cl. 9.3.1.1, 9.2.1.1
c) Anchorage at end support
As simply supported, 50% of A
s
should extend into the support.
This 50% of A
s
should be anchored to resist a force of
Cl. 9.2.1.2(1) &
Note, 9.2.1.4(2)
F
E
= V
Ed
a
l
/z
where
Exp. (9.3)
V
Ed
= the absolute value of the shear force
a
l
= d, where the slab is not reinforced for shear
z = lever arm of internal forces
F
E
= 29.4 d/0.95

d = 30.9 kN/m
Cl. 9.2.1.3(2)
Anchorage length, l
bd
: Cl. 8.4.4
l
bd
= al
b,rqd
l
b,min
Exp. (8.4)
where
a = conservatively 1.0
l
b,rqd
= basic anchorage length required
= (f/4) (s
sd
/f
bd
) Exp. (8.3)
where
f = diameter of the bar = 12 mm
s
sd
= design stress in the bar at the ultimate limit state
= F
E
/A
s,prov
= 30.9 1000/376 = 81.5 MPa

Maximum z = 0.947 at mid-span and greater towards support.


This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
50
f
bd
= ultimate bond stress
= 2.25 n
1
n
2
f
ct,d
Cl. 8.4.2(2)
where
n
1
= 1.0 for good bond conditions and 0.7 for all other
conditions = 1.0
n
2
= 1.0 for bar diameter 32 mm
f
ct,d
= design tensile strength
= a
ct
f
ct,k
/ g
C
. For f
ck
= 30 MPa
= 1.0 2.0/1.5 = 1.33 MPa
Cl. 3.1.6(2) &
NA, Tables 3.1
& 2.1N
=f
|d
= 2.25 1.33 = 3.0 MPa
l
b,rqd
= (12/4) (81.5/1.33) = 183 mm
l
b,min
= max(10d, 100 mm) = 120 mm
l
bd
= 183 mm measured from face of support
By inspection, using U-bars, OK
Exp. (8.6)
Fig. 9.3
d) Laps
Lap H12 @ 300 U-bars with H12 @ 150 straights.
Tension lap, l
0
= a
1
a
2
a
3
a
5
a
6
l
b,rqd
a l
0min
Exp. (8.10)
where
a
1
= 1.0 (straight bars)
a
2
= 1 0.15 (c
d
f)/f
Table 8.2
where
c
d
= min(pitch, side cover or cover)
= 25 mm
Fig. 8.4
f = bar diameter
= 12 mm
a
2
= 0.84
a
3
= 1.0 (no connement by reinforcement)
a
5
= 1.0 (no connement by pressure)
Table 8.2
a
6
= 1.5 Table 8.3
l
b,rqd
= (f/4) s
sd
/f
bd
Exp. (8.3)
where
s
sd
= the design stress at ULS at the position from
where the anchorage is measured.
Assuming lap starts 500 mm from face of
support (587.5 mm from centreline of support):
M
Ed
= 29.5 0.59 12.3 0.59
2
/2
= 15.2 kNm
s
sd
= M
Ed
/(A
s
z)
= 15.2 10
6
/(376 144/0.95) = 267 MPa
f
bd
= ultimate bond stress
= 2.25 n
1
n
2
f
ct,d
Cl. 8.4.2(2)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
51
3? Cont|nuous one-wey so||d s|e|
where
n
1
= 1.0 for good conditions
n
2
= 1.0 for f < 32 mm
f
ct,d
= a
ct
f
ct,k
/g
C
where
a
ct
= 1.0
f
ct,k
= 2.0
g
C
= 1.5
=f
|d
= 2.25 2.0/1.5 = 3.0 MPa
Cl. 3.1.6 (2) & NA
Table 3.1
Table 2.1N & NA
l
b,rqd
= (f/4) s
sd
/f
bd
= (12/4) (267/3) = 267 mm
l
0min
b = max[0.3 a
6
l
b,rqd
; 15f/ 200 mm]
= max[0.3 1.5 229; 15 12; 200]
= max[124; 180; 200] = 200 mm
= l
0
= a
1
a
2
a
3
a
5
a
6
l
b,rqd
l
0min
= 1.0 0.84 1.0 1.0 1.5 329 200 = 414 mm
Exp. 8.6
But good practice suggests minimum lap of max[tension lap; 500]
= lap with bottom reinforcement = 500 mm starting 500 from
face of support.
3.2.11 Summary of reinforcement details
SMDSC
[9]
: MS2
A
A
500 1200
H12 U-bars @ 300 H12 @ 175 T1
H12 @ 150
H12 @ 300 H12 @ 225
500 600 600
200
200
200 500 500 500 500 350 350
Figure 3.6 Continuous solid slab: reinforcement details
500
1200
H10 @ 350 B2
Figure 3.7 Section AA showing reinforcement details at edge
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
52
3.3 Continuous ribbed slab
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Continuous ribbed slab
This continuous 300 mm deep ribbed slab has spans of 7.5 m,
9.0 m and 7.5 m and is required for an ofce to support a variable
action of 5 kN/m
2
. It is supported on wide beams that are the same
depth as the slab designed in Section 4.3. One hour re resistance
is required: internal environment. The ribs are 150 mm wide @ 900
mm centres. Links are required in span to facilitate prefabrication of
reinforcement. Assume that partitions are liable to be damaged by
excessive deections. In order to reduce deformations yet maintain a
shallow prole use f
ck
= 35 MPa and f
yk
= 500 MPa.
g
k
= 4.17 kN/m
2
g
k
= 4.3 kN/m
2
q
k
= 5.0 kN/m
2
A B
7500
550 1000 1000 1000
9000 7500
C D
550 1000
Figure 3.8 Continuous ribbed slab example p
Notes on ribbed slab design
There are various established methods for analysing ribbed slabs and dealing
with the solid areas:
t Using UDLs simplifies the analysis and remains popular. One method is
to ignore the weight of the solid part of the slab in the analysis of the
ribbed slab. (The weight of the solid area is then added to the loads on the
supporting beam). This ignores the minor effect the solid areas have on
bending in the ribbed slab.
t Alternatively the weight of the solid part of the slab is spread as a UDL
over the whole span. This is conservative both in terms of moment and
shears at solid/shear interfaces but underestimates hogging in internal
spans.
The advent of computer analysis has made analysis using patch loads t
more viable and the resulting analysis more accurate.
t The ribbed part of the slab may be designed to span between solid areas.
(The ribs span d/2 into the solid areas, which are assumed to act as
beams in the orthogonal direction.) However, having to accommodate
torsions induced in supporting beams and columns usually makes it simpler
to design from centreline of support to centreline of support.
Analysis programs can cope with the change of section and therefore t
change of stiffness along the length of the slab. Moments would be
attracted to the stiffer, solid parts at supports. However, the difference in
stiffness between the ribbed and the solid parts is generally ignored.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
53
In line with good practice analysis, this example is carried out using
centreline of support to centreline of support and patch loads

.
Constant stiffness along the length of the slab has been assumed.
300
200 200
C
L
1000 550
100
A
A
C
L
Figure 3.9 Long section through slab
150 150 750
Figure 3.10 Section AA: section through ribbed slab
3.3.1 Actions
Permanent: UDL kN/m
2
Self-weight: kN/m
2
Rib 0.15 0.2 25/0.9 = 0.833
Slope 2 (1/2) 0.2/10 0.2 25/0.9 = 0.112
Slab 0.1 2.5 = 2.500
Cross rib 0.19 0.71 0.2 25/(0.9 7.5) = 0.100
Total self-weight = 3.545 3.55
Ceiling = 0.15
Services = 0.30
Raised oor = 0.30
Total permanent actions g
k
= 4.30

In this case, assuming the patch load analysis is accurate, taking the weight
of solid area to be spread over the whole span would overestimate span and
support moments by 68% and shears at the solid/rib interface by 89%.
Ignoring the weight of the solid area in the analysis of this ribbed slab would
lead to underestimates of span moments by 1%, support moments by 3% and
no difference in the estimation of shear at the solid shear interface. The latter
may be the preferred option.
33 Cont|nuous r|||ed s|e|
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
54
Permanent: patch load
Extra over solid in beam area as patch load
(0.2 25 0.833) = 4.167 g
k
4.17
Variable
Imposed = 4.00*
Allowance for partitions = 1.00*
Total variable action g
k
= 5.00
3.3.2 Cover
Nominal cover, c
nom
:
c
nom
= c
min
+ Dc
dev
Exp. (4.1)
where
c
min
= max(c
min,b
; c
min,dur
)
where
c
min,b
= minimum cover due to bond
= diameter of bar.
Assume 20 mm main bars and 8 mm links
Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
c
min,dur
= minimum cover due to environmental conditions.
Assuming XC1 and C30/37 concrete, c
min,dur
= 15 mm
r
Table 4.1.
BS 8500-1:
Table A4
Dc
dev
= allowance in design for deviation. Assuming no
measurement of cover Dc
dev
= 10 mm
Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
= c
nom
= 20 + 10 to main bars or
= 15 + 10 to links = critical
Fire:
Check adequacy of section for REI 60.
EC2-1-2: 5.7.5(1)
Minimum slab thickness, h
s
= 80 mm OK EC2-1-2: Table 5.8
Axis distance required
Minimum rib width b
min
= 120 mm with a = 25 mm
or b
min
= 200 mm with a = 12 mm
EC2-1-2: Table 5.6
= at 150 mm wide (min.) a = 20 mm
By inspection, not critical.
Use 25 mm nominal cover to links
3.3.3 Load combination and arrangement
Ultimate load, n:
By inspection, Exp. (6.10b) is critical
n
slab
= 1.25 4.30 + 1.5 5.0 = 13.38 kN/m
2
n
solid areas
= 1.25 (4.30 + 4.17) + 1.5 5.0 = 18.59 kN/m
2
Fig. 2.5 Fig. 2.5
EC0: Exp. (6.10b)
*Client requirements. See also BS EN 199111, Tables 6.1, 6.2, Cl. 6.3.2.1(8) & NA.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
55
Arrangement:
Choose to use all-and-alternate-spans-loaded. Cl. 5.1.3(1) & NA
option b
3.3.4 Analysis
Analysis by computer, includes 15% redistribution at support and
none in the span.

EC0: A1.2.2
& NA, 5.3.1 (6)
100
90.7 kNm/m 90.7 kNm/m
61.1 kNm/m 65.3 kNm/m 65.3 kNm/m
80
60
40
20
0
20
40
60
80
A B C D
a) Elastic moments
77.1 kNm/m 77.1 kNm/m
61.7 kNm/m 61.7 kNm/m 55.9 kNm/m
100
80
60
40
20
0
20
40
60
80
A B C D
b) Redistributed envelope
Figure 3.11 Bending moment diagrams
33 Cont|nuous r|||ed s|e|

Note 1: A ribbed slab need not be treated as discrete elements provided


rib spacing 1500 mm, depth of the rib 4 its width, the ange is > 0.1
distance between ribs and transverse ribs are provided at a clear spacing not
exceeding 10 overall depth of the slab.
Note 2: As 7.5 m < 85% of 9.0 m, coefcients presented in Concise Eurocode 2
[5]

are not applicable.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
56
A B C D
0
80
40
42.5 kN/m
42.5 kN/m
63.2 kN/m
63.2 kN/m
63.5 kN/m
63.5 kN/m
80
40
At solid/rib interface:
AB @ 550 mm from A
M
Ed
(sagging)
V
Ed
= 20.4 kNm/m z 18.3 kNm/rib
= 32.5 kN/m z 29.3 kN/rib
BA @1000 mm from B
M
Ed
(hogging)
V
Ed

= 47.1 kNm/m z 42.4 kNm/rib
= 45.4 kN/m z 40.9 kN/rib
BC @ 1000 mm from B
M
Ed
(hogging)
V
Ed

= 43.0 kNm/m z 38.7 kNm/rib
= 45.1 kN/m z 40.6 kN/rib
Symmetrical about centreline of BC.
3.3.5 Flexural design, span AB
a) Span AB: Flexure
M
Ed
= 61.7 kNm/m
= 55.5 kNm/rib
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
where
b = 900 mm
d = 300 25 8 20/2 = 257
assuming 8 mm link at H20 in span
f
ck
= 35 MPa
=K = 55.5 10
6
/(900 257
2
35) = 0.027
K' = 0.207
or restricting x/d to 0.45
K' = 0.168
K K' = section under-reinforced and no compression
reinforcement required.
Appendix A1
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
57
33 Cont|nuous r|||ed s|e|
z = (d/2) [1 + (1 3.53K)
0.5
] 0.95d
= (257/2) (1 + 0.951) 0.95 257
= 251 244 = z = 244 mm
Appendix A1
But z = d 0.4x
= x = 2.5(d z) = 2.5(257 244) = 33 mm
= By inspection, neutral axis is in ange
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
where
|
yd
= 500/1.15 = 434.8 MPa
= 55.5 10
6
/(434.8 244) = 523 mm
2
/rib
Try 2 no. H20/rib (628 mm
2
/rib)
Appendix A1
b) Span AB: Deflection
Allowable l/d = N K F1 F2 F3 Appendix C7
where
N = Basic l/d: check whether r > r
0
and whether to use Cl. 7.4.2(2)
Exp. (7.16a) or Exp. (7.16b)
r
0
= f
ck
0.5
/1000 = 35
0.5
/1000 = 0.59%
r = A
s
/A
c

= A
s,req
/[b
w
d + (b
eff
b
w
)h
f
] PD 6687
[6]
where
b
w
= min. width between tension and compression
chords. At bottom assuming 1/10 slope to rib:
= 150 + 2 (25 + 8 + 20/2)/10
= 159 mm
r = 523/(159 ( 257 + (900 159) 100)
= 523/114963
= 0.45%
r < r
0
= use Exp. (7.16a)
N = 11 + 1.5f
ck
0.5
r /r
0
+ 3.2f
ck
0.5
(r /r
0
1)
1.5
]
= 11 + 1.5 35
0.5
0.055/0.045 + 3.2 35
0.5

(0.055/0.045 1)
1.5
= [11 + 10.8 + 2.0] = 22.8
Exp. (7.16a)
K = (end span) 1.3
Table 7.4N &
NA, Table NA.5:
Note 5
F1 = (b
eff
/b
w
= 5.66) 0.8
F2 = 7.0/l
eff
= 7.0/7.5 = (span > 7.0 m) 0.93 Cl. 7.4.2(2)
F3 = 310/ s
s
1.5
Cl. 7.4.2, Exp. (7.17)
& NA; Table NA.5

Section 2.18 of PD 6687


[6]
suggests that r in T-beams should be based on
the area of concrete above the centroid of the tension steel.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
58
where

s
s
= (f
yk
/g
S
) (A
s,req
/A
s,prov
) (SLS loads/ULS loads) (1/d)
= 434.8(523/628) [ (4.30 + 0.3 5.0)/13.38]
(65.3/61.7

)
= 434.8 0.83 0.43 1.06
= 164 MPa
F3 = 310/s
s
= 310/164 = 1.89
#
but 1.5, therefore say 1.50
= Permissible l/d = 22.8 1.3 0.8 0.93 1.50 = 33.0
Actual l/d = 7500/257 = 29.2 = OK
Use 2 no. H20/rib (628 mm
2
/rib)
c) Support A (and D): flexure (sagging) at solid/rib interface
Reinforcement at solid/rib interface needs to be designed for both
moment and for additional tensile force due to shear (shift rule) Cl. 9.2.1.3.(2)
M
Ed,max
= 18.3 kNm/rib
V
Ed,max
= 29.3 kNm/rib
At solid/rib interface
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z + DF
td
/f
yd
Cl. 9.2.1.3.(2),
Fig. 9.2
where
z = (d/2) [1 + (1 3.53K)
0.5
] 0.95d
where
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
where
b = 900 mm
d = 300 25 8 25 20/2 = 232
assuming 8 mm links and H25B in edge beam
f
ck
= 30
= 18.3 10
6
/(900 232
2
35) = 0.011

See Appendix B1.5

In analysis, 15% redistribution of support moments led to redistribution of span


moments:
d = 61.7/65.3 = 0.94.
#
Both A
s,prov
/A
s,req
and any adjustment to N obtained from Exp. (7.16a) or Exp.
(7.16b) is restricted to 1.5 by Note 5 to Table NA.5 in the UK NA. Therefore, 310/
s
s
is restricted to 1.5.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
59
33 Cont|nuous r|||ed s|e|
25 cover
8 link
8 link
20 bar
25 cover
12 fabric
16 bar
25 cover
8 link
25 bar
16 bar
= z = (232/2) (1 + 0.980) 0.95 232
= 230 220 = z = 220 mm
f
yd
= 434.8 MPa
DF
td
= 0.5V
Ed
(cot y cot a)
Appendix A1
Cl. 6.2.3(7),
Exp. (6.18)
where
y = angle between the concrete compression strut and the
beam axis. Assume cot y = 2.5 (as a maximum)
a = angle between shear reinforcement and the beam axis.
For vertical links, cot a = 0
DF
td
= 1.25V
Ed
= 1.25 29.3 = 36.6 kN
A
s
= 18.3 10
6
/(434.8 220) + 36.6 10
3
/434.8
= 191 + 84 mm
2
= 275 mm
2
=Try 1 no. H20 B in end supports*
Cl. 6.2.3(1)
Appendix A2
Appendix C,
Table C6
Cl. 6.2.3(1)
d) Support B (and C) (at centreline of support)
M
Ed
= 77.1 kNm/m
= 69.4 kNm/rib
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
where
d = 300 25 cover 12 fabric 8 link 20/2
= 245
K = 69.4 10
6
/(900 245
2
35) = 0.037
By inspection, K K'
z = (245/2) [1 + (1 3.53 K)
0.5
] 095d
= (245/2) (1 + 0.932) < 0.95d
= 237 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
= 69.4 10
6
/434.8 237 = 673 mm
2
/rib
*

An alternative method would have been to calculate the reinforcement required
to resist M
Ed
at the shift distance, a
l
, from the interface.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
60
e) Support B (and C): exure (hogging) at solid/rib interface
Reinforcement at solid/rib interface needs to be designed for both
moment and for additional tensile force due to shear (shift rule).
M
Ed,max
= 42.4 kNm/rib max.
V
Ed,max
= 40.9 kNm/rib max.
Cl. 9.2.1.3.(2)
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z + DF
td
/f
yd
where
z = (245/2) [1 + (1 3.53 K)
0.5
] 095d
where
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
= 42.4 106/(150 245
2
35)
= 0.135
Cl. 9.2.1.3.(2)
Check K K'
K' = 0.168 for d = 0.85 (i.e. 15% redistribution)
= Section under-reinforced: no compression reinforcement required
Appendix C,
Table C4
Appendix A
= z = (245/2) (1 + 0.723) 232 = 211 mm
f
yd
= 434.8 MPa
DF
td
= 0.5V
Ed
(cot y cot a)
Cl. 6.2.3(7),
Exp. (6.18)
where
y = angle between the concrete compression strut and the
beam axis. Assume cot y = 2.5 (as a maximum)
a = angle between shear reinforcement and the beam axis. For
vertical links, cot a = 0
DF
td
= 1.25V
Ed
= 1.25 40.9 = 51.1 kN
Cl. 6.2.3(1)
Appendix A2;
Table C6
Cl. 6.2.3(1)
A
s
= 42.4 10
6
/(434.8 211) + 51.1 10
3
/434.8
= 462 + 117 mm
2
= 579 mm
2
/rib
To be spread over b
eff
where by inspection, b
eff
= 900. Cl. 9.2.1.2(2)
=Centre of support more critical (679 mm
2
/rib required). Cl. 5.3.2.1(3)
Top steel may be spread across b
eff
where
b
eff
= b
w
+ b
eff1
+ b
eff2
b
= b
w
+ 2 0.1 0.15 (l
1
+ l
2
)
= 150 + 0.03 (7500 + 9000) 900
= 645 mm
= Use 2 no. H16 above rib and 3 no. H12 between (741 mm
2
/rib)
where 2 no. H16 and 2 no. H12 are within b
eff
Cl. 9.2.1.2(2),
5.3.2
3.3.6 Flexural design, span BC
a) Span BC: Flexure
M
Ed
= 55.9 kNm/m
= 50.3 kNm/rib
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
61
33 Cont|nuous r|||ed s|e|
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
= 50.3 10
6
/900 257
2
35
= 0.02 i.e. K (as before K = 0.168)
By inspection,
z = 0.95d = 0.95 257 = 244 mm
By inspection, neutral axis is in ange.
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
= 50.3 10
6
/434.8 244 = 474 mm
2
Try 2 no. H20/rib (628 mm
2
/rib)
b) Span BC: Deflection
Allowable l/d = N K F1 F2 F3
Section C7
where
N = Basic l/d
r = 474/(159 ( 257 + (900 159) 100)
= 474/114963
= 0.41%
r
0
= 0.59% (for f
ck
= 30)
= r < r
0
use Exp. (7.16a)
Cl. 7.4.2(2)
N = 11 + 1.5 f
ck
0.5
r
0
/r + 3.2f
ck
0.5
(r
0
/r 1)
1.5
= 11 + 1.5 35
0.5
0.055/0.041 + 3.2 35
0.5
(0.055/0.041 1)
1.5
= 11 + 11.9 + 3.8 = 26.7
Exp. (7.16a)
K = (internal span) 1.5 Table 7.4N, &
NA, Table NA.5:
Note 5
F1 = (b
eff
/b
w
= 6.0) 0.8
F2 = 7.0/l
eff
= 7.0/9.0 = (span > 7.0 m) 0.77 Cl. 7.4.2(2)
F3 = 310/s
S
1.5
where
s
s
= (f
yk
/g
S
) (A
s,req
/A
s,prov
) (SLS loads/ULS loads) (1/d)
= 434.8 (474/628) [(4.30 + 0.3 5.0)/13.38](61.1/55.9)
= 434.8 0.75 0.43 1.09
= 153 MPa
Cl. 7.4.2,
Exp. (7.17)
& NA: Table NA.5
F3 = 310/ s
s
= 310/153 = 2.03 therefore, say = 1.50

= Permissible l/d = 26.8 1.5 0.8 0.77 1.50 = 37.1


Actual l/d = 9000/257 = 35 = OK
=Use 2 H20/rib (628 mm
2
/rib)
NA, Table NA.5:
Note 5

Both A
s,prov
/A
s,req
and any adjustment to N obtained from Exp. (7.16a) or
Exp. (7.16b) is restricted to 1.5 by Note 5 to Table NA.5 in the UK NA.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
62
3.3.7 Design for shear
10
C
L
C
L
b = 150
1
a) Support A (and D) at solid/rib interface
Shear at solid/rib interface = 29.3 kN/rib
Taking solid area as the support, at d from face of support
V
Ed
= 29.3 0.232 0.90 13.38 = 26.5 kN/rib
Cl. 6.2.1(8)
Cl. 6.2.2(1) & NA
Resistance
V
Rd,c
= (0.18/g
C
)k (100 r
l
f
ck
)
0.333
b
w
d
where
g
C
= 1.5
k = 1 + (200/d)
0.5
2
= 1 + (200/257)
0.5
= 1.88
r
l
= A
sl
/b
w
d
where
A
sl
= assume only 1 H20 anchored = 314 mm
2
b
w
= min. width between tension and compression chords.
At bottom assuming 1/10 slope to rib:
= 150 + 2 (25 + 8 + 20/2)/10
= 159 mm
d = 257 mm as before
r
l
= 314/(159 257) = 0.0077
f
ck
= 35
=V
Rd,c
= (0.18/1.5) 1.88 (100 0.0077 35)
0.333
159 257
= 0.68 159 257 = 27.8 kN/rib
= No shear links required.
But use nominal links to allow prefabrication.
Cl. 6.2.1(5)
b) Support B (and C) at solid/rib interface
Shear at solid/rib interface = 40.9 kN/rib [max(B
A
; B
C
)]
At d from face of support
V
Ed
= 40.9 0.245 13.38 0.9 = 37.9 kN/rib
Cl. 6.2.1(8)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
63
33 Cont|nuous r|||ed s|e|
Resistance:
V
Rd,c
= (0.18/ g
C
)k (100 r
l
f
ck
)
0.333
b
w
d
where
g
C
= 1.5
k = 1 + (200/d)
0.5
2
= 1 + (200/245)0.5
= 1.90
r
l
= A
sl
/b
w
d
where
A
sl
= 2 H16 = 402 mm
2
b
w
= 159 mm as before
d = 245 mm as before
r
l
= 0.0103
f
ck
= 35 MPa
= V
Rd,c
= (0.18/1.5) 1.9 (100 0.0103 35)
0.333
159 245
= 0.75 159 245 = 29.2 kN/rib
= Shear links required.
Cl. 6.2.2(1) & NA
Shear links required for a distance:
(37.9 29.2)/(13.38 0.9) + 245 = 722 + 245 = 967 mm
from interface.
Check shear capacity:
V
Rd,max
= a
cw
b
w
zvf
cd
/(cot y + tan y)
Exp. (6.9) & NA
where
a
cw
= 1.0
b
w
= 159 mm as before
z = 0.9d
v = 0.6 (1 f
ck
/250) = 0.528
f
cd
= 35/1.5 = 23.3 MPa
y = angle of inclination of strut.
Rearranging formula above:
(cot y + tan y) = a
cw
b
w
zvf
cd
/V
Ed
= (1.0 159 0.9 245 0.528 23.3)
41.6 103
= 10.4
By inspection, cot
1
y << 21.8. But cot y restricted to 2.5 and
= tan y = 0.4.
V
Rd,max
= 1.0 159 0.9 245 0.528 20/(2.5 + 0.4) = 127.6 kN
= OK
Cl. 6.2.3(2) & NA
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
64
Shear links: shear resistance with links
V
Rd,s
= (A
sw
/s) z f
ywd
cot y V
Rd,max
where
A
sw
/s = area of legs of links/link spacing
z = 0.9d as before
f
ywd
= 500/1.15 = 434.8
cot y = 2.5 as before
= for V
Ed
V
Rd,s
A
sw
/s V
Ed
/z f
ywd
cot y
37.9 10
3
/(0.9 245 434.8 2.5) 0.158
Exp. (6.8)
Maximum spacing of links = 0.75d = 183 mm
= Use H8 @ 175 cc in 2 legs (A
sw
/s = 0.57) for min. 967 mm into rib
Cl. 9.2.2(6)
3.3.8 Indirect supports
As the ribs of the slab are not supported at the top of the
supporting beam sections (A, B, C, D), additional vertical
reinforcement should be provided in these supporting beams and
designed to resist the reactions. This additional reinforcement
should consist of links within the supporting beams (see Beams
design, Section 4.3.9).
Cl. 9.2.5, Fig. 9.7
Support A (and D) at solid/rib interface:
V
Ed
= 26.5 kN/rib
A
s,req
= 26.3 1000/(500/1.15) = 60 mm
2
This area is required in links within h/6 = 300/6 = 50 mm of the
ribbed/solid interface and within h/2 = 300/2 = 150 mm of the
centreline of the rib.
Fig. 9.7
Support B (and C) at solid/rib interface:
V
Ed
= 37.9 kN/rib
A
s,req
= 37.9 1000/(500/1.15) = 87 mm
2
placed similarly
3.3.9 Other checks
Check shear between web and ange
By inspection, V
Ed
0.4 f
ct,d
= OK
Cl. 6.4.2 (6) & NA
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
65
33 Cont|nuous r|||ed s|e|
3.3.10 Summary of design
2H16 + 3H12/rib
H8 links in 2 legs
@ 175cc
A
550 550 1050
7500
f
ck
= 35 MPa
c
nom
= 25 mm
7500 9000
1000 1000 1050 1050 1000 1000 1050
B C D
2H20/rib 2H20/rib 2H20/rib
2H16 + 3H12/rib
Figure 3.15 Summary of design
Commentary
It is usually presumed that the detailer would take the above
design and detail the slab to normal best practice. As stated
in

Section 3.2.9, the detailers responsibilities, standards and
timescales should be clearly dened but it would be usual for the
detailer to draw and schedule not only the designed reinforcement
but all the reinforcement required to provide a buildable solution.
The work would usually include checking the following aspects and
providing appropriate detailing:
Minimum areas t
Curtailment lengths t
Anchorages t
Laps t
U-bars t
Rationalisation t
Details and sections t
The determination of minimum reinforcement areas, curtailment
lengths and laps using the principles in Eurocode 2 is shown in
detail in the following calculations. In practice these would be
determined from published tables of data or by using reference
texts
[12, 21]
. Nonetheless the designer should check the drawing
for design intent and compliance with standards. It is therefore
necessary for the designer to understand and agree the principles
of the details used.
3.3.11 Detailing checks
a) Minimum areas
i) Minimum area of reinforcement in ange
A
s,min
= 0.26 (f
ctm
/f
yk
) b
t
d 0.0013 b
t
d Cl. 9.3.1.1
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
66
where
b
t
= width of tension zone
Cl. 9.2.1.1,
Exp. (9.1N)
f
ctm
= 0.30 f
ck
0.666
Table 3.1
A
s,min
= 0.26 0.30 35
0.666
1000 100/500 = 166 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.17%)
= Use A142 in ange (say OK) BS 8666
[19]
ii) Secondary reinforcement
Not applicable.
iii) Maximum spacing of bars
Maximum spacing of bars < 3 h < 400 mm
By inspection. OK Cl. 9.3.1.1.(3)
iv) Crack control
Loading is the main cause of cracking = use Table 7.2N or Table 7.3N for Cl. 7.3.3(2)
w
max
= 0.3 mm and max. s
s
= 200 MPa (see deection check) Cl. 7.3.1.5
Max. bar size = 25 mm Table 7.2N
or max. spacing = 250 mm Table 7.3N
OK by inspection
v) Effects of partial xity
Assuming partial xity exists at end supports, 15% of A
s
is required
to extend 0.2 the length of the adjacent span.
A
s,req
= 15% 525 = 79 mm
2
/rib
For the rib in tension:
A
s,min
= 0.26 0.30 30
0.666
159 257/500 = 55 mm
2
/rib
Cl. 9.3.1.2(2)
b) Curtailment
Wherever possible simplied methods of curtailing reinforcement
would be used. The following is intended to show how a rigorous
assessment of curtailment of reinforcement might be undertaken.
i) End support A: bottom steel at support
Check anchorage.
As simply supported, 25% of A
s
should be anchored in support.
Cl. 9.3.1.1(4),
9.3.1.2(1) &
Note,
25% 595 = 148 mm
2
Use 1 no. H20/rib (314 mm
2
/rib)
Cl. 9.2.1.4(1)
& NA
ii) Check anchorage length
Envelope of tensile force:
To resist envelope of tensile force, provide reinforcement to a
l
or l
bd
Cl. 9.3.1.1(4),
9.2.1.3(1),
beyond centreline of support.
For members without shear reinforcement, a
l
= d = 232
By inspection, s
sd
= 0, l
bd
= l
bd,min
= max(10f, 100 mm)
Cl. 9.2.1.3(2),
9.2.1.3(3), Fig. 9.2
Cl. 9.2.1.3
iii) Indirect support
As anchorage may be measured from face of indirect support, check
force to be resisted at solid/rib interface:
F
s
= M
Ed
/z + F
E
Cl. 9.3.1.1(4),
9.2.1.4(2),
9.2.1.4(3),
Fig. 9.3b
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
67
33 Cont|nuous r|||ed s|e|
where
M
Ed
= 18.3 kNm/rib
z = 220 as before
F
E
= V
Ed
a
l
/z
Exp. (9.3)
where
V
Ed
= 29.3 kN/rib
a
l
= z cot y/2
= F
E
= V
Ed
cot y/2
= 29.3 1.25 = 36.6 kN/rib
F
s
= 18.6 10
6
/(220 10
3
) + 36.6 = 121.1 kN
Cl. 9.2.1.3,
Exp. (9.2)
iv) Anchorage length:
l
bd
= al
b,rqd
l
b,min
where
Cl. 8.4.4,
Exp. (8.4)
a = conservatively 1.0
l
b,rqd
= (f/4) (s
sd
/f
bd
)
where
f = 20
s
sd
= design stress in the bar at the ULS
= 121.1 1000/314 = 385 MPa
f
bd
= ultimate bond stress
Exp. (8.3)
= 2.25 n
1
n
1
f
ct,d
where
n
1
= 1.0 for good bond conditions
n
2
= 1.0 for bar diameter 32 mm
Cl. 8.4.2(2)
f
ct,d
= a
ct
f
ct,k
/g
C
= 1.0 2.2/1.5
= 1.47 MPa
f
bd
= 2.25 1.47 = 3.31 MPa
Cl. 3.1.6(2),
Tables 3.1,
2.1 & NA
= l
b,rqd
= (20/4) (385/3.31) = 581 mm
l
b,min
= max[10f; 100 mm] = 200 mm
= l
bd
= 581 mm measured from solid/rib intersection.
i.e. 31 mm beyond centreline of support

.
Fig. 9.3
v) End support A: top steel
Assuming partial xity exists at end supports, 15% of A
s
is required
to extend at least 0.2 the length of the adjacent span

.
Cl. 9.3.1.2(2)
A
s,req
= 15% 525 = 79 mm
2
/rib
A
s,min
= 0.26 0.30 35
0.666
159 257/500 = 68 mm
2
/rib
Cl. 9.3.1.1
Cl. 9.2.1.1(1),
Use 2 no. H12 T1/rib in rib and 2 no. H10 T1/rib between ribs
(383 mm
2
/rib)
Exp. (9.1N)

Whilst this would comply with the requirements of Eurocode 2, it is common practice
to take bottom bars 0.5 a tension lap beyond the centreline of support
(= 250 mm beyond the centreline of support; see model detail MS1 in SMDSC
[9]
).

It is usual to curtail 50% of the required reinforcement at 0.2l and to curtail the
remaining 50% at 0.3l or line of zero moment (see model detail MS2 in SMDSC
[9]
).
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
68
vi) Support B (and C): top steel
At the centreline of support (2 no. H16 T + 3 no. H12 T)/rib are
required. The intention is to curtail in two stages, rstly to 2 no.
H16 T/rib then to 2 no. H12 T/rib.
Curtailment of 2 no. H16 T/rib at support
(capacity of 2 no. H12 T/rib + shift rule):
Assume use of 2 no. H12 T throughout in midspan:
Assuming z = 211 mm as before,
M
R2H12T
= 2 113 434.8 211
= 20.7 kNm/rib (23.0 kNm/m)
(Note: section remains under-reinforced)
From analysis M
Ed
= 23.0 kNm/m occurs at 2250 mm (towards A)
and 2575 mm (towards B).
Shift rule: a
l
= z cot y/2
Assuming z = 211 mm as before
a
l
= 1.25 211 = 264 mm
= 2 no. H12 T are adequate from 2250 + 264 = 2513 mm from B
towards A and 2575 + 263 = 2838 mm from B towards C.
= Curtail 2 no. H16 T @ say 2600 from B
A
and 2850 from B
C
Curtailment of 3 no. H12 T/rib at support (capacity of 2 no. H16
T/rib + shift rule):
M
R2H16T
= 2 201 434.8 211
= 36.9 kNm/rib (41.0 kNm/m)
(Note: section remains under-reinforced)
From analysis M
Ed
= 41.0 kNm/m occurs at 1310 mm (towards A)
and 1180 mm
(towards C).
Shift rule: a
l
= 263 mm as before
= 2 no. H16 T are adequate from 1310 + 263 = 1573 mm from B
towards A and 1180 + 263 = 1443 mm from B towards C.
= Curtail 3 no. H12 at say 1600 from B (or C).
(See Figure 3.16)
vii) Support B (and C): bottom steel at support
At the support 25% of span steel required
0.25 628 = 157 mm
2
Cl. 9.3.1.1(4),
9.2.1.5(1),
9.2.1.4(1)
Try 1 no. H16 B/rib (201)
This reinforcement may be anchored into indirect support or carried
through.
Fig. 9.4
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
69
33 Cont|nuous r|||ed s|e|
2H12/rib
2H16/rib
2H16 + 3H12
per rib
Shift moment
a) Design moments and moment resistance
b) Curtailment of reinforcement
264
264
264
2H12 3H12 2H12
2H16
1600 1600
2600 2850
264
2250 2575
1310 1180
B
A C
l
bd
a
1
= 264 M
Ed
= 77.1 x 0.9 = 60.4 kNm/rib
M
Ed
= 20.7 kNm/rib
M
Ed
= 36.79 kNm/rib
M
Ed
M
R
= A
s
(f
yk
/g
S
)z
p p
viii) Support B (and C): bottom steel curtailment BA and BC
To suit prefabrication 2 no. H20/rib will be curtailed at solid/rib
interface, 1000 mm from B
A
(B towards A) and B
C
.
From analysis, at solid/rib interface sagging moment = 0.
From analysis, at a
1
from solid/rib interface, i.e. at 1000 + 1.25 244
= 1303 mm
at 1305 mm from B
A
sagging moment = say 5 kNm/rib
at 1305 mm from B
C
sagging moment = 0
Use 1 no. H16 B/rib (201)
c) Laps
At A
B
, check lap 1 no. H20 B to 2 no. H20 B in rib full tension lap:
l
0
= a
1
a
6
l
b,rqd
> l
0,min
Exp. (8.10)
where
a
1
= 1.0 (c
d
= 45 mm, i.e. < 3f)
a
6
= 1.5 (as > 50% being lapped)
l
b,rqd
= (f/4) (s
sd
/f
bd
)
where
f = 20
s
sd
= 434.8
f
bd
= 3.0 MPa as before
Table 8.2
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
70
l
0,min
= max. 10f or 100 = 200
l
0
= 1.0 1.5 (20/4) 434.8/3.0
Exp. (8.6)
= 1087 mm, say = 1200 mm SMDSC
[9]
At B
A
and B
C
, check lap 2 no. H12 T to 2 no. H16 T in rib full tension lap:
l
0
= a
1
a
6
l
b,rqd
> l
0,min
where
a
1
= 0.7 (c
d
= 45 mm, i.e. > 3f)
a
6
= 1.5 (as > 50% being lapped)
l
b,rqd
= (f/4) (s
sd
/f
bd
)
where
f = 20
s
sd
= 434.8
f
bd
= 2.1 (3.0 MPa as before but n
1
= 0.7 for not good bond
conditions)
l
0,min
= max. 10f or 100 = 120
Exp. (8.10)
Table 8.2
Cl. 8.4.2
l
0
= 0.7 1.5 (12/4) 434.8/2.1
= 651 mm, say = 700 mm
But to aid prefabrication take to solid/rib intersection 1000 mm
from centre of support.
SMDSC
[9]
At B
A
and B
C
, check lap 1 no. H16 B to 2 no. H20 B in rib:
By inspection, nominal say, 500 mm SMDSC
[9]
d) RC detail of ribbed slab
Links not shown for clarity. Cover 25 mm to links.
200 200 1500
2H12T in rib
and 2H1OT
between
2H16 + 3H12/rib
2H16 + 3H12/rib
A143
fabric
2H12 3H12 2H16 2H12 3H12 2H16 2H12
150 550 500
7500 9000
500 1000 1000 500 1000 1000 1200
2H12 + 2H1O 2H16 3H12 2H12
2H12T/rib 2H12T
1H20B 2H20B/rib 2H20B/rib 1H16B/rib 1H16B/rib
1000 1000 1000
600 600 600
1000 1250 1250
Figure 3.17 Curtailment of flexural reinforcement in ribbed slab
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
71
33 Cont|nuous r|||ed s|e|
The slab is for an ofce where the specied load is 1.0 kN/m
2
for
nishes and 4.0 kN/m
2
imposed (no partitions). Perimeter load is
assumed to be 10 kN/m. Concrete is C30/37. The slab is 300 mm
thick and columns are 400 mm square. The oor slabs are at 4.50 m
vertical centres. A 2 hour re rating is required.
E
D
C
A
4.0
8.0
9.6
200 x 200
hole
200 x 200
hole
300 mm flat slabs
All columns 400 mm sq.
8.6
8.0
4.0 4.0
6
.0
1
2
3
B Bb
Figure 3.18 Part plan of flat slab p
3.4.1 Actions
kN/m
2
Permanent:
EC1-1-1:
Table A1
Self-weight 0.30 25 = 7.5
Finishes = 1.0
Total g
k
= 8.5
Variable:
Offices
k
= 4.0

Client requirement. See also BS EN 199111, Tables 6.1, 6.2, Cl. 6.3.2.1(8) & NA.
3.4 Flat slab
h|s exemp|e |s or the des|gn o e re|norced concrete |et s|e| w|thout co|umn heeds he s|e|
|s pert o e |erger |oor p|ete end |s te|en rom Oa/Je |o |/e Je/qn onJ con|ac|/on o| e/n|oceJ
conce|e |/o| /o/
|?/|
, where |n|te e|ement ene|ys|s end des|gn to lurocode ? |s |||ustreted As
w|th the Oa/Je, gr|d ||ne C w||| |e des|gned |ut, or the se|e o |||ustret|on, coe|c|ents w||| |e
used to este|||sh des|gn moments end sheers |n th|s cr|t|ce| eree o the s|e|
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Flat slab
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
72
3.4.2 Cover
c
nom
:
c
nom
= c
min
+ Dc
dev
where
c
min
= max[c
min,b
; c
min,dur
; 10 mm]
where
c
min,b
= 20 mm, assuming 20 mm diameter reinforcement
c
min,dur
= 15 mm for XC1 and using C30/37
Dc
dev
= 10 mm
Exp. (4.1)
Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
Table 4.1.
BS 8500-1:
Table A4.
Fire:
For 2 hours resistance, a
min
= 35 mm = not critical
= c
nom
= 20 + 10 = 30 mm
EC2-1-2:
Table 5.9
3.4.3 Load combination and arrangement
q
k
= 4.0 kN/m
2
g
k
= 8.5 kN/m
2
9600 8600
2 3 1
Figure 3.19 Panel centred on grid C
Ultimate load, n:
By inspection, Exp. (6.10b) is critical.
n = 1.25 8.50 + 1.5 4.0 = 16.6 kN/m
2
Fig. 2.5
EC0: Exp. (6.10b)
Arrangement:
Choose to use all-and-alternate-spans-loaded load cases and
coefcients

.
Cl. 5.1.3(1) & NA:
Table NA.1
(option b)
3.4.4 Analysis grid line C
Consider grid line C as a bay 6.0 m wide. (This may be conservative
for grid line C but is correct for grid line D etc.)
M
Ed
Effective spans:
9600 2 400/2 + 2 300/2 = 9500 mm
8600 2 400/2 + 2 300/2 = 8500 mm
Cl. 5.3.2.2(1)
Check applicability of moment coefcients:
8500/9500 = 0.89 = as spans differ by less than 15% of larger
span, coefcients are applicable.
Tables C2 & C3

The all-spans-loaded case with 20% redistribution of support moments would


also have been acceptable but would have involved some analysis. The use of Table
5.9 in BS EN 199212 (Fire resistance of solid at slabs) is restricted to where
redistribution does not exceed 15%; the coefcients presume 15% redistribution
at supports.
Cl. 5.3.1 & NA
Table C3
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
73
34 l|et s|e|
As two span, use table applicable to beams and slabs noting
increased coefcients for central support moment and shear.
Table C3
Design moments in bay.
Spans:
M
Ed
= (1.25 8.5 0.090 + 1.5 4.0 0.100) 6.0 9.5
2
= 842.7 kNm
Support:
M
Ed
= 16.6 0.106 6.0 9.5
2
= 952.8 kNm
C D
Column
strip
Column
strip
Column strip Column strip
Middle
strip
Middle strip
6000
1500
1500
1500
15001500 1500 3000 1500
1
2
Figure 3.20 Column and middle strips p
Apportionment of moments between column strips and middle strips:
Apportionment (as %)
Column strip Middle strip
ve (hogging) Long span = 70%


Short span = 75%
Long span = 30%
Short span = 25%
+ve (sagging) 50% 50%
Table I.1;
CS Flat slab
guide
[27]
Table I.1
NA.3
[1a]
; Fig. I.1
Parallel to grid C, column strip is l
y
/2 = 3 m wide. The middle strip is
also 3 m wide.
Long span moments:
M
Ed
Column strip, 3 m wide Middle strip, 3 m wide
ve (hogging) 0.70 952.8/3.0 = 222.3 kNm/m 0.30 952.8/3.0 = 95.3 kNm/m
+ve (sagging) 0.50 842.7/3.0 = 140.5 kNm/m 0. 50 842.7/3.0 = 140.5 kNm/m

The Concrete Societys TR 64


[27]
recommends a percentage, k
1
, based on l
y
/l
z

Assuming l
y
/l
z
= 1.5 the distribution of moments in the long span between column
strips and middle strips is given as 70% and 30%.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
74
Punching shear force, V
Ed
VV :
At C2,
V
Ed
VV = 16.6 6.0 9.6

0.63 2 = 1204.8 kN Table C3 Table C3


At C1 (and C3)
V
Ed
VV = 16.6 6.0 9.6 0.45 + (10 + 0.2 0.3 25)

1.25 6.0
= 516.5 kN
Table C3 Table C3
3.4.5 Design grid line C
Effective depth, d:
d = 300 30 20/2 = 260 mm d
a) Flexure: column strip and middle strip, sagging
M
Ed
= 140.5 kNm/m
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
f = 140.5 10
6
/(1000 260
2
30) = 0.069
z/ zz d = 0.94 d Table C5 Table C5
z = 0.94 260 = 244 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
ff z = 140.5 10 z
6
/(244 500/1.15) = 1324 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.51%) r
Try H20 @ 200 B1 (1570 mm
2
/m)
b) Deection: column strip and middle strip
Check span-to-effective-depth ratio. Appendix B Appendix B
Allowable l/ ll d = d N N K F1 F2 F3
where
Cl. 7.4.2(2)
Appendix C Appendix C
N = 20.3 ( N r = 0.51%, r f
ck
f = 30)
Tables C10C13 Tables C10C13
K = 1.2 (at slab)
F1 = 1.0 (b
eff
/b
w
bb = 1.0)
w
F2 = 1.0 (no brittle partitions)
#
F3 = 310/s
s
s 1.5
Cl. 7.4.2, Exp. (7.17)
Table 7.4N, &
NA, Table NA.5
Note 5
Fig. C3 Fig. C3
where*
s
s
s = s
su
s (A
s,req
/
q
A
s,prov
) 1/d
where
s
su
s = (500/1.15) (8.5 + 0.3 4.0)/16.6 = 254 MPa
(or 253 MPa; from Figure C3
G
k
/Q
k
= 2.1, c
2
cc = 0.3 and g
G
gg = 1.25)
d = redistribution ratio = 1.03 d
= s
s
s 253 (1324/1570)/1.03 = 207
= F3 = 310/207 = 1.50

= Allowable l/ ll d = 20.3 1.2 1.50 = 36.5 d


Fig. C14 Fig. C14

As punching shear force (rather than a beam shear force) effective span is not
appropriate.

Cladding and strip of slab beyond centre of support.
#
Otherwise for at slabs 8.5/9.5 = 0.89 as span > 8.5 m.
* See Appendix B1.5

In line with Note 5 to Table NA.5, 1.50 is considered to be a maximum for 310/s
s
s .
Cl. 7.4.2(2)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
75
34 l|et s|e|
Actual l/d = 9500/260 = 36.5 = OK

Use H20 @ 200 B1 (1570)

c) Flexure: column strip, hogging


M
Ed
= 222.3 kNm/m
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
= 222.3 10
6
/(1000 260
2
30) = 0.109
z/d = 0.89
z = 0.89 260 = 231 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z = 222.3 10
6
/(231 500/1.15) = 2213 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.85%)
Try H20 @ 125 T1 (2512 mm
2
/m)
#
Table C5
d) Flexure: middle strip, hogging
M
Ed
= 95.3 kNm/m
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
= 95.3 10
6
/(1000 260
2
30) = 0.069
z/d = 0.95
z = 0.95 260 = 247 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z = 95.3 10
6
/(247 500/1.15) = 887 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.34%)
Try H16 @ 200 T1 (1005 mm
2
/m)
Table C5
e) Requirements
i) In column strip, inside middle 1500 mm
There is a requirement to place 50% of A
t
within a width equal to
0.125 of the panel width on either side of the column.
Cl. 9.4.1(2)
Area required = (3 2213 + 3 887)/2 mm
2
= 4650 mm
2
Over width = 2 0.125 6.0 m = 1500 mm
i.e. require 4650/1.5 = 3100 mm
2
/m for 750 mm either side of the
column centreline.
Use H20 @ 100 T1 (3140 mm
2
/m)
750 mm either side of centre of support (16 no. bars)
(r = 0.60%)
ii) In column strip, outside middle 1500 mm
Area required = 3.0 2213 16 314 mm
2
= 1615 mm
2
Over width = 3000 2 750 mm = 1500 mm
i.e. 1077 mm
2
/m
Use H20 @ 250 T1 (1256 mm
2
/m)
in remainder of column strip

Note: Continuity into columns will reduce sagging moments and criticality of
deection check (see Figures 3.26 and 3.27).

Note requirement for at least 2 bars in bottom layer to carry through column.
#
The hogging moment could have been considered at face of support to reduce the
amount of reinforcement required.
Cl. 9.4.1(3)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
76
iii) In middle strip Use H16 @ 200 T1 (1005 mm
2
/m)
iv) Perpendicular to edge of slab at edge column
Design transfer moment to column M
t
= 0.17 b
e
d
2
f
ck
where
Cl. 9.4.2(1),
I.1.2(5)
b
e
= c
z
+ y = 400 + 400 = 800 mm
M
t
= 0.17 800 260
2
30 10
6
= 275.8 kNm
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
= 275.8 10
6
/(800 260
2
30) = 0.170
z/d = 0.82
z = 0.82 260 = 213 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z = 275.8 10
6
/(213 500/1.15) = 2978 mm
2
/m
This reinforcement to be placed within c
x
+ 2c
y
= 1100 mm
Fig. 9.9
SMDSC
[9]
Try 10 no. H20 T1 U-bars in pairs @ 200 (3140 mm
2
) local to column
(max. 200 mm from column)
Note:
Where a 200 200 hole occurs on face of column, b
e
becomes 600 mm
and pro rata, A
s,req
becomes 2233 mm
2
i.e. use 4 no. H20 each side
of hole (2512 mm
2
).
v) Perpendicular to edge of slab generally
Assuming that there is partial xity along the edge of the slab, top
reinforcement capable of resisting 25% of the moment in the
adjacent span should be provided
0.25 2213 = 553 mm
2
/m OK
Cl. 9.3.1.2(2),
9.2.1.4(1) & NA
vi) Check minimum area of reinforcement
A
s,min
= 0.26 (f
ctm
/f
yk
) b
t
d 0.0013 b
t
d
where
b
t
= width of tension zone
f
ctm
= 0.30 f
ck
0.666
A
s,min
= 0.26 0.30 30
0.666
1000 260/500 = 390 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.15%)
Use H12 @ 200 (565 mm
2
/m)
Cl. 9.3.1.1, 9.2.1.1
Table 3.1
The reinforcement should extend 0.2h from edge = 600 mm Cl. 9.3.1.4(2)
3.4.6 Analysis grid line 1 (grid 3 similar)
Consider grid line 1 as being 9.6/2 + 0.4/2 = 5.0 m wide with
continuous spans of 6.0 m. Column strip is 6.0/4 + 0.4/2 = 1.7 m
wide. Consider perimeter load is carried by column strip only. Cl. 5.1.1(4)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
77
34 l|et s|e|
q
k
slab = 20.0 kN/m
g
k
cladding = 10.0 kN/m
g
k
slab = 42.5 kN/m
6000 6000 6000
F E D C
p
Actions:
Permanent from slab g
k
= 5 8.5 kN/m
2
= 42.5 kN/m
Variable from slab q
k
= 5 4.0 kN/m
2
= 20.0 kN/m
Permanent perimeter load g
k
= 10.0 kN/m
Load combination and arrangement:
As before, choose to use all-spans-loaded case and coefcients
Cl. 5.1.3(1) &
NA: Table NA.1
(option c)
Ultimate load, n:
By inspection, Exp. (6.10b) is critical. Fig. 2.5
n = 1.25 (42.5 +10) + 1.5 20 = 95.6 kN/m EC0: Exp. (6.10b)
Perimeter load, 10 1.25 = 12.5 kN/m
Effective span, l
eff
Effective span = 6000 2 400/2 + 2 300/2 = 5900 Cl. 5.3.2.2(1)
Design moments in bay, M
Ed
:
In spans (worst case, end span assuming pinned support)
M
Ed
= 0.086 83.0 5.9
2
= 248.5 kNm Table C2
At supports (worst case 1st support)
M
Ed
= 0.086 83.0 5.9
2
= 248.5 kNm
Additional moment in column strip only due to perimeter load,
spans (and supports, worst case)
M
Ed
= 0.086 12.5 5.9
2
= 37.4 kNm
Table C2
Apportionment to column strips and middle strips: NA.3
[1a]
: Fig. I.1
Apportionment (as %)
Column strip, 1.7 m wide Middle strip
ve (hogging) Short span = 75% Short span = 25%
+ve (sagging) 50% 50%
Table I.1
CS Flat slab
guide
[27]
Short span moments:
M
Ed
Column strip, 1.7 m wide Middle strip, 3.3 m wide
ve (hogging) (0.75 248.5 + 37.4)/1.70
= 131.6 kNm/m
0.25 248.5/3.3
= 18.8 kNm/m
+ve (sagging) (0.50 248.5 + 37.4)/1.70
= 95.1 kNm/m
0.50 248.5/3.3
= 37.6 kNm/m
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
78
Punching shear force, V
Ed
For internal supports, as before = 516.5 kN
For penultimate support, 516.5 1.18 = 609.5 kN Table C3
3.4.7 Design grid line 1 (grid 3 similar)
Cover:
c
nom
= 30 mm as before
d = 300 30 20 20/2 = 240 mm
a) Flexure: column strip, sagging
M
Ed
= 95.1 kNm/m
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
= 95.1 10
6
/(1000 240
2
30) = 0.055 Table C5
z/d = 0.95
z = 0.95 240 = 228 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z = 95.1 10
6
/(228 500/1.15) = 959 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.40%)
Try H16 @ 200 B2 (1005 mm
2
/m)
b) Deection: column strip
Check span-to-effective-depth ratio. Appendix B
Allowable l/d = N K F1 F2 F3
where
Appendix C7
Tables C10C13
N = 26.2 (r = 0.40%, f
ck
= 30) Cl. 7.4.2, Exp.
(7.17), Table 7.4N
& NA,
Table NA.5:
Note 5
K = 1.2 (at slab)
F1 = 1.0 (b
eff
/b
w
= 1.0)
F2 = 1.0 (no brittle partitions)
F3 = 310/ s
s
1.5
where
s
s
= s
su
(A
s,req
/A
s,prov
) 1/d
where
s
su
283 MPa (from Figure C3 and G
k
/Q
k
= 3.6, c
2
= 0.3, g
G
= 1.25)
d = redistribution ratio = 1.08
Fig. C3
= s
s
283 (959/1005)/1.08 = 250 Table C14
= F3 = 310/250 = 1.24 Fig. C3
=Allowable l/d = 26.2 1.2 1.24 = 39.0
Actual l/d = 5900/240 = 24.5 = OK
Use H16 @ 200 B2 (1005 mm
2
/m)
c) Flexure: middle strip, sagging
M
Ed
= 37.6 kNm/m
By inspection, z = 228 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z = 37.6 10
6
/(228 500/1.15) = 379 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.56%)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
79
34 l|et s|e|
By inspection, deection OK.
Check minimum area of reinforcement.
A
s,min
= 0.26 (f
ctm
/f
yk
) b
t
d 0.0013 b
t
d Cl. 9.3.1.1, 9.2.1.1
where
b
t
= width of tension zone
f
ctm
= 0.30 f
ck
0.666
Table 3.1
A
s,min
= 0.26 0.30 30
0.666
1000 240/500 = 361 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.15%)
Use H12 @ 300 T2 (376 mm
2
/m)
d) Flexure: column strip, hogging
M
Ed
= 131.6 kNm/m
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
= 131.6 10
6
/(1000 240
2
30) = 0.076
z/d = 0.928
z = 0.928 240 = 223 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z = 131.6 10
6
/(223 500/1.15) = 1357 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.56%)
Try H20 @ 200 T2 (1570 mm
2
/m)

Table C5
e) Flexure: middle strip, hogging
M
Ed
= 18.8 kNm/m
By inspection, z = 228 mm Table C5
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z = 18.8 10
6
/(228 500/1.15) = 190 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.08%)
A
s,min
as before = 361 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.15%)
Try H12 @ 300 T2 (376 mm
2
/m)
Cl. 9.3.1.1, 9.2.1.1
f) Requirements
There is a requirement to place 50% of A
t
within a width equal to 0.125
of the panel width on either side of the column. As this column strip is
adjacent to the edge of the slab, consider one side only:
Area required = (1.5 1357 + 3.3 190)/2 mm
2
= 1334 mm
2
Within = 0.125 6.0 m = 750 mm of the column centreline,
i.e. require 1334/0.75 = 1779 mm
2
/m for 750 mm from the column
centreline.
Cl. 9.4.1(2)

The hogging moment could have been considered at face of support to reduce
the amount of reinforcement required. This should be balanced against the
effect of the presence of a 200 200 hole at some supports which would
have the effect of increasing K but not unduly increasing the total amount of
reinforcement required in the column strip (a 1.5% increase in total area would
been required).
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
80
Allowing for similar from centreline of column to edge of slab:
Use 6 no. H20 @ 175 T2(1794 mm
2
/m)
(r = 0.68%)
between edge and to 750 mm from centre of support
In column strip, outside middle 1500 mm, requirement is for
1.7 1357 6 314 = 422 mm
2
in 750 mm, i.e. 563 mm
2
/m
Use H12 @ 175 T2 (646 mm
2
/m) in remainder of column strip
In middle strip Use H12 @ 300 T2 (376 mm
2
/m)
3.4.8 Analysis grid line 2
Consider panel on grid line 2 as being 9.6/2 + 8.6/2 = 9.1 m wide
and continuous spans of 6.0 m. Column strip is 6.0/2 = 3.0 m wide.
(See Figure 3.20).
q
k
slab = 36.4 kN/m
g
k
slab = 77.4 kN/m
6000 6000 6000
F E D C
Figure 3.22 Internal panel on grid 2 p
Slab g
k
= 9.1 8.5 kN/m
2
= 77.4 kN/m
Slab q
k
= 9.1 4.0 kN/m
2
= 36.4 kN/m
Actions, load combination and arrangement:
Choose to use all-spans-loaded case.
Cl. 5.1.3(1) &
NA: Table NA.1
(option c)
Ultimate load, n:
By inspection, Exp. (6.10b) is critical.
n = 1.25 77.4 + 1.5 36.4 = 151.4 kN/m
Fig. 2.5
EC0: Exp. (6.10b)
Effective span, l
eff
:
Effective span = 5900 mm as before.
Cl. 5.3.2.2(1)
Design moments in bay, M
Ed
:
Spans (worst case, end span assuming pinned support)
M
Ed
= 0.086 151.4 5.9
2
= 453.2 kNm Table C2
Support (worst case 1st support)
M
Ed
= 0.086 151.4 5.9
2
= 453.2 kNm
Additional moment in column strip only due to perimeter load.
Table C2
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
81
34 l|et s|e|
Apportionment to column strips and middle strips:
M
Ed
Column strip, 3.0 m wide Middle strip, 6.1 m wide
ve (hogging) 0.75 453.2/3.0
= 113.3 kNm/m
0.25 453.2/6.1
= 18.5 kNm/m
+ve (sagging) 0.50 453.2/3.0
= 75.5 kNm/m
0.50 453.2/6.1
= 37.1 kNm/m
Punching shear force, V
Ed
, as before.
3.4.9 Design grid line 2
Effective depth, d
d = 300 30 20 20/2 = 240 mm
a) Flexure: column strip, sagging
M
Ed
= 75.5 kNm/m
By inspection, z = 228 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z = 75.5 10
6
/(228 500/1.15) = 761 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.32%)
Try H16 @ 250 B2 (804 mm
2
/m)
Table C5
Deection: column strip
By inspection, OK.
b) Flexure: column strip, sagging
M
Ed
= 37.1 kNm/m
By inspection, z = 228 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z = 37.1 10
6
/(228 500/1.15) = 374 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.55%)
By inspection, deection OK. Try H10 @ 200 B2 (393 mm
2
/m)
c) Flexure: column strip, hogging
M
Ed
= 113.3 kNm/m
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
= 113.3 10
6
/(1000 240
2
30) = 0.065
z/d = 0.94
z = 0.928 240 = 225 mm
Table C5
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z = 113.3 10
6
/(225 500/1.15) = 1158 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.48%)
Try H20 @ 250 T2 (1256 mm
2
/m)

d) Flexure: middle strip, hogging


M
Ed
= 18.5 kNm/m
By inspection, z = 228 mm

The hogging moment could have been considered at face of support to reduce
the amount of reinforcement required.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
82
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z = 18.5 10
6
/(228 500/1.15) = 187 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.08%) Table C5
As before minimum area of reinforcement governs
A
s,min
= 0.26 0.30 30
0.666
1000 240/500 = 361 mm
2
/m
(r = 0.15%)
Try H12 @ 300 B2 (376 mm
2
/m)
Cl. 9.3.1.1, 9.2.1.1
e) Requirements
Regarding the requirement to place 50% of A
t
within a width equal
to 0.125 of the panel width on either side of the column:
Area required = (3.0 1158 + 6.1 187)/2 mm
2
= 2307 mm
2
Within = 2 0.125 6.0 m = 1500 mm centred on the column
centreline,
i.e. require 2307/1.5 = 1538 mm
2
/m for 750 mm either side of the
column centreline.
Use H20 @ 200T2 (1570 mm
2
/m)
750 mm either side of centre of support
(r = 0.60%)
In column strip, outside middle 1500 mm, requirement is for
3.0 1158 1.5 1570 = 1119 mm
2
in 1500 mm, i.e. 764 mm
2
/m
Use H16 @ 250 T2 (804 mm
2
/m) in remainder of column strip
In middle strip: Use H12 @ 300 T2 (376 mm
2
/m)
3.4.10 Punching shear, central column, C2
At C2, applied shear force, V
Ed
= 1204.8 kN

a) Check at perimeter of column


v
Ed
= bV
Ed
/u
i
d < v
Rd,max
where
Cl. 6.4.3(2),
6.4.5(3)
b = factor dealing with eccentricity; recommended value 1.15
V
Ed
= applied shear force Fig. 6.21N & NA
u
i
= control perimeter under consideration.
For punching shear adjacent to interior columns Cl. 6.4.5(3)
u
0
= 2(c
x
+ c
y
) = 1600 mm
d = mean effective depth = (260 + 240)/2 = 250 mm Exp. (6.32)
v
Ed
= 1.15 1204.8 10
3
/1600 250 = 3.46 MPa
v
Rd,max
= 0.5vf
cd
Cl. 6.4.5(3) Note

Column C2 is taken to be an internal column. In the case of a penultimate


column, an additional elastic reaction factor should have been considered.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
83
34 l|et s|e|
where
v = 0.6(1 f
ck
/250) = 0.528
f
cd
= a
cc
lf
ck
/g
C
= 1.0 1.0 30/1.5 = 20
= 0.5 0.528 20 = 5.28 MPa = OK Table C7

b) Check shear stress at control perimeter u


1
(2d from face of column)
v
Ed
= bV
Ed
/u
1
d < v
Rd,c
where
b, V
Ed
and d as before
Cl. 6.4.2
u
1
= control perimeter under consideration.
For punching shear at 2d from interior columns
u
1
= 2(c
x
+ c
y
) + 2Q 2d = 4741 mm
Fig. 6.13
v
Ed
= 1.15 1204.8 10
3
/4741 250 = 1.17 MPa
v
Rd,c
= 0.18/ g
C
k (100 r
l
f
ck
)
0.333
Exp. (6.47) & NA
where
g
C
= 1.5
k = 1 + (200/d)
0.5
2 k = 1 + (200/250)
0.5
= 1.89
r
l
= (r
ly
r
lz
)0.5 = (0.0085 0.0048)
0.5
= 0.0064 Cl. 6.4.4.1(1)
where
r
|y
, r
lz
= Reinforcement ratio of bonded steel in the y and
z direction in a width of the column plus 3d each
side of column
#
f
ck
= 30
v
Rd,c
= 0.18/1.5 1.89 (100 0.0064 30)
0.333
= 0.61 MPa
= Punching shear reinforcement required Table C5*
c) Perimeter at which punching shear links are no longer required
u
out
= V
Ed
b/(d v
Rd,c
)
u
out
= 1204.8 1.15 10
3
/(250 0.61) = 9085 mm
Exp. (6.54)
Length of column faces = 4 400 = 1600 mm
Radius to u
out
= (9085 1600)/2Q = 1191 mm from face of column
Perimeters of shear reinforcement may stop 1191 1.5 250 = 816 m
from face of column Cl. 6.4.5(4) & NA
Shear reinforcement (assuming rectangular arrangement of links):
s
r,max
= 250 0.75 = 187, say = 175 mm Cl. 9.4.3(1)

At the perimeter of the column, v


Rd,max
assumes the strut angle is 45, i.e. that
cot y = 1.0. Where cot y = < 1.0, v
Rd,max
is available from Table C7.
#
The values used here for r
ly
, r
lz
ignore the fact that the reinforcement is
concentrated over the support. Considering the concentration would have given a
higher value of V
Rd,c
at the expense of further calculation to determine r
ly
, r
lz
at
3d from the side of the column.
* v
Rd,c
for various values of d and r
l
is available from Table C6.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
84
Inside 2d control perimeter, s
t,max
= 250 1.5 = 375, say 350 mm Cl. 9.4.3(2)
Outside control perimeter s
t,max
= 250 2.0 = 500 mm
Assuming vertical reinforcement:
At the basic control perimeter, u
1
, 2d from the column

:
A
sw
(v
Ed
0.75v
Rd,c
) s
r
u
1
/1.5f
ywd,ef
) Exp. (6.52)
where
f
ywd,ef
= effective design strength of reinforcement
= (250 + 0.25d) < f
yd
= 312 MPa Cl. 6.4.5(1)
For perimeter u
1
A
sw
= (1.17 0.75 0.61) 175 4741/(1.5 312)
= 1263 mm
2
per perimeter
A
sw,min
0.08f
ck
0.5
(s
r
s
t
)/(1.5 f
yk
sin a + cos a) Exp. (9.11)
where
A
sw,min
= minimum area of a single leg of link
a = angle between main reinforcement and shear
reinforcement; for vertical reinforcement sin a = 1.0
A
sw,min
0.08 30
0.5
(175 350)/(1.5 500) = 36 mm
2
= Try H8 legs of links (50 mm
2
)
A
sw
/u
1
1263/4741 = 0.266 mm
2
/mm
Using H8 max. spacing = min[50/0.266; 1.5d]
= min[188; 375] = 188 mm cc
= Use min. H8 legs of links at 175 mm cc around perimeter u
1
Cl. 9.4.3
Perimeters at 0.75d = 0.75 250 = 187.5 mm
say = 175 mm centres
Cl. 9.4.3(1)
d) Check area of reinforcement > 1263 mm
2
in perimeters inside u
1

1st perimeter to be > 0.3d but < 0.5d from face of column. Say
0.4d = 100 mm from face of column.
By inspection of Figure 3.23 the equivalent of 10 locations are available
at 0.4d from column therefore try 2 10 no. H10 = 1570 mm
2
.
Fig. 9.10,
Cl. 9.4.3(4)
By inspection of Figure 3.23 the equivalent of 18 locations are
available at 1.15d from column therefore try 18 no. H10 = 1413 mm
2
.
By inspection of Figure 3.23 the equivalent of 20 locations are available
at 1.90d from column therefore try 20 no. H10 = 1570 mm
2
.
By inspection of Figure 3.23 beyond u
1
to u
out
grid of H10 at 175 x 175 OK.

Clause 6.4.5 provides Exp. (6.52), which by substituting v


Ed
for v
Rd,c
, allows
calculation of the area of required shear reinforcement, A
sw
, for the basic control
perimeter, u
1
.

The same area of shear reinforcement is required for all perimeters inside or
outside perimeter u
1
. See Commentary on design, Section 3.4.14. Punching shear
reinforcement is also subject to requirements for minimum reinforcement and
spacing of shear reinforcement (see Cl. 9.4.3).
Cl. 6.4.5
Exp. 6.5.2
Cl. 9.4.3
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
85
34 l|et s|e|
e) Summary of punching shear refreshment required at column C2
175 u
out
Punching shear reinforcement
no longer required
1.5d = 375
S = 112 H10 legs of links
u
1
at 2d
from column
u
out
1
7
5
1
7
5
1
7
5
1
7
5
1
7
5
1
7
5
1
7
5
1
7
5
2
0
0
2
0
0
2
0
0
375 716
7
1
6
7
1
6
1
0
0
1
0
0
4
0
0
716 100 400 100
175 175 175 175 175 175 175 200 200 200
C
2
Figure 3.23 Punching shear links at column C2 (112 no. links)
(column D2 similar)
3.4.11 Punching shear, edge column
Assuming penultimate support,
V
Ed
= 1.18 516.5 = 609.5 kN Table C3
a) Check at perimeter of column
v
Ed
= bV
Ed
/u
i
d < v
Rd,max
where
Cl. 6.4.3(2),
6.4.5(3)
b = factor dealing with eccentricity; recommended value 1.4
V
Ed
= applied shear force Fig. 6.21N & NA
u
i
= control perimeter under consideration.
For punching shear adjacent to edge columns
u
0
= c
2
+ 3d < c
2
+ 2c
1
= 400 + 750 < 3 400 mm
= 1150 mm
Cl. 6.4.5(3)
d = as before 250 mm
v
Ed
= 1.4 609.5 10
3
/1150 250 = 2.97 MPa
Exp. (6.32)
v
Rd,max
, as before = 5.28 MPa = OK Cl. 6.4.5(3) Note
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
86
b) Check shear stress at basic perimeter u
1
(2.0d from face of column) Cl. 6.4.2
v
Ed
= bV
Ed
/u
1
d < v
Rd,c
where
b, V
Ed
and d as before
u
1
= control perimeter under consideration.
For punching shear at 2d from edge column columns
u
1
= c
2
+ 2c
1
+ Q 2d = 2771 mm
v
Ed
= 1.4 609.5 10
3
/2771 250 = 1.23 MPa
Fig. 6.15
v
Rd,c
= 0.18/ g
C
k (100 r
l
f
ck
)
0.333
where
Exp. (6.47) & NA
g
C
= 1.5
k = as before = 1 +(200/250)
0.5
= 1.89
r
l
= (r
ly
r
lz
)
0.5
where
r
|y
, r
lz
= Reinforcement ratio of bonded steel in the y and z direction
in a width of the column plus 3d each side of column.
r
ly
: (perpendicular to edge) 10 no. H20 T2 + 6 no. H12
T2 in 2 750 + 400, i.e. 3818 mm
2
in 1900 mm
=r
ly
= 3818/(250 1900) = 0.0080
r
lz
: (parallel to edge) 6 no. H20 T1 + 1 no. T12 T1 in 400 +
750 i.e. 1997 mm
2
in 1150 mm.
=r
lz
= 1997/(250 1150) = 0.0069
r
l
= (0.0080 0.0069)
0.5
= 0.0074
f
ck
= 30
Cl. 6.4.4.1(1)
v
Rd,c
= 0.18/1.5 1.89 (100 0.0074 30)
0.333
= 0.64 MPa
= Punching shear reinforcement required
Table C6

3d = 750
H12 @ 200 U-bars
H12 @ 175T1
6H20T1 @175 10H20 U-bars in pairs @ 200 cc
3d = 750 400
4
0
0
3
d

=

7
5
0
C
1
Figure 3.24 Flexural tensile reinforcement adjacent to columns
C1 (and C3)

v
Rd,c
for various values of d and r
l
is available from Table C6.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
87
34 l|et s|e|
c) Perimeter at which punching shear links no longer required
u
out
= 609.5 1.4 10
3
/(250 0.64) = 5333 mm
Length attributable to column faces = 3 400 = 1200 mm
= radius to u
out
from face of column
= say (5333 1200)/Q = 1315 mm from face of column
Exp. (6.54)
Perimeters of shear reinforcement may stop 1370 1.5 250
= 940 mm from face of column.
Cl. 6.4.5(4)
& NA
d) Shear reinforcement
As before, s
r,max
= 175 mm; s
t,max
= 350 mm and
f
ywd,ef
= 312 MPa
For perimeter u
1
Cl. 9.4.3(1),
9.4.3(2)
A
sw
(v
Ed
0.75v
Rd,c
) s
r
u
1
/1.5f
ywd,ef
= (1.23 0.75 0.64) 175 2771/(1.5 312)
= 777 mm
2
per perimeter
Exp. (6.52)
A
sw,min
0.08 30
0.5
(175 350)/(1.5 500) = 36 mm
2
A
sw
/u
1
777/2771 = 0.28 mm
2
/mm
Using H8 max. spacing = 50/0.28 = 178 mm cc
=Use min. H8 (50 mm
2
) legs of links at 175 mm cc around perimeters:
perimeters at 175 mm centres
Exp. (9.11)
e) Check area of reinforcement > 777 mm
2
in perimeters inside u
1

1st perimeter to be > 0.3d but < 0.5d from face of column. Say
0.4d = 100 mm from face of column
Fig. 9.10,
Cl. 9.4.3(4)
By inspection of Figure 3.27 the equivalent of 6 locations are available
at 0.4d from column therefore try 2 6 no. H10 = 942 mm
2
By inspection of Figure 3.27 the equivalent of 12 locations are
available at 1.15d from column therefore try 12 no. H10 = 942 mm
2
By inspection of Figure 3.27 the equivalent of 14 locations are
available at 1.90d from column therefore try 14 no. H10 = 1099 mm
2
By inspection of Figure 3.27 beyond u
1
to u
out
grid of
H10 at 175 x 175 OK.
3.4.12 Punching shear, edge column with hole
Check columns D1 and D3 for 200 200 mm hole adjacent to column.
As previously described use 4 no. H20 U-bars each side of column for
transfer moment.
Assuming internal support, V
Ed
= 516.5 kN

See Commentary on design Section 3.4.14. Punching shear reinforcement is


also subject to requirements for minimum reinforcement and spacing of shear
reinforcement (see Cl. 9.4.3).
Cl. 9.4.3
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
88
a) Check at perimeter of column
v
Ed
= bV
Ed
/u
i
d < v
Rd,max
where
Cl. 6.4.3(2),
6.4.5(3)
b = factor dealing with eccentricity; recommended value 1.4
V
Ed
= applied shear force
Fig. 6.21N & NA
u
i
= control perimeter under consideration. For punching shear
adjacent to edge columns u
0
= c
2
+ 3d < c
2
+ 2c
1
= 400 + 750 < 3 400 mm
= 1150 mm
Allowing for hole, u
0
= 1150 200 = 950 mm
Cl. 6.4.5(3)
d = 250 mm as before Exp. (6.32)
v
Ed
= 1.4 516.5 10
3
/950 250 = 3.06 MPa
v
Rd,max
as before = 5.28 MPa = OK Cl. 6.4.5(3) Note
b) Check shear stress at basic perimeter u
1
(2.0d from face of column) Cl. 6.4.2
v
Ed
= bV
Ed
/u
1
d < v
Rd,c
where
b, V
Ed
and d as before
u
1
= control perimeter under consideration. For punching shear
at 2d from edge column columns
Fig. 6.15
u
1
= c
2
+ 2c
1
+ Q 2d = 2771 mm
Allowing for hole
200/(c
1
/2): x/(c
1
/2 + 2d)
200/200: x/( 200 + 500)
= x = 700 mm
u
1
= 2771 700 = 2071 mm
Fig. 6.14
v
Ed
= 1.4 516.5 10
3
/2071 250 = 1.40 MPa
v
Rd,c
= 0.18/g
C
k (100 r
l
f
ck
)
0.333
Exp. (6.47) & NA
where
g
C
= 1.5
k = as before = 1 + (200/250)
0.5
= 1.89
r
l
= (r
l y
r
l z
)
0.5
where
r
|y
, r
lz
= Reinforcement ratio of bonded steel in the y and
z direction in a width of the column plus 3d each
side of column Cl. 6.4.4.1(1)
r
ly
: (perpendicular to edge) 8 no. H20 T2 + 6 no. H12
T2 in 2 720 + 400 200, i.e. 3190 mm
2
in 1640 mm.
=r
l y
= 3190/(240 1640) = 0.0081
r
lz
: (parallel to edge) 6 no. H20 T1 (5 no. are
effective) + 1 no. T12 T1 in 400 + 750 200, i.e.
1683 mm
2
in 950 mm.
=r
l z
= 1683/(260 950) = 0.0068
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
89
34 l|et s|e|
r
l
= (0.0081 0.0068)
0.5
= 0.0074
f
ck
= 30
v
Rd,c
= 0.18/1.5 1.89 (100 0.0074 30)
0.33
= 0.64 MPa
Table C6

= punching shear reinforcement required


3d = 750
H12 @ 200 U-bars
H12 @ 175T1
6H20T @ 175 8H20 U-bars in pairs @ 200 cc
3d = 750 400
4
0
0
3
d

=

7
5
0
3
D
Figure 3.25 Flexural tensile reinforcement adjacent to columns
D1 and D3
c) Perimeter at which punching shear links no longer required Exp. (6.54)
u
out
= 516.5 1.4 10
3
/(250 0.64) = 4519 mm
Length attributable to column faces = 3 400 = 1200 mm
Angle subtended by hole from centre of column D1 (See Figures 3.25
& 3.27) = 2
tan
1
(100/200) = 2 26.5 = 0.927 rads.
= radius to u
out
from face of column
= say (4519 1200)/(Q 0.927) = 1498 mm from face of column
Perimeters of shear reinforcement may stop 1498 1.5 250
= 1123 mm from face of column
Cl. 6.4.5(4)
& NA
d) Shear reinforcement
As before, s
r,max
= 175 mm; s
t,max
= 350 mm and f
ywd,ef
= 312 MPa Cl. 9.4.3(1)
9.4.3(2)
For perimeter u
1
A
sw
(v
Ed
0.75v
Rd,c
) s
r
u
1
/1.5f
ywd,ef
) per perimeter
= (1.40 0.75 0.64) 175 2071/(1.5 312)
= 712 mm
2
per perimeter
Exp. (6.52)
A
sw,min
0.08 30
0.5
(175 350)/(1.5 500) = 36 mm
2
A
sw
/u
1
712/2071 = 0.34 mm
2
/mm

v
Rd,c
for various values of d and r
l
is available from Table C6.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
90
Using H8 (50 mm
2
) max. spacing = min[50/0.3; 1.5d]
= min[147; 375] = 147 mm cc No good
Try using H10, max. spacing = 78.5/0.34 = 231 mm cc, say 175 cc
= Use min. H10 (78.5 mm
2
) legs of links at 175 mm cc around perimeters:
perimeters at 175 mm centres
Check min. 9 no. H10 legs of links (712 mm
2
) in perimeter u
1
, 2
d
from
column face.
e) Check area of reinforcement > 712 mm
2
in perimeters inside u
1


1st perimeter to be 100 mm from face of column as before. Fig. 9.10,
Cl. 9.4.3(4)
By inspection of Figure 3.27 the equivalent of 6 locations are available
at 0.4d from column therefore try 2 6 no. H10 = 942 mm
2
.
By inspection of Figure 3.27 the equivalent of 10 locations are
available at 1.15d from column therefore try 10 H10 = 785 mm
2
.
By inspection of Figure 3.27 beyond 1.15d to u
out
grid:
H10 at 175 x 175 OK.
3.4.13 Summary of design
Grid C exure
End supports:
Column strip: (max. 200 mm
from column) 10 no. H20 U-bars in pairs
(where 200 200 hole use 8 no. H20
T1 in U-bars in pairs)
Middle strip: H12 @ 200 T1
Spans 12 and 23:
Column strip and middle strip: H20 @ 200 B
Central support:
Column strip centre: for 750 mm
either side of support: H20 @ 100 T1
Column strip outer: H20 @ 250 T1
Middle strip: H16 @ 200 T1
Grid 1 (and 3) exure
Spans:
Column strip: H16 @ 200 B2
Middle strip: H12 @ 300 B2

See Commentary on design Section 3.4.14. Punching shear reinforcement is


also subject to requirements for minimum reinforcement and spacing of shear
reinforcement.
Cl. 9.4.3
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
91
34 l|et s|e|
Interior support:
Column strip centre: 6 no. H20 @ 175 T2
Column strip outer: H12 @ 175 T2
Middle strip: H12 @ 300 T2
Grid 2 exure
Spans:
Column strip: H16 @ 250 B2
Middle strip: H10 @ 200 B2
Interior support:
Column strip centre: H20 @ 200 T2
Column strip outer: H16 @ 250 T2
Middle strip: H12 @ 300 T2
See Figure 3.26
Punching shear
Internal (e.g. at C2):
Generally, use H10 legs of links in perimeters at max. 175 mm
centres, but double up on 1st perimeter
Max. tangential spacing of legs of links, s
t,max
= 270 mm
Last perimeter, from column face, min. 767 mm
See Figure 3.26
Edge (e.g. at C1, C3 assuming no holes):
Generally, use H10 legs of links in perimeters at max. 175 mm
centres but double up on 1st perimeter
Max. tangential spacing of legs of links, s
t,max
= 175 mm
Last perimeter, from column face, min. 940 mm
Edge (e.g. at D1, D3 assuming 200 200 hole on face of column):
Generally, use H10 legs of links in perimeters at max. 175 mm
centres but double up on 1st perimeter
Max. tangential spacing of legs of links, s
t,max
= 175 mm
Last perimeter, from column face, min. 1123 mm
See Figure 3.27
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
92
Commentary on design
a) Method of analysis
The use of coefcients in the analysis would not usually be
advocated in the design of such a slab. Nonetheless, coefcients
may be used and, unsurprisingly, their use leads to higher design
moments and shears, as shown below.
Method Moment in
9.6 m span per
6 m bay (kNm)
Centre support
moment per
6 m bay (kNm)
Centre support
reaction V
Ed
(kN)
Coefficients 842.7 952.8 1205
Continuous beam 747.0 885.6 1103
Plane frame columns
below
664.8 834.0 1060
Plane frame columns
above and below
616.8 798.0 1031
3.4.14
10H20 T1 U-bars in pairs @ 200
6H20 - 175 T2
H12 - 200 T1 U-bars
8H20 T1
U-bars in pairs
@ 200
H16 @ 175 B2*
5H12 @ 175 T2
H12 @ 300 B2
H10 @ 200 T2
H16 @ 175 B2*
9H20 @ 175 T2*
3H20 @
250 T1
H20 @ 200 B1
H12 @ 200 T1 U-bars
16H20 @ 100 T1
3H20 @ 250 T1
H16 @ 200 T1
3H20 @ 250 T1
16H20 @ 100 T1
4H16 @ 250 T2
C D
1
2
Note:* Spacing rationalised to suit punching shear links
Figure 3.26 Reinforcement details bay CD, 12
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
93
34 l|et s|e|
u
out
u
out
u
1
1123
500
8H20 T1 U-bars in pairs
H10 @ 200 T1 U-bars
6H20 @ 175 T2
1.5d
6H16 @ 175 B2
H10 @ 200 T1 U-bars
375
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 200
100 100
C
L
200
S = 152 H10 legs of links
@ 175 mm centres
Ineffective area
1 1
D
Note: For internal column see Figure 3.23
Figure 3.27 Punching shear links at column D1 (and D3)
(penultimate support without hole similar)
These higher moments and shears result in rather more reinforcement
than when using other more rened methods. For instance, the nite
element analysis used in Guide to the design and construction of
reinforced concrete at slabs
[27]
for this bay, leads to:
H16 @ 200 B1 in spans 12 (cf. H20 @ 200 B1 using coefficients) t
H20 @ 125 T1 at support 2 (cf. H20 @ 100 T1 using coefficients) t
3 perimeters of shear links at C2 for t V
Ed
= 1065 kN (cf. 5 perimeters
using coefficients)
2 perimeters of shear links at C3 (cf. 7 perimeters using coefficients) t
b) Effective spans and face of support
In the analysis using coefcients, advantage was taken of using
effective spans to calculate design moments. This had the effect of
reducing span moments.
Cl. 5.3.2.2(1)
At supports, one may base the design on the moment at the face of
support. This is borne out by Guide to the design and construction of
reinforced concrete at slabs
[27]
that states that hogging moments
greater than those at a distance h
c
/3 may be ignored (where h
c
is the
effective diameter of a column or column head). This is in line with BS
8110
[7]
and could have been used to reduce support moments.
Cl. 5.3.2.2(3)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
94
c) Punching shear reinforcement
Arrangement of punching shear links
According to the literal denition of /
sw
in Exp. (6.52), the same
area of shear reinforcement is required for all perimeters inside or
outside perimeter a
!
(rather than (/
sw
/a
!
)/s
r
being considered as the
required density of shear reinforcement on and within perimeter a
!
).
For perimeters inside a
!
, it might be argued that Exp. (6.50)
Exp. 6.52
Exp. 6.50
(enhancement close to supports) should apply. However, at the time
of writing, this expression is deemed applicable only to foundation
bases. Therefore, large concentrations of shear reinforcement
are required close to the columns in this example, this included
doubling up shear links at the 1st perimeter.
Similar to BS 8110
[7]
gure 3.17, it is apparent that the requirement
for punching shear reinforcement is for a punching shear zone 1.5d
wide. However, in Eurocode 2, the requirement has been simplied in
Exp. (6.52) to make the requirement for a perimeter (up to 0.75d
wide). It might appear reasonable to apply the same 40%:60% rule
(BS 8110 Cl. 3.7.7.6) to the rst two perimeters to make doubling
of punching shear reinforcement at the rst perimeter unnecessary:
in terms of Eurocode 2 this would mean 80% A
sw
on the rst
perimeter and 120% A
sw
on the second. Using this arrangement it
would be possible to replace the designed H10 links in the rst two
perimeters with single H12 links.
BS 8110:
Fig. 3.17
BS 8110:
Cl. 3.7.7.6
Outside u
1
, the numbers of links could have been reduced to
maintain provision of the designed amount of reinforcement A
sw
.
A rectangular arrangement of H12 links would have been possible
(within perimeter u
1
, 350 175; outside u
1
, 500 175). However, as
the grid would need to change orientation around each column (to
maintain the 0.75d radial spacing) and as the reinforcement in B2
and T2 is essentially at 175 centres, it is considered better to leave
the arrangement as a regular square grid.
Cl. 9.4.3(1)
Use of shear reinforcement in a radial arrangement, e.g. using stud
rails, would have simplied the shear reinforcement requirements.
V
Ed
/V
Rd,c
In late 2008, a proposal was made for the UK National Annex to
include a limit of 2.0 or 2.5 on V
Ed
/V
Rd,c
(or v
Ed
/v
Rd,c
) within punching
shear requirements. It is apparent that this limitation could have
major effects on at slabs supported on relatively small columns. For
instance in Section 3.4.12, edge column with hole, V
Ed
/V
Rd,c
= 2.18.
Curtailment of reinforcement
In this design, the reinforcement would be curtailed and this would be
done either in line with previous examples or, more practically, in line
with other guidance
[20, 21]
.

This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
95
3S Ste|r ||ght
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Stair flight
600 600 9 @250
3450
1750
Figure 3.28 Stair flight

3.5.1 Loads
kN/m
2
Permanent (worse case flight)
Assume 160 waist 0.160 305/250 25 = 4.88
Treads 4 0.25 0.175/2 25 = 2.19
50 mm screed 0.5 22 = 1.10
Finishing = 0.03
g
k
= 8.20
Variable action: crowd loading q
k
= 4.00 EC1-1-1: Table 6.1,
6.2 & NA.3
3.5.2 Moment
M
Ed
= (8.20 1.25 + 4.00 1.5) 3.45
2
/8
= 24.2 kNm/m
3.5.3 Design
d = 160 c
nom
f/2
where
c
nom
= 25 mm (for XC1)
f = 12 mm (assumed)
Concise: Table 4.2;
BS 8500
= d = 129 mm
Stair flight
h|s exemp|e |s or e typ|ce| ste|r ||ght
3.5
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
96
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
= 24.2 10
6
/(1000 129
2
30)
= 0.048
z/d = 0.95 Table C5
z = 0.95 129
= 122 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
= 24.2 10
6
/[(500/1.15) 122]
= 456 mm
2
/m (r = 0.35%)
Try H12 @ 250 (452 mm
2
/m) = OK)
3.5.4 Check deflection
Allowable l/d = N K F1 F2 F3 Appendix C7,
Table C10
where
N = 32.7
K = 1.0 Table C11
F1 = 1.0
F2 = 1.0
F3 = 1.0 (say)
= Allowable l/d = 32.7
Actual l/d = 3450/129
= 26.7 = OK
=Provide H12 @ 250 B.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
4! Cont|nuous |eem on p|n supports
97
Beams
General
he ce|cu|et|ons |n th|s Sect|on ere presented |n the o||ow|ng perts
4! Cont|nuous |eem on p|n supports e s|mp|y supported cont|nuous |eem show|ng whet
m|ght |e deemed typ|ce| hend ce|cu|et|ons
4? A heev||y |oeded l-|eem
43 A cont|nuous w|de -|eem h|s exemp|e |s ene|ysed end des|gned str|ct|y |n eccordence
w|th the prov|s|ons o lurocode ?
hey ere |ntended to |e |||ustret|ve o the Code end not necesser||y |est prect|ce
A genere| method o des|gn|ng |eems |s shown |e|ow ln prect|ce, severe| o these steps mey
|e com||ned
Leterm|ne des|gn ||e N EC0 & NA
Table NA.2.1
Assess ect|ons on the |eem N EC1 & NAs
Assess dure||||ty requ|rements end determ|ne concrete N
strength
Table 4.1
BS 85001:
Tables A4, A5
Chec| cover requ|rements or eppropr|ete |re N
res|stence per|od
EC212:
Tables 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11
Ce|cu|ete m|n|mum cover or dure||||ty, |re end |ond N
requ|rements
Cl. 4.4.1
Leterm|ne wh|ch com||net|ons o ect|ons epp|y N EC0 & NA
Tables NA.A1.1, NA.A1.2 (B)
Leterm|ne |oed|ng errengements N Cl. 5.1.3(1) & NA
Ane|yse structure to o|te|n cr|t|ce| moments end sheer N
orces
Cl. 5.4, 5.5, 5.6
Les|gn |exure| re|norcement N Cl. 6.1
Chec| de|ect|on N Cl. 7.4
Chec| sheer cepec|ty N Cl. 6.2
Other des|gn chec|s N
Chec| m|n|mum re|norcement
Chec| crec||ng (s|.e or spec|ng o |ers)
Chec| eects o pert|e| ux|ty
Chec| secondery re|norcement
Cl. 9.3.1.1(1), 9.2.1.1(1)
Cl. 7.3, Tables 7.2N, 7.3N
Cl. 9.3.1.2(2)
Cl. 9.3.1.1(2), 9.3.1.4(1)
Chec| curte||ment N Cl. 9.3.1.1(4), 9.2.1.3,
Fig. 9.2
Chec| enchorege N Cl. 9.3.1.2, 8.4.4, 9.3.1.1(4),
9.2.1.5(1), 9.2.1.5(2)
Chec| |eps N Cl. 8.7.3
4
4.0

This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
98
4.1
A 450 mm deep 300 mm wide rectangular beam is required
to support ofce loads of g
k
= 30.2 kN/m and q
k
= 11.5 kN/m
over 2 no. 6 m spans. f
ck
f = 30 MPa, f
yk
f = 500 MPa. Assume 300
mm wide supports, a 50-year design life and a requirement for a
2-hour resistance to re in an external but sheltered environment.
q
k
= 11.5 kN/m
g
k
= 30.2 kN/m
6000 6000
Figure 4.1 Continuous rectangular beam
450
300
Figure 4.2 Section through beam
4.1.1 Actions
Permanent g
k
= 30.2 kN/m and variable q
k
= 11.5 kN/m
4.1.2 Cover
Nominal cover, c
nom
:
c
nom
= c
min
+ Dc
dev
Exp. (4.1)
where
c
min
= max[c
min,b
; c
min,dur
]
where
c
min,b
= minimum cover due to bond
= diameter of bar. Assume 25 mm main bars
c
min,dur
= minimum cover due to environmental conditions.
Assuming XC3 (moderate humidity or cyclic wet
and dry) and secondarily XF1 (moderate water
Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Continuous beam on pin
supports
Continuous beam on pin supports
h|s ce|cu|et|on |s |ntended to show e typ|ce| hend ce|cu|et|on or e cont|nuous s|mp|y
supported |eem us|ng coeuc|ents to determ|ne moments end sheers
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
4! Cont|nuous |eem on p|n supports
99
saturation without de-icing salt) using C30/37
concrete,
c
min,dur
= 25 mm
Table C3
BS 8500-1
[14]
:
Table A4;
How to: Building
structures
[8]
Dc
dev
= allowance in design for deviation. Assuming no
measurement of cover, Dc
dev
= 10 mm Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
= c
nom
= 25 + 10 = 35 mm
Fire:
Check adequacy of section for 2 hours re resistance (i.e. REI = 120)
For b
min
= 300 mm, minimum axis distance, a = 35 mm = OK
c
nom
= 35 mm
EC2-1-2:
5.6.3(1),
Table 5.6
4.1.3 Load combination (and arrangement)
Load combination:
By inspection, BS EN 1990 Exp. (6.10b) governs
= n = 1.25 30.2 + 1.5 11.5 = 50.8 kN/m
Fig. 2.5
EC0: Exp. (6.10b)
Arrangement:
Choose to use all-and-alternate-spans-loaded load cases, i.e. use
coefcients.
Cl. 5.1.3(1) & NA
Table NA.1
(option b)
Table C3
The coefcients used assume 15% redistribution at supports. As the
amount of redistribution is less than 20%, there are no restrictions
on reinforcement grade. The use of Table 5.6 in BS EN 199212 is
restricted to where redistribution does not exceed 15%.
Table C3
Cl. 5.5(4) & NA
EC2-1-2:
5.6.3(1),
Table 5.6
4.1.4 Analysis
Design moments:
Spans
M
Ed
= (1.25 30.2 0.090 + 1.5 11.5 0.100) 6.0
2
= 122.3 + 62.1 = 184.4 kNm
Appendix C1,
Table C3
Support
M
Ed
= 50.8 0.106 6.0
2
= 193.8 kNm Table C3
Shear force:
V
AB
= 0.45 6.0 50.8 = 137.2 kN
V
AB
= 0.63 6.0 50.8 = 192.0 kN
4.1.5 Flexural design
Effective depth:
Assuming 10 mm links:
d = 450 35 10 25/2 = 392 mm
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
100
Flexure in span:
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
= 184.4 10
6
/(300 392
2
30) = 0.133 Fig. 3.5
z/d = 0.864
Appendix A1
z = 0.864 392 = 338 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z = 184.4 10
6
/(434.8 338) = 1255 mm
2
Try 3 no. H25 B (1473 mm
2
)
(r = 1.25%)
Table C5
Check spacing:
Spacing of outer bars = 300 2 35 2 10 25 = 185 mm
Assuming 10 mm diameter link,
= spacing = 98 mm
Steel stress under quasi-permanent loading:
s
s
= (f
yk
/g
S
) (A
s,req
/A
s,prov
) (SLS loads/ULS loads) (1/d)
= f
yd
(A
s,req
/A
s,prov
) (g
k
+ c
2
q
k
)/(g
G
g
k
+ g
Q
q
k
) (1/d)
= (500/1.15) (1255/1473) [(30.2 + 0.3 11.5)/50.8] (1/1.03)
= 434.8 0.91 0.66 0.97 = 237 MPa Cl. 7.3.3(2)
As exposure is XC3, max. crack width w
max
= 0.3 mm Cl. 7.3.1(5) & NA
= Maximum bar size = 16 mm or max. spacing = 200 mm = OK
= Use 3 H25 B (1473 mm
2
)
Table 7.2N & NA
Deection:
Check span-to-effective-depth ratio. Appendix B
Basic span: effective depth ratio for r = 1.25%: Table 7.4N & NA
l/d = 18 + [(1.25 0.5)/(1.5/0.5)] (26 18) = 24.0
Max. span = 24.0 392 = 9408 mm = OK
Flexure, support:
M
Ed
= 193.8 kNm
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
where
d = 450 35 10 25/2 = 392 mm
K = 193.8 10
6
/(300 392
2
30) = 0.142
By inspection, K K' (0.142 0.168

)
= no compression reinforcement required.
z = 0.85d
= 0.85 392 = 333 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
= 193.8 10
6
/434.8 333 = 1338 mm
2
Try 3 no. H25 T (1473 mm
2
)
(r = 1.13%)
Appendix A1
Table C5

K' is limited to 0.208. However, if, as is usual practice in the UK, x/d is limited to
0.45, z/d is as a consequence limited to 0.82 and K' to 0.168.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
4! Cont|nuous |eem on p|n supports
101
4.1.6 Shear
a) Support B (critical)
Shear at central support = 192.0 kN
At d from face of support

V
Ed
= 192.0 (0.300/2 + 0.392) 50.8 = 164.50 kN Cl. 6.2.1(8)
v
Ed
= V
Ed
/bd
= 164.5 10
3
/(392 300) = 1.40 MPa
Maximum shear capacity:
Assuming f
ck
= 30 MPa and cot y = 2.5
#
v
Rd,max
* = 3.64 MPa Table C7
v
Rd,max
> v
Ed
= OK
Shear reinforcement:
Assuming z = 0.9d Cl. 6.2.3(1)
A
sw
/s V
Ed
/(0.9d f
ywd
cot y)
164.5 10
3
/(0.9 392 (500/1.15) 2.5) = 0.429
Cl. 6.2.3(3),
Exp. (6.8)
More accurately,
A
sw
/s V
Ed
/(z f
ywd
cot y)
164.5 10
3
/(333 1087) = 0.454
Cl. 6.2.3(3),
Exp. (6.8)
Minimum shear links,
A
sw,min
/s = 0.08b
w
f
ck
0.5
/f
yk
= 0.08 300 30
0.5
/500 = 0.263. Not critical
Cl. 9.2.2(5)
Max. spacing = 0.75d = 0.75 392 = 294 mm Cl. 9.2.2(6)
Use H8 @ 200 (A
sw
/
s
= 0.50)
b) Support A (and C)
Shear at end support = 137.2 kN
At face of support,
V
Ed
= 137.2 (0.150 + 0.392) 50.8 = 109.7 kN Cl. 6.2.1(8)
By inspection, shear reinforcement required and cot y = 2.5 Fig. C1a)
A
sw
/s V
Ed
/(z f
ywd
cot y)
109.7 10
3
/[353 (500/1.15) 2.5] = 0.285
Use H8 @ 200 (A
sw
/
s
= 0.50) throughout

Appendix C5.3

Where applied actions are predominantly uniformly distributed, shear may be


checked at d from the face of support. See also Section 4.2.11.
#
The absolute maximum for v
Rd,max
(and therefore the maximum value of v
Ed
)
would be 5.28 MPa when cot y would equal 1.0 and the variable strut angle would
be at a maximum of 45.
*

For determination of V
Rd,max
see Section 4.2.10.

As maximum spacing of links is 294 mm, changing spacing of links would appear
to be of limited benet.
Cl. 6.2.1(8)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
102
4.1.7 Summary of design
A B C
3H25B 3H25B
3H25
H8 @ 200 centres in 2 legs
Figure 4.3 Continuous rectangular beam: Summary of design
Commentary
It is usually presumed that the detailer would take the design
summarised above and detail the beam to normal best practice
[8,9]
.
The design would go no further where standard detailing is all that
is required. Where the element is non-standard (e.g. where there
are point loads), it should be incumbent on the designer to give
the detailer specic information about curtailment, laps, etc. as
illustrated below. The detailers responsibilities, standards and
timescales should be clearly dened but it would be usual for the
detailer to draw and schedule not only the designed reinforcement
but all the reinforcement required to provide a compliant and buildable
solution. The work would usually include the checking the following
aspects and providing appropriate detailing:
Minimum areas t
Curtailment lengths t
Anchorages t
Laps t
U-bars t
Rationalisation t
Critical dimensions t
Details and sections t
The determination of minimum reinforcement areas and curtailment
lengths, using the principles in Eurocode 2 is shown below. In practice
these would be determined from published tables of data or by using
reference texts
[8,9]
. Nonetheless, the designer should check the
drawing for design intent and compliance with the standards. It is
therefore necessary for the designer to understand and agree the
principles of the detailing used.
4.1.8 Detailing checks
a) Minimum areas
A
s,min
= 0.26(f
ctm
/f
yk
)b
t
d 0.0013b
t
d
where
Cl. 9.2.1.1
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
4! Cont|nuous |eem on p|n supports
103
b
t
= width of tension zone
f
ctm
= 0.30 f
ck
0.666
A
s,min
= 0.26 0.30 30
0.666
300 392/500 = 177 mm
2
Table 3.1
b) Curtailment of main bars How to: Detailing
Bottom: curtail
75% main bars 0.08l from end support = 480 mm say 450 mm from A
70% main bars 0.30l a
l
= 0.3 6000 1.125 d
= 1800 1.125 392
= 1359 mm say 1350 from A
Top: curtail
40% main bars 0.15l + a
l
= 900 + 441
= 1341 mm say 1350 from B
65% main bars 0.30l + a
l
= 1800 + 441
= 2241 mm say 2250 from B
At supports:
25% of A
s
to be anchored at supports
Cl. 9.2.1.2.(1),
9.2.1.4(1) & NA
25% of 1225 mm
2
= 314 mm
2
Use min. 2 no. H16 (402 mm
2
) at supports A, B and C
Cl. 9.2.1.5(1)
In accordance with SMDSC
[9]
detail MB1 lap U-bars tension lap with
main steel
= 780 mm (in C30/37 concrete, H12, poor bond condition) How to: Detailing
= say 800 mm
c) Summary of reinforcement details
750 450
2H16B
2H16 U-bars
2H12T
Links omitted for clarity
2H12T
2H12 2H12
2H12 2H12 2H25 2H25 1H25 1H25
3H25 2H16 2H12 2H12 2H16 2H25 2H25 2H25 1H25 1H25
2H16 U-bars
3H25B
3H25B
B A C
600 600
800 800 1350 1250 1350
100 100
800 800 800
800
750
450
3H25
Figure 4.4 Continuous rectangular beam: reinforcement details

Note Subsequent detailing checks may nd issues with spacing rules especially if
the 'cage and splice bar' method of detailing were to be used. 2H32s T&B would be a
suitable alternative to 3H25s T&B.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
104
4.2 Heavily loaded L-beam
g
k1
= 46.0
q
k1
= 63.3
C B A
9000 8000
2000
G
k2
= 88.7
Q
k2
= 138.7
Figure 4.5 Heavily loaded L-beam

This edge beam supports heavy loads from storage loads. The
variable point load is independent of the variable uniformly
distributed load. The beam is supported on 350 mm square
columns 4000 mm long. f
ck
= 30 MPa; f
yk
= 500 MPa. The
underside surface is subject to an external environment and a
2-hour re resistance requirement. The top surface is internal
and subject to a 2-hour re resistance requirement. Assume that
any partitions are liable to be damaged by excessive deections.
750
350
b
eff
Figure 4.6 Section through L-beam
4.2.1 Actions
Permanent:
UDL from slab and cladding g
k
= 46.0 kN/m
Point load from storage area above = 88.7 kN
Variable:
From slab q
k
= 63.3 kN/m
Point load from storage area above = 138.7 kN
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Heavily loaded L-beam
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
105
4.2.2 Cover
a) Nominal cover, c
nom
, underside and side of beam
c
nom
= c
min
+ Dc
dev
Exp. (4.1)
where
c
min
= max[c
min,b
; c
min,dur
]
where
c
min,b
= minimum cover due to bond Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
= diameter of bar. Assume 32 mm main bars and
10 mm links
c
min,dur
= minimum cover due to environmental conditions.
Assuming primarily XC3/XC4 exposure (moderate
humidity or cyclic wet and dry); secondarily XF1
exposure (moderate water saturation without
de-icing salt, vertical surfaces exposed to rain and
freezing) and C30/37 concrete,
c
min,dur
= 25 mm
Table 4.1
BS 8500-1:
Table A4
Dc
dev
= allowance in design for deviation. Assuming no
measurement of cover Dc
dev
= 10 mm
= c
nom
= 32 + 10 = 42 mm to main bars
or = 25 + 10 = 35 mm to links
Use c
nom
= 35 mm to links (giving c
nom
= 45 mm to main bars)
Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
b) Fire
Check adequacy of section for 2 hours re resistance REI 120. EC2-1-2: 5.6.3
By inspection, web thickness OK. EC2-1-2:
Table 5.6
Axis distance, a, required = 35 mm OK by inspection. EC2-1-2:
Table 5.6
= Try 35 mm nominal cover bottom and sides to 10 mm link.
Nominal cover, c
nom
, top:
By inspection,
c
nom
= c
min
+ Dc
dev
where
c
min
= max[c
min,b
; c
min,dur
]
where
Exp. (4.1)
c
min,b
= minimum cover due to bond
= diameter of bar. Assume 32 mm main bars and
10 mm links
Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
c
min,dur
= minimum cover due to environmental conditions.
Assuming primarily XC1 and C30/37 concrete,
c
min,dur
= 15 mm
Table 4.1
BS 8500-1:
Table A4
4? leev||y |oeded l-|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
106
4? leev||y |oeded l-|eem
Dc
dev
= allowance in design for deviation. Assuming no
measurement of cover Dc
dev
= 10 mm
Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
= c
nom
= 32 + 10 = 42 mm to main bars
or = 15 + 10 = 25 mm to links
Use c
nom
= 35 mm to links (giving c
nom
= 45 mm to main bars)
4.2.3 Idealisation, load combination and arrangement
Load combination:
As loads are from storage, Exp. (6.10a) is critical.
Table 2.5;
ECO: A1.2.2, NA
& Exp. (6.10a)
Idealisation:
This element is treated as a continuous beam framing into
columns 350 350

4000 mm long columns below.


Cl. 5.3.1(3)
Arrangement:
Choose to use all-and-alternate-spans-loaded.
Cl. 5.1.3(1) &
NA: Table NA.1
(option b)
4.2.4 Analysis
Analysis by computer (spreadsheet TCC 41 Continuous Beam (A+D).xls
in RC spreadsheets V.3
[28]
assuming frame action with 350 mm square
columns 4 m long xed at base. Beam inertia based on T-section, b
eff

wide) with 15% redistribution at central support, limited redistribution
of span moment and consistent redistribution of shear.
ECO:
A1.2.2 & NA;
Cl. 5.3.1 (6)
Table 4.2 Elastic and redistributed moments, kNm
Span number 1 2
Elastic M 1168 745
Redistributed M 1148 684
d 0.98 0.92
2000
1394 kNm
195 kNm 108 kNm
684 kNm
1148 kNm
1500
1000
500
500
1000
1500
0
A B C
Figure 4.7 Redistributed envelope, kNm

Note: 350 350 is a minimum for columns requiring a re resistance of 120
minutes.
EC2-1-2:
Table 5.2a
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
107
1000
646 kN 794 kN
499 kN
1098 kN
500
500
1000
1500
0
A B C
4.2.5 Flexural design, support A
M
Ed
= 195 kNm in hogging
M
Ed,min
= 1148 0.25 in hogging and in sagging
Cl. 9.2.1.2(1),
9.2.1.4(1) & NA
= 287 kNm
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
where
b = b
eff
= b
eff1
+ b
w
+ b
eff2
Cl. 5.3.2.1,
Fig. 5.3
where
b
eff1
= (0.2b
1
+ 0.1l
0
) 0.2 l
0
b
1
where
b
1
= distance between webs/2
l
0
= nominal: assume 0

= b
eff1
= 0 mm = b
eff2
Fig. 5.2
=b = b
w
= 350 mm
d = 750 35 10 32/2 = 689 mm
assuming 10 mm link and H32 in support.
f
ck
= 30 MPa
K = 287 10
6
/(350 689
2
30)
= 0.058
Restricting x/d to 0.45 Appendix A1
K' = 0.168
K K' = section under-reinforced and no compression reinforcement
required.
z = (d/2) [1 + (1 3.53K)
0.5
] 0.95d
= (689/2) (1 + 0.89) 0.95 689
= 652 654 = z = 652 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
Appendix A1

The distance l
0
is described as the distance between points of zero moment,
which may be obtained from Figure 5.2. In this case l
0
= 0. (see Figure 4.11).
Cl. 5.3.2.1(2)
Fig. 5.2
Fig. 4.11
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
108
where
f
yd
= 500/1.15 = 434.8 MPa
= 287 10
6
/(434.8 652) = 1012 mm
2
Try 2 no. H32 U-bars (1608 mm
2
)
Check anchorage of H32 U-bars.
Bars need to be anchored distance A into column SMDSC: 6.4.2
U-bar
A
Figure 4.9 Distance A
Assuming column uses 35 mm cover, 10 mm links and 32 mm bars:
Distance A = 2 [350 2 (35 + 10) ] 32/2 32/2 + 750 [2 (35
+ 10)] 2 32/2 (4 ) (3.5 + 0.5) 32
SMDSC
[9]
,
BS 8666
[19]
:
= 488 + 628 110 = 1006 mm Table 2
Anchorage length,
l
bd
= al
b,rqd
l
b,min
Cl. 8.4.4,
Exp. (8.4)
where
a = conservatively 1.0
l
b,rqd
= (f/4) (s
sd
/f
bd
) Exp. (8.3)
where
f = 32
s
sd
= design stress in the bar at the ULS
= 434.8 1012/1608 = 274 MPa
f
|d
= ultimate bond stress
= 2.25 n
1
n
2
f
ct,d
Cl. 8.4.2 (2)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
109
where
n
1
= 1.0 for good bond conditions
n
2
= 1.0 for bar diameter 32 mm
f
ct,d
= a
ct
f
ctk
/ g
C
= 1.0 2.0/1.5
= 1.33 MPa
f
bd
= 2.25 1.33 = 3.0 MPa
Cl. 3.1.6 (2),
Tables 3.1 & 2.1,
& NA
l
b,rqd
= (32/4) (274/3.0) = 731 mm

l
b,min
= max[10f; 100 mm] = 250 mm
= l
bd
= 731 mm i.e. < 1006 mm = OK
Use 2 no. H32 U-bars
4.2.6 Flexural design, span AB
a) Span AB Flexure
M
Ed
= 1148 kNm
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
where
b = b
eff
= b
eff1
+ b
w
+ b
eff2
Cl. 5.3.2.1,
Fig. 5.3
where
b
eff1
= (0.2b
1
+ 0.1l
0
) 0.2 l
0
b
1
where
b
1
= distance between webs/2
Assuming beams at 7000 mm cc
= (7000 350)/2 = 3325 mm
l
0
= 0.85 l
1
= 0.85 9000 = 7650 mm

Fig. 5.2
b
eff
b
w
b
w
b
1
b
1
b
2
b
2
b
b
eff,1
b
eff,2
Figure 4.10 Effective flange width b
eff
b
Fig. 5.3

Anchorage lengths may be obtained from published tables. In this instance, a


gure of 900 mm may be obtained from Table 13 of Section 10 of How to design
concrete structures using Eurocode 2.

The distance l
0
is described as the distance between points of zero shear, which
may be obtained from Figure 5.2. From the analysis, l
0
could have been taken as
7200 mm.
How to:
Detailing
[8]
Cl. 5.3.2.1(2)
Figure 5.2
4? leev||y |oeded l-|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
110
I
0
= 0.85 I
1
I
0
= 0.15 (I
1
+I
2
) I
0
= 0.15 (I
2
+I
3
)
I
3
I
2
I
1
I
0
= 0.7 I
2
l
0
for calculation of
flange width
Fig. 5.2
b
eff1
= 0.2 3325 + 0.1 7650 0.2 7650 3325
= 1430 1530 3325
= 1430 mm
b
w
= 350 mm
b
eff2
= (0.2b
2
+ 0.1l
0
) 0.2 l
0
b
2
where
b
2
= 0 mm
b
eff2
= 0 mm
b = 1430 + 350 + 0 = 1780 mm
d = effective depth
= 750 35 10 32/2 = 689 mm
assuming 10 mm link and H32 in span
f
ck
= 30 MPa
K = 1148 10
6
/(1780 689
2
30)
= 0.045
Restricting x/d to 0.45, Appendix A1
K' = 0.168
K K' = section under-reinforced and no compression
reinforcement required.
z = lever arm
= (d/2) [1 + (1 3.53K)
0.5
] 0.95d
= (689/2) (1 + 0.917) 0.95 689
= 661 654 = z = 654 mm
Appendix A1
But z = d 0.4x
= by inspection, neutral axis is in ange and as x < 1.25 h
f
, design as
rectangular section.
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
where
f
yd
= 500/1.15 = 434.8 MPa
= 1148 10
6
/(434.8 654) = 4037 mm
2
Try 5 no. H32 B (4020 mm
2
) (say OK)
Appendix A1
Check spacing of bars.
Spacing of bars = [350 2 (35 + 10) 32]/(5 1)
= 57
Clear spacing = 57 32 mm = 25 mm between bars
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
111
Minimum clear distance between bars
= max[bar diameter; aggregate size + 5 mm]
= max[32; 20 + 5]
= 32 mm i.e. > 25 mm
= 5 no. H32 B no good
For 4 bars in one layer, distance between bars = 44 mm so
Try 4 no. H32 B1 + 2 no. H32 B3
Cl. 8.2(2) & NA
d
300
350
35 cover
32 bar
32 spacers
32 bar
10 link
35 cover
400
Figure 4.12 Span AB bottom
reinforcement
d = 750 35 10 32/2 0.333 2 32 = 668 mm
K = 1148 10
6
/(1780 668
2
30) = 0.048
K K' = section under-reinforced and no compression reinforcement
required. Appendix A1
z = (d/2) [1 + (1 3.53K)
0.5
] 0.95d
= (668/2) (1 + 0.911) 0.95 668
= 639 635 = z = 635 mm
Appendix A1
= by inspection, neutral axis in ange so design as rectangular
section.
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
= 1148 10
6
/(434.8 635) = 4158 mm
2
= 4 no. H32 B1 + 2 no. H32 B3 (4824 mm
2
) OK
Appendix A1
b) Span AB Deflection
Check end span-to-effective-depth ratio. Appendix B
Allowable l/d = N K F1 F2 F3
where
Appendix C7
N = Basic l/d: check whether r > r
0
and whether to use Exp.
(7.16a) or (7.16b)
Cl. 7.4.2(2),
Exp. (7.16a),
Exp. (7.16b)
4? leev||y |oeded l-|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
112
r = A
s
/A
c

= A
s,req
/[b
w
d + (b
eff
b
w
)h
f
] PD 6687
[6]
= 4158/[350 668 + (1780 350) 300]
= 4158/662800
= 0.63%
r
0
= f
ck
0.5
/1000 = 30
0.5
/1000 = 0.55%
r > r
0
= use Exp. (7.16b)
N = 11 + 1.5f
ck
0.5
r
0
/(r r' ) + f
ck
0.5
(r' /r
0
)
0.5
/12
= 11 + 1.5 (30
0.5
0.055/(0.063 0) + 30
0.5
(0/0.55)
1.5
= 11 + 7.2 + 0 = 18.2
Exp. (7.16b)
K = (end span) = 1.3 Table 7.4N & NA
F1 = (b
eff
/b
w
= 1780/350 = 5.1) = 0.80 Cl. 7.4.2(2),
Appendix C7
F2 = 7.0/l
eff
(span > 7.0 m) Cl. 7.4.2(2)
where
l
eff
= 9000 mm Cl. 5.3.2.2(1)
F2 = 7.0/9.0 = 0.77
F3 = 310/s
s
1.5 Cl. 7.4.2, Exp.
(7.17), Table 7.4N
& NA, Table NA.5
Note 5
where
s
s
in simple situations = (f
yk
/g
S
) (A
s,req
/A
s,prov
) (SLS loads/
ULS loads) (1/d). However in this case separate analysis
at SLS would be required to determine s
s
. Therefore as a
simplication use the conservative assumption:
Appendix B
310/s
s
= (500/f
yk
) (A
s,req
/A
s,prov
)
= (500/500) (4824/4158) = 1.16
Exp. (7.17)
= Permissible l/d = 18.2 1.3 0.80 0.77 1.16 = 16.9
Actual l/d = 9000/668 = 13.5
Permissible more than actual
= OK
= 4 no. H32 B1 + 2 no. H32 B3 (4824 mm
2
) OK
4.2.7 Flexural design, support B
At centreline of support B,
M = 1394 kNm
From analysis, at face of support
M
EdBA
= 1209 kNm
M
EdBC
= 1315 kNm
K = M
Ed
/b
w
d
2
f
ck
Cl. 5.3.2.2(3)

2.18 of PD 6687
[6]
suggests that r in T sections should be based on the area
of concrete above the centroid of the tension steel.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
113
where
b
w
= 350 mm
d = 750 35 12 32/2 = 687 mm
assuming 10 mm link and H32 in support but allowing for
H12 T in slab
f
ck
= 30 MPa
= K = 1315 10
6
/(350 687
2
30) = 0.265
for d = 0.85, K' = 0.168: to restrict x/d to 0.45, K' = 0.167
= Compression steel required
Appendix A1
Table C4
z = (d/2) [1 + (1 3.53 K' )
0.5
]
= (687/2) [1 + (1 3.53 0.167)
0.5
]
= (687/2) (1 + 0.64) < 0.95d
= 563 mm
A
s2
= (K K' )f
ck
bd
2
/f
sc
(d d
2
)
where
d
2
= 35 + 10 + 32/2 = 61 mm
f
sc
= 700(x d
2
)/x < f
yd
where
x = 2.5 (d z) = 2.5 (687 563) = 310 mm
f
sc
= 700 (310 61)/310 < 500/1.15
= 562 MPa but limited to 434.8 MPa
=A
s2
= (0.265 0.167) 30 350 687
2
/[434.8(687 61) ] = 1784 mm
2
Try 4 no. H25 B (1964 mm
2
)
Fig. 3.5,
Appendix A1,
How to: Beams
A
s
= M'/f
yd
z + A
s2
f
sc
/f
yd
= K' f
ck
bd
2
/(f
yd
z) + A
s2
f
sc
/f
yd
= 0.167 30 350 687
2
/(434.8 563) + 1570
434.8/434.8
= 3380 + 1784 = 5164 mm
2
Try 4 no. H32 T + 4 no. H25 T (5180 mm
2
)
Appendix A1
This reinforcement should be spread over b
eff
.
b
eff
= b
eff1
+ b
w
+ b
eff2
Cl. 9.2.1.2(2),
Fig. 9.1
Cl. 5.3.2.1,
Fig. 5.3
where
b
eff1
= (0.2b
1
+ 0.1l
0
) 0.2 l
0
b
1
where
b
1
= distance between webs/2.
Assuming beams at 7000 mm cc
= (7000 350)/2 = 3325 mm
l
0
= 0.15 (l
1
+ l
2
) Fig. 5.2
= 0.15 (9000 + 8000) = 2550 mm
4? leev||y |oeded l-|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
114
=b
eff1
= 0.2 3325 + 0.1 2550 0.2 2550 3325
= 920 510 3325
= 510 mm
b
w
= 350 mm
b
eff2
= (0.2b
2
+ 0.1l
0
) 0.2 l
0
b
2
where
b
2
= 0 mm
b
eff2
= 0 mm
= b
eff
= 510 + 350 + 0 = 860 mm
Use 4 no. H32 T + 4 no. H25 T (5180 mm
2
) @ approx 100 mm cc
b
w
= 350 mm
4H25
4H25 4H32
b
eff
= 860 mm
Figure
4.13 Support B reinforcement pp
4.2.8 Flexural design, span BC
a) Span BC Flexure
M
Ed
= 684 kNm
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
where
b = b
eff
= b
eff1
+ b
w
+ b
eff2
Cl. 5.3.2.1, Fig. 5.3
where
b
eff1
= (0.2b
1
+ 0.1l
0
) 0.2l
0
b
1
where
b
1
= distance between webs/2.
Assuming beams at 7000 mm cc
= (7000 350)/2 = 3325 mm Fig. 5.2
l
0
= 0.85 l
1
= 0.85 8000 = 6800 mm
b
eff1
= 0.2 3325 + 0.1 6800 0.2 6800 3325
= 1345 1360 3325
= 1360 mm
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
115
b
w
= 350 mm
b
eff2
= (0.2b
2
+ 0.1l
0
) 0.2 l
0
b
2
where
b
2
= 0 mm
b
eff2
= 0 mm
= b = 1360 + 350 + 0 = 1710 mm
d = 750 35 10 32/2 = 689 mm
assuming 10 mm link and H32 in span.
f
ck
= 30 MPa
= K = 684 10
6
/ (1710 689
2
30)
= 0.028
By inspection, K K' = section under-reinforced and no compression
reinforcement required.
Appendix A1
z = (d/2) [1 + (1 3.53K)
0.5
] 0.95d
= (689/2) (1 + 0.95) 0.95 689
= 672 > 655 = z = 655 mm
Appendix A1
By inspection, x < 1.25 h
f
; design as rectangular section
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
= 684 10
6
/(434.8 655) = 2402 mm
2
Try 2 no. H32 B + 2 no. H25 B (2590 mm
2
)
Appendix A1
b) Span BC Deflection
By inspection, compared with span AB OK
4.2.9 Flexural design, support C
By inspection, use 2 no. H25 U-bars as support A.
Use 2 no. H25 U-bars
4.2.10 Design for beam shear, support A
At d from face of support
V
Ed
= 646 (350/2 + 0.689) (1.35 46.0 + 1.5 63.3) Cl. 6.2.1(8)
ECO: A1.2.2, NA
& Exp. (6.10a)
= 646 0.864 157.1 = 510.3 kN
Check maximum shear resistance.
V
Rd, max
= a
cw
b
w
zvf
cd
/(cot y + tan y) Exp. (6.9) & NA
where
a
cw
= 1.0 Cl. 6.2.3 & NA
b
w
= 350 mm as before
z = 0.9d Cl. 6.2.3(1)
4? leev||y |oeded l-|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
116
v = 0.6 (1 f
ck
/250) = 0.6 (1 30/250) = 0.528 Cl. 6.2.3(3)
Note 1, Exp.
(6.6N) & NA
f
cd
= 30/1.5 = 20.0 MPa Cl. 2.4.2.4(1) & NA
y = angle of inclination of strut.
= 0.5 sin
1
{v
Ed,z
/[0.20 f
ck
(1 f
ck
/250) ] } cot
1
2.5
Exp. (6.9),
Appendix A2
where
v
Ed,z
= V
Ed
/b
z
= V
Ed
/(b 0.9d)
= 510.3 10
3
/(350 0.9 689) = 2.35 MPa
y = 0.5 sin
1
{2.35/[0.20 30 (1 30/250) ] } cot
1
2.5
= 0.5 sin
1
(0.445) cot
1
2.5
= 0.5 26.4 21.8
= 21.8
= V
Rd,max
= 1.0 350 0.90 689 0.528 20.0/(2.5 + 0.4) = 790 kN
= OK
Shear reinforcement:
Shear links: shear resistance with links
V
Rd,s
= (A
sw
/s) z f
ywd
cot y
= A
sw
/s V
Ed
/z f
ywd
cot y
Exp. (6.8)
where
A
sw
/s = area of legs of links/link spacing
z = 0.9d as before
f
ywd
= 500/1.15 = 434.8
Cl. 2.4.2.4(1)
& NA
cot y = 2.5 as before
A
sw
/s 510.3 10
3
/(0.9 689 434.8 2.5) = 0.76
Minimum A
sw
/s = r
w,min
b
w
sin a Cl. 9.2.2(5),
Exp. (9.4)
where
r
w,min
= 0.08 f
ck
0.5
/f
yk
= 0.08 30
0.5
/500
Exp. (9.5N) & NA
= 0.00088
b
w
= 350 mm as before
a = angle between shear reinforcement and the longitudinal
axis. For vertical reinforcement sin a = 1.0
= Minimum A
sw
/s = 0.00088 350 1 = 0.03
But,
maximum spacing of links longitudinally = 0.75d = 516 mm
= Try H10 @ 200 cc in 2 legs (A
sw
/s = 0.78)
Cl. 9.2.2(6)
4.2.11 Design for high beam shear, support B
As uniformly distributed load predominates consider at d from
face of support. Cl. 6.2.1(8)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
117
V
Ed
= 1098 (350/2 + 0.689) (1.35 46.0 + 1.5 63.3)
= 1098 0.864 157.1 = 962.3 kN
By inspection, shear reinforcement required and cot y < 2.5.
Check V
Rd, max
(to determine y)
Check maximum shear resistance.
As before,
V
Rd, max
= a
cw
b
w
zvf
cd
/(cot y + tan y). Exp. (6.9) & NA
where
a
cw
, b
w
, z, v and f
cd
as before
y = 0.5 sin
1
{v
Ed,z
/[0.20 f
ck
(1 f
ck
/250) ] } cot
1
2.5 Exp. (6.9)
where
v
Ed,z
= V
Ed
/bz = V
Ed
/(b0.9d)
= 962.3 10
3
/(350 0.9 687) = 4.45 MPa
Cl. 6.2.3(1)
y = 0.5 sin
1
{4.45/[0.20 30 (1 30/250) ] } cot
1
2.5
= 0.5 sin
1
(0.843) cot
1
2.5
= 0.5 57.5 21.8
= 28.7
Exp. (6.9)
cot y = 1.824 i.e. > 1.0 =OK Cl. 6.2.3(2) & NA
tan y = 0.548
= V
Rd,max
= 1.0 350 0.90 687 0.528 20.0/(1.824 + 0.548)
= 963.4 kN OK
(i.e. V
Rd,max
V
Ed
)
Shear reinforcement:
Shear links: shear resistance with links
V
Rd,s
= (A
sw
/s)zf
ywd
cot y
= A
sw
/s V
Ed
/zf
ywd
cot y
Exp. (6.8)
A
sw
/s 962.3 10
3
/(0.9 687 434.8 1.824) = 1.96
= Use H10 @ 150 cc in 4 legs (A
sw
/s = 2.09)
4.2.12 Design for beam shear (using design chart),
support B
C
At d from face of support,
V
Ed
= 794 0.864 157.1 = 658.3 kN
v
Ed,z
= V
Ed
/bz = V
Ed
/(b0.9d)
= 658.3 10
3
/ (350 0.9 687) = 3.04 MPa
Cl. 6.2.1(8)
From chart A
sw
/s
reqd
/m width = 2.75
A
sw
/s
reqd
= 2.75 0.35 = 0.96
= Use H10 in 2 legs @ 150 mm cc (A
sw
/s = 1.05)
Fig. C1b)
4? leev||y |oeded l-|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
118
4.2.13 Check shear capacity for general case
In mid span use H10 in 2 legs @ 300 mm cc (A
sw
/s = 0.52)
z A
sw
/s
reqd
/m width = 1.48 and an allowable v
Ed,z
= 1.60 MPa
z 1.60 350 0.90 687 = V
Ed
= 346 kN
From analysis, V
Ed
= 346.2 kN occurs at:
(646 346)/157.1 = 1900 mm from A,
(1098 346 1.25 88.7 1.5 138.7)/157.1 = 2755 mm from B
A
,
(794 346)/157.1 = 2850 mm from B
C

and
(499 346)/157.1 = 970 mm from C
Fig. C1b)
4.2.14 Summary of design
2H32 U-bars
A
4H32 + 4H25T 2H25 U-bars
H10 links in 2 legs
4H32 B1 + 2H32 B3
@ 300 @ 300 @ 150 @ 150 @ 150 @ 150
H10 links in 2 legs @ 150cc
1
1
4H25B 2H32 + 2H25B
1050 2850 2850 1950
B C
Figure 4.14 Summary of L-beam design
350 510
4H25 4H32
H10 in 4 legs
@ 150
Figure 4.15 L-beam section 11
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
119

q
k
= 45.8 kN/m
g
k
= 47.8 kN/m
A B C D E
7500 7500 7500 7500
Figure 4.16 Continuous wide T-beam
This central spine beam supports the ribbed slab in Example 3.3.
The 300 mm deep ribbed slab is required for an office to support
a variable action of 5 kN/m
2
. The beam is the same depth as the
slab and is supported on 400 mm square columns, see Figure
4.17. f
ck
= 35 MPa; f
yk
= 500 MPa. A 1-hour fire resistance is
required in an internal environment. Assume that partitions are
liable to be damaged by excessive deflections.
C
L
100
200
200 800 1000
Figure 4.17 Section through T-beam
4.3 Continuous wide T-beam
4.3.1 Actions
Permanent, UDL

:
From analysis of slab, g
k
= 47.8 kN/m
Variable:
From analysis of slab, q
k
= 45.8 kN/m

The actions may also have been estimated assuming an elastic reaction factor
of 1.1 for the slab viz:
kN/m
Permanent: UDL
Loads from ribbed slab (7.50 + 9.0)/2 4.30 1.1 = 39.0
Self-weight/patch load extra over solid 2.0 4.17 = 8.3
47.3
Variable:
Imposed (7.50 + 9.0)/2 5.00 1.1 = 45.4
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Continuous wide T-beam
43 Cont|nuous w|de -|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
120
4.3.2 Cover
Nominal cover, c
nom
:
c
nom
= c
min
+ Dc
dev
Exp. (4.1)
where
c
min
= max[c
min,b
; c
min,dur
]
where
c
min,b
= minimum cover due to bond Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
= diameter of bar. Assume 25 mm main bars and
8 mm links
c
min,dur
= minimum cover due to environmental conditions.
Assuming XC1 and C30/37 concrete, c
min,dur
= 15 mm
Table 4.1
BS 8500-1;
Table A4
Dc
dev
= allowance in design for deviation. Assuming no
measurement of cover Dc
dev
= 10 mm Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
= c
nom
= 15 + 10 = 25 mm to links
or = 25 + 10 = 35 mm to main bars
Use 10 mm diameter links to give c
nom
= 35 mm to main bars
and 25 mm to links (as per ribbed slab design).
Fire:
Check adequacy of section for REI 60.
EC2-1-2: 5.6.3
EC2-1-2:
Table 5.6
Axis distance required:
Minimum width b
min
= 120 mm with a = 25 mm
or b
min
= 200 mm with a = 12 mm
EC2-1-2:
Table 5.6
= at 2000 mm wide (min.) a < 12 mm
By inspection, not critical.
Use 25 mm nominal cover to links
4.3.3 Idealisation, load combination and arrangement
Load combination:
By inspection, Exp. (6.10b) is critical.
47.8 1.25 + 45.8 1.5 = 128.5 kN/m

Fig. 2.5
EC0: Exp. (6.10b)
Idealisation:
This element is treated as a beam on pinned supports.
The beam will be provided with links to carry shear and to
accommodate the requirements of Cl. 9.2.5 indirect support of
the ribbed slab described in Section 3.3.8.
Arrangement:
Choose to use all-and-alternate-spans-loaded.
Cl. 5.1.3(1) &
NA: Table NA.1
(option b)

cf. 126.7 kN/m from analysis of slab (63.2 kN/m + 63.5 kN/m). See Figure 3.12.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
121
4.3.4 Analysis
Analysis by computer, assuming simple supports and including
15% redistribution at supports (with in this instance consequent
redistribution in span moments).
EC0: A1.2.2 &
NA;
Cl. 5.3.1 (6)
5.3.1(6)
Table 4.3 Elastic and redistributed moments, kNm
Span number 1 2 3 4
Elastic M 641.7 433.0 433.0 641.7
Redistributed M 606.4 393.2 393.2 606.4
d 0.945 0.908 0.908 0.945
800
657.4 kNm 657.4 kNm
516.0 kNm
606.4 kNm 606.4 kNm
393.2 kNm 393.2 kNm
600
400
200
200
400
800
600
0
A B C D E
Figure 4.18 Redistributed envelope, kNm
800
394.6 kN
569.1 kN
462.6 kN
517.9 kN
517.9 kN
569.1 kN
395.6 kN
462.6 kN
600
400
200
200
400
800
600
0
A B C D E
Figure 4.19 Redistributed shears, kN
43 Cont|nuous w|de -|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
122
4.3.5 Flexural design, span AB
a) Span AB (and DE) Flexure
M
Ed
= 606.4 kNm
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
where
b = b
eff
= b
eff1
+ b
w
+ b
eff2
Cl. 5.3.2.1,
Fig. 5.3
where
b
eff1
= (0.2b
1
+ 0.1l
0
) 0.2l
0
b
1
where
b
1
= distance between webs/2
Referring to Figures 3.8 and 3.9
= (7500 1000 550)/2 = 2975 mm
l
0
= 0.85 l
1
= 0.85 7500 = 6375 mm Fig. 5.2
b
eff1
= 0.2 2975 + 0.1 6375 0.2 6375 2975
= 1232 1275 2975
= 1232 mm
b
w
= 2000 mm
b
eff2
= (0.2b
2
+ 0.1l
0
) 0.2 l
0
b
2
where
b
2
= distance between webs/2.
Referring to Figures 3.8 and 3.9
= (9000 1000 550)/2 = 3725 mm
l
0
= 6375 mm as before
b
eff2
= 0.2 3725 + 0.1 6375 0.2 6375 3725
= 1382 1275 3725
= 1275 mm
b = 1232 + 2000 + 1275 = 4507 mm
d = 300 25 10 25/2 = 252 mm
assuming 10 mm link and H25 in span.
f
ck
= 35 MPa
K = 606.4 10
6
/(4507 252
2
35)
= 0.061
K' = 0.207 Appendix A1
or restricting x/d to 0.45
K' = 0.168
K K' = section under-reinforced and no compression
reinforcement required.
z = (d/2) [1 + (1 3.53K)
0.5
] 0.95d Appendix A1
= (252/2) (1 + 0.886) 0.95 252
= 238 239 = z =238 mm
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
123
But z = d 0.4 x Appendix A1
= x = 2.5(d z) = 2.5( 252 236) = 32 mm
= neutral axis in ange.
A
s
x < 1.25h
f
design as rectangular section.
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
where
f
yd
= 500/1.15 = 434.8 MPa
= 606.4 10
6
/(434.8 239) = 5835 mm
2
Try 12 no. H25 B (5892 mm
2
)
b) Span AB Deflection
Check span-to-effective-depth ratio. Appendix B
Allowable l/d = N K F1 F2 F3 Appendix C7
where
N = Basic l/d: check whether r > r
0
and whether to use Exp.
(7.16a) or (7.16b)
Cl. 7.4.2(2),
Exp. (7.16a),
Exp. (7.16b)
r = A
s
/A
c

= A
s,req
/[b
w
d + (b
eff
b
w
)h
f
] PD 6687
[6]
= 5835/[2000 252 + (4507 2000) 100]
= 5835/754700
= 0.77%
r
0
= f
ck
0.5
/1000 = 30
0.5
/1000 = 0.59%
r > r
0
= use Exp. (7.16b)
N = 11 + 1.5f
ck
0.5
r
0
/(r r') + f
ck
0.5
(r'/r
0
)
0.5
/12
= 11 + 1.5 (35
0.5
0.059/(0.077 0) + 35
0.5
(0/0.59)
1.5
= 11 + 6.8 + 0 = 17.8
Exp. (7.16b)
K = (end span) = 1.3 Table 7.4N & NA
F1 = (b
eff
/b
w
= 4057/2000 = 2.03) = 0.90 Cl. 7.4.2(2),
Appendix C7
F2 = 7.0/l
eff
(span > 7.0 m)
where
l
eff
= 7100 + 2 300/2 = 7400 mm
F2 = 7.0/7.4 = 0.95
Cl. 7.4.2(2),
5.3.2.2(1)
F3 = 310/s
s
1.5 Cl. 7.4.2, Exp.
(7.17), Table 7.4N
& NA, Table NA.5
Note 5
where

s
s
= (f
yk
/g
S
) (A
s,req
/A
s,prov
) (SLS loads/ULS loads) (1/d)
= 434.8 (5835/5892) [(47.8 + 0.3 45.8)/(1.25
47.8 + 1.5 45.8)] (1/0.945)
= 434.8 0.99 0.48 1.06
= 219 MPa

2.18 of PD 6687
[6]
suggests that r in T sections should be based on the area
of concrete above the centroid of the tension steel.

See Appendix B1.5


43 Cont|nuous w|de -|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
124
F3 = 310/s
s
= 310/219 = 1.41
= Permissible l/d = 17.8 1.3 0.90 0.95 1.41 = 27.9
Actual l/d = 7500/252 = 29.8 = no good
Try 13 no. H25 B (6383 mm
2
)
F3 = 310/s
s
= 310/219 13/12 = 1.53

= say 1.50
= Permissible l/d = 17.8 1.3 0.90 0.95 1.50 = 29.7
Actual l
eff
/d = 7400/252 = 29.4 Say OK
Use 13 no. H25 B (6383 mm
2
)
4.3.6 Flexural design, support B (and D)
At centreline of support:
M = 657.4 kNm
At face of support:
M
Ed
= 657.4 0.2 517.9 + 0.202 128.5/2
= 657.4 101.0
= 556.4 kNm
K = M
Ed
/b
w
d
2
f
ck
where
b
w
= 2000 mm
d = 300 25 cover 12 fabric 8 link 16 bar 25/2 bar
= 226 mm
Cl. 5.3.2.2(3)
25 cover
8 link
8 link
20 bar
25 cover
12 fabric
16 bar
25 cover
8 link
25 bar
16 bar
Figure 4.20 Section at rib-beam interface
K = 556.4 10
6
/(2000 226
2
35) = 0.156
By inspection, K < K'
K' = 0.167 maximum (or for d = 0.85, K' = 0.168)
= No compression steel required.
Appendix A1
Table C.4

Both A
s,prov
/A
s,req
and any adjustment to N obtained from Exp. (7.16a) or Exp.
(7.16b) is restricted to 1.5 by Note 5 to Table NA.5 in the UK NA.
NA, Table NA.5
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
125
z = (226/2)[1 + (1 3.53 K' )
0.5
]
= (226/2)[1 + (1 3.53 0.156)
0.5
]
= (226/2) (1 + 0.67) < 0.95d
= 189 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
= 556.4 10
6
/(434.8 189) = 6770 mm
2
Try 14 no. H25 T (6874 mm
2
)
To be spread over b
eff
Cl. 9.2.1.2(2),
Fig. 9.1
b
eff
= b
eff1
+ b
w
+ b
eff2
Cl. 5.3.2.1,
Fig. 5.3
where
b
eff1
= (0.2b
1
+ 0.1l
0
) 0.2l
0
b
1
where
b
1
referring to Figure 3.9
= (7500 1000 550)/2 = 2975 mm
l
0
= 0.15 (l
1
+ l
2
) = 0.15 (7500 + 7500) = 2250 mm
b
eff1
= 0.2 2975 + 0.1 2250 0.2 2250 2975
= 820 450 2975 Fig. 5.2
= 450 mm
b
w
= 2000 mm
b
eff2
= 450 mm as before
= b
eff
= 450 + 2000 + 450 = 2900 mm
Check cracking:
Spacing = 2900 2 (25 10 25/2)/(14 1) = 216 mm
s
s
= (f
yk
/g
S
) (A
s,req
/A
s,prov
) (SLS loads/ULS loads) (1/d)
= 434.8 (6770/6874) [ (47.8 + 0.3 45.8)/
(1.25 47.8 + 1.5 45.8) (1/0.85)
= 434.8 0.98 0.48 1.18 = 241 MPa
Cl. 7.3.3
As loading is the cause of cracking satisfy either Table 7.2N or Table 7.3N Cl. 7.3.3(2) &
Note
For w
k
= 0.4 and s
s
= 240 MPa max. spacing = 250 mm = OK Table 7.3N
4.3.7 Flexural design, span BC (and CD similar)
a) Flexure
M
Ed
= 393.2 kNm
K = M
Ed
/bd
2
f
ck
where
b = b
eff
= b
eff1
+ b
w
+ b
eff2
Cl. 5.3.2.1,
Fig. 5.3
where
b
eff1
= (0.2b
1
+ 0.1l
0
) 0.2l
0
b
1

43 Cont|nuous w|de -|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
126
where
b
1
referring to Figure 3.9
= (7500 1000 550)/2 = 2975 mm
l
0
= 0.70 l
2
= 0.7 7500 = 5250 mm
b
eff1
= 0.2 2975 + 0.1 5250 0.2 5250 2975 Fig. 5.2
= 1120 1050 2975
= 1050 mm
b
w
= 2000 mm
b
eff2
= (0.2b
2
+ 0.1l
0
) 0.2l
0
b
2
where
b
2
= distance between webs/2
Referring to Figures 3.8 and 3.9
= (9000 1000 550)/2 = 3725 mm
l
0
= 5250 mm as before
b
eff2
= 0.2 3725 + 0.1 5250 0.2 5250 3725
= 1270 1050 3725
= 1270 mm
b = 1050 + 2000 + 1270 = 4320 mm
d = 252 mm as before
assuming 10 mm link and H25 in span
f
ck
= 30
K = 393.2 10
6
/(4320 252
2
35)
= 0.041
By inspection, K K' = section under-reinforced and no compression
reinforcement required.
Appendix A1
z = (d/2) [1 + (1 3.53K)0.5] 0.95d
= (252/2) (1 + 0.924) 0.95 252
= 242 > 239 = z = 239 mm
Appendix A1
By inspection, x < 1.25 h
f
= design as rectangular section Appendix A1
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
= 393.2 10
6
/(434.8 239) = 3783 mm
2
Try 8 no. H25 B (3928 mm
2
)
b) Deflection
By inspection, compared to span AB OK
But for the purposes of illustration:
Check span-to-effective-depth ratio. Appendix B
Allowable l/d = N K F1 F2 F3 Appendix C7
where
N = Basic l/d: check whether to use Exp. (7.16a) or (7.16b) Cl. 7.4.2(2)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
127
r
0
= 0.59% (for f
ck
= 35)
r = A
s
/A
c

= A
s,req
/[b
w
d + (b
eff
b
w
)h
f
]
where
b
w
= 2000 mm
r = 3783/(2000 252 + (4320 2000) 100)
= 3783/736000
= 0.51%
r < r
0
= use Exp. (7.16a)
N = 11 + 1.5f
ck
0.5
r
0
/r + 3.2f
ck
0.5
(r
0
/r 1)1.5
= 11 + 1.5 35
0.5
0.059/0.051 + 3.2 35
0.5
(0.059/0.051 1)
1.5
= 11 + 10.2 + 23.5 = 17.8
= 44.7
Exp. (7.16a)
K = (internal span) = 1.5 Table 7.4N & NA
F1 = (b
eff
/b
w
= 4320/2000 = 2.16) = 0.88 Cl. 7.4.2(2),
Appendix C7
F2 = 7.0/l
eff
= 7.0/7.4 = (span > 7.0 m) = 0.95 Cl. 7.4.2(2)
F3 = 310/s
s
1.5 Cl. 7.4.2,
Exp. (7.17)
Table 7.4N, &
NA, Table NA.5
Note 5
where

s
s
= (f
yk
/g
S
) (A
s,req
/A
s,prov
) (SLS loads/ULS loads) (1/d)
= 434.8 (3783/3828) [(47.8 + 0.3 45.8)/(1.25
47.8 + 1.5 45.8)] (1/0.908)
= 434.8 0.99 0.48 1.10
= 227 MPa
F3 = 310/ s
s
= 310/227 = 1.37
= Permissible l/d = 44.7 1.37 0.88 0.95 1.37 = 70.1
Actual l/d = 7500/252 = 29.8 = OK
Use 8 no. H25 B (3928 mm
2
)
#
c) Hogging
Assuming curtailment of top reinforcement at 0.30l + a
l
, How to: Detailing
From analysis M
Ed
at 0.3l from BC (& DC) = 216.9 kNm
at 0.3l from CB (& CD) = 185.6 kNm
K = 216.9 10
6
/(2000 226
2
35) = 0.061
By inspection, K < K'

2.18 of PD 6687
[6]
suggests that r in T sections should be based on the area
of concrete above the centroid of the tension steel.

See Appendix B1.5


#
12 no. H20 B (3768 mm
2
) used to suit nal arrangement of links.
43 Cont|nuous w|de -|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
128
z = (226/2)[1 + (1 3.53 K')
0.5
]
= (226/2)[1 + (1 3.53 0.061)
0.5
]
= (226/2) (1 + 0.89) < 0.95d
= 214 mm < 215 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
= 216.9 10
6
/(434.8 214) = 2948 mm
2
Use 12 no. H20 T (3748 mm
2
)
(to suit links and bottom steel)
Top steel at supports may be curtailed down to 12 no. H20 T at
0.3l + a
l
= 0.3 7500 + 1.25 214 = 2518 say 2600 mm from
centreline of support.
Cl. 9.2.1.3(2)
4.3.8 Flexural design, support C
At centreline of support,
M = 516.0 kNm
At face of support, Cl. 5.3.2.2(3)
M
Ed
= 516.0 0.2 462.6 + 0.20
2
128.5/2
= 516.0 90.0
= 426.0 kNm
K = M
Ed
/b
w
d
2
f
ck
where
b
w
= 2000 mm
d = 226 mm as before
K = 426.0 10
6
/(2000 226
2
35) = 0.119
By inspection, K < K'
z = (226/2) [1 + (1 3.53K)
0.5
]
= (226/2) [1 + (1 3.53 0.119)
0.5
]
= (226/2) (1 + 0.76) < 0.95d
= 199 mm
A
s
= M
Ed
/f
yd
z
= 426.0 10
6
/(434.8 199) = 4923 mm
2
Try 10 no. H25 T (4910 mm
2
)

4.3.9 Design for beam shear


a) Support A (and E)
At d from face of support,
V
Ed
= 394.6 (0.400/2 + 0252) 128.5 = 336.5 kN Cl. 6.2.1(8)
Maximum shear resistance:
By inspection, V
Rd,max
OK and cot y = 2.5

12 no. H25 used to suit nal arrangement of links.


This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
129
However, for the purpose of illustration: check shear capacity,
V
Rd,max
= a
cw
b
w
zvf
cd
/ (cot y + tan y)
where Exp. (6.9) & NA
a
cw
= 1.0
b
w
= 2000 mm as before
z = 0.9d
v = 0.6 [1 f
ck
/250] = 0.516 Cl. 6.2.3(1)
f
cd
= 35/1.5 = 23.3 MPa
y = angle of inclination of strut.
By inspection, cot
1
y << 21.8. But cot y restricted to
2.5 and = tan y = 0.4.
Cl. 6.2.3(2)
& NA
V
Rd,max
= 1.0 2000 0.90 252 0.516 23.3/(2.5 + 04)
= 2089.5 kN
= OK
Shear links: shear resistance with links
\
Rd,s
= (A
sw
/s) z f
ywd
cot y V
Ed
Exp. (6.8)
= for V
Ed
V
Rd,s
A
sw
/s V
Ed
/z f
ywd
cot y
where
A
sw
/s = area of legs of links/link spacing
z = 0.9d as before
f
ywd
= 500/1.15 = 434.8
cot y = 2.5 as before
A
sw
/s 336.5 10
3
/(0.9 252 434.8 2.5) = 1.36
Minimum A
sw
/s = r
w,min
b
w
sin a
Cl. 9.2.2(5),
Exp. (9.4)
where
r
w,min
= 0.08 f
ck
0.5
/f
yk
= 0.08 35
0.5
/500 = 0.00095
Exp. (9.5N) & NA
b
w
= 2000 mm as before
a = angle between shear reinforcement and the longitudinal axis.
For vertical reinforcement sin a = 1.0
Minimum A
sw
/s = 0.00095 2000 1 = 1.90
But,
maximum spacing of links longitudinally = 0.75d = 183 mm Cl. 9.2.2(6)
Maximum spacing of links laterally = 0.75d 600 mm = 183 mm
H10s required to maintain 35 mm cover to H25
= Use H10 @ 175 cc both ways
i.e. H10 in 12

legs @ 175 mm cc (A
sw
/s = 5.38)
Cl. 9.2.2(8)

(2000 mm 2 25 mm cover 10 mm diameter)/175 = 11 spaces, = 12 legs.


43 Cont|nuous w|de -|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
130
b) Support B (and C and D)
By inspection, the requirement for minimum reinforcement and, in
this instance, for H10 legs of links will outweigh design requirements.
Nonetheless check capacity of A
sw
/s = 5.38
V
Rd,s
= (A
sw
/s) z f
ywd
cot y Exp. (6.8)
= 5.38 0.9 252 434.8 2.5 = 1326.3 kN
Maximum shear at support = 517.9 kN
i.e. capacity of minimum links not exceeded.
By inspection, the requirement for indirect support of the ribs of the
slab using 87 mm
2
/rib within 150 mm of centreline of ribs (at 900 mm
centres) and within 50 mm of rib/solid interface is adequately catered
for and will not unduly effect the shear capacity of the beam.
Use 150 mm centres to tie in with 900 mm centres of ribs
= Use H10 in 12 legs @ 150 mm cc (A
sw
/s = 6.28) throughout beam
Cl. 9.2.5,
Section 3.4.8
4.3.10 Check for punching shear, column B
As the beam is wide and shallow it should be checked for punching shear.
At B, applied shear force, V
Ed
= 569.1 + 517.9 = 1087.0 kN.
Check at perimeter of 400 400 mm column:
v
Ed
= bV
Ed
/u
i
d < v
Rd,max
Cl. 6.4.3(2),
6.4.5(3)
where
b = factor dealing with eccentricity; recommended value 1.15
V
Ed
= applied shear force Fig. 6.21N & NA
u
i
= control perimeter under consideration. For punching shear
adjacent to interior columns u
0
= 2(c
x
+ c
y
) = 1600 mm
Cl. 6.4.5(3)
d = mean d = (245 + 226)/2 = 235 mm Exp. (6.32)
v
Ed
= 1.15 1087.0 10
3
/1600 235 = 3.32 MPa
v
Rd,max
= 0.5vf
cd
Cl. 6.4.5(3) Note
where
v = 0.6(1 f
ck
/250) = 0.516 Exp. (6.6) & NA
f
cd
= a
cc
lf
ck
/g
C
= 1.0 1.0 35/1.5 = 23.3
v
Rd,max
= 0.5 0.516 23.3 = 6.02 MPa = OK Table C7

Check shear stress at basic perimeter u


1
(2.0d from face of column):
v
Ed
= bV
Ed
/u
1
d < v
Rd,c
where
Cl. 6.4.2
b, V
Ed
and d as before Fig. 6.13
In this case, at the perimeter of the column, it is assumed that the strut angle
is 45, i.e. that cot y = 1.0. In other cases, where cot y < 1.0, v
Rd,max
is available
from Table C7.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
131
u
1
= control perimeter under consideration. For punching shear
at 2d from interior columns
= 2(c
x
+ c
y
) + 2 2d
= 1600 + 2 2 235 = 4553 mm
v
Ed
= 1.15 1087.0 10
3
/4553 235 = 1.17 MPa
v
Rd,c
= 0.18/ g
C
k (100 r
l
f
ck
)
0.333
Exp. (6.47) & NA
where
g
C
= 1.5
k = 1 + (200/d)
0.5
2
= 1 +(200/235)
0.5
= 1.92
r
l
= (r
ly,
r
lz
)
0.5
Cl. 6.4.4.1(1)
where
r
ly,
r
lz
= Reinforcement ratio of bonded steel in the y and
z direction in a width of the column plus 3d each
side of column.
= 6874/(2000 226) = 0.0152
r
lz
= 741/(900 245) = 0.0036
r
l
= (0.0152 0.0036)
0.5
= 0.0074
f
ck
= 35
v
Rd,c
= 0.18/1.5 1.92 (100 0.0074 35)
0.333
= 0.68 MPa

Table C6
#
= punching shear reinforcement required
Shear reinforcement (assuming rectangular arrangement of links):
At the basic control perimeter, u
1
, 2d from the column:
A
sw
(v
Ed
0.75v
Rd,c
) s
r
u
1
/1.5f
ywd,ef
) Exp. (6.52)
where
s
r
= 175 mm Cl. 9.4.3(1)
f
ywd,ef
= effective design strength of reinforcement
= (250 + 0.25d) < f
yd
= 309 MPa Cl. 6.4.5(1)
For perimeter u
1
A
sw
= (1.17 0.75 0.68) 175 4553/(1.5 309) = 1135 mm
2
per
perimeter
Try 15 no. H10 (1177 mm
2
)

See Section 3.4.14 with respect to possible limit of 2.0 or 2.5 on V


Ed
/V
Rd,c

within punching shear requirements.
#
v
Rd,c
for various values of d and r
l
is available from Table C6.
43 Cont|nuous w|de -|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
132
Check availability of reinforcement

:
1st perimeter to be > 0.3d but < 0.5d, i.e between 70 mm and 117
mm from face of column. Say 0.4d = 100 mm from face of column.
Fig. 9.10,
9.4.3(4)
By inspection of Figure 4.21. the equivalent of 14 locations are
available between 70 mm and 117 mm from face of column therefore
say OK.
150
470 200 200 470
C
L
C
L
u
1
s = 150 mm
24 H10 legs
in u
1
perimeter
H10 legs
of links
150 150 150 150 150
900
600
70
58
1
7
5
1
7
5
1
7
5
1
7
5
1
7
5
1
7
5
Figure 4.21 Shear links and punching shear perimeter u
1
Perimeter at which no punching shear links are required:
u
out
= V
Ed
b/(d v
Rd,c
)
u
out
= 1087 1.15 10
3
/(235 0.68) = 7826 mm
Length of column faces = 4 400 = 1600 mm
Radius to u
out
= (7823 1600)/2 = 990 mm
from face of column i.e. in ribs, therefore beam shear governs

The same area of shear reinforcement is required for all perimeters inside or
outside perimeter u
1
. See Section 3.4.13.
Punching shear reinforcement is also subject to requirements for minimum
reinforcement and spacing of shear reinforcement (see Cl. 9.4.3). The centre of
links from the centreline of the column shown in Figure 4.21 have been adjusted to
accommodate a perimeter of links at between 0.3d and 0.5d from the column face.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
133
4.3.11 Summary of design
A
14H25T
H10 links in
12 legs @ 150 cc
13H25B 13H25B 12H20B 12H20B
B C D E
X
X
14H25T 12H25T
12H20T 12H20T
Figure 4.23 Section XX
43 Cont|nuous w|de -|eem
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
134
Columns
General
he ce|cu|et|ons |n th|s sect|on |||ustrete
S! Les|gn o e non-s|ender edge co|umn us|ng hend ce|cu|et|on
S? Les|gn o e per|meter co|umn us|ng |teret|on o equet|ons to determ|ne re|norcement
requ|rements
S3 Les|gn o en |nterne| co|umn w|th h|gh ex|e| |oed
S4 Les|gn o e s|ender co|umn requ|r|ng e two-hour ure res|stence
ln genere|, ex|e| |oeds end urst order moments ere essumed to |e eve||e||e he des|gns cons|der
s|enderness |n order to determ|ne des|gn moments, /
ld
he co|umns ere des|gned end chec|ed
or ||ex|e| |end|ng he eects o e||ow|ng or |mperect|ons ere |||ustreted
A genere| method o des|gn|ng co|umns |s es o||ows ln prect|ce, severe| o these steps mey |e
com||ned
Leterm|ne des|gn ||e N EC0 & NA Table NA 2.1
Assess ect|ons on the co|umn N EC1 (10 parts) & UK NAs
Leterm|ne wh|ch com||net|ons o ect|ons epp|y N EC0 & NA Tables NA A1.1
& NA A1.2(B)
Assess dure||||ty requ|rements end determ|ne concrete N
strength
BS 85001
Chec| cover requ|rements or eppropr|ete |re N
res|stence per|od
Approved Document B,
EC212
Leterm|ne cover or |re, dure||||ty end |ond N Cl. 4.4.1
Ane|yse structure or cr|t|ce| com||net|on moments N
end ex|e| orces
Section 5
Chec| s|enderness end determ|ne des|gn moments N Section 5.8
Leterm|ne eree o re|norcement requ|red N Section 6.1
Chec| spec|ng o |ers end ||n|s N Sections 8 & 9
5
5.0
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
Co|umns
135
A 300 mm square column on the edge of a at slab structure
supports an axial load of 1620 kN and rst order moments of
38.5 kNm top and 38.5 kNm bottom in one direction only

. The
concrete is grade C30/37, f
ck
f = 30 MPa and cover, c
nom
, = 25 mm.
The 250 mm thick at slabs are at 4000 mm vertical centres.
N
Ed
= 1620 kN
38.5 kNm
38.5 kNm
Figure 5.1 Forces in edge column
5.1.1 Check slenderness, l
Effective length

, l
0
= factor l Cl. 5.8.3.2
where
factor = from Table C16, condition 2 each end Table C16, Table C16,
= 0.85 PD 6687: 2.10
l = clear height = 3750 mm l
= l
0
= 0.85 3750 = 3187 mm
Slenderness l = l
0
/i Exp. (5.14)

For examples of load take-downs and 1st order moment analysis see Section
5.3.2

Effective lengths are covered in Eurocode 2 Cl. 5.8.3.2 and Exp. (5.15). The
effective length of most columns will be l /2< l
0
l < l (see Eurocode 2 Figure 5.7f). l
PD 6687
[6]
Cl. 2.10 suggests that using the procedure outlined in Eurocode 2
(5.8.3.2(3) and 5.8.3.2(5)) leads to similar effective lengths to those tabulated
in BS 8110
[7]
and reproduced in Table 5.1 of Concise Eurocode 2
[5]
and in this
publication as Table C16. For simplicity, tabular values are used in this example.
However, experience suggests that these tabulated values are conservative.
Fig. 5.7
PD 6687
[6]
:
Cl. 2.10
Cl. 5.8.3.2(3)
5.8.3.2(5)
Table C16 Table C16
5.1 Edge column
he |ntent|on o th|s ce|cu|et|on |s to show e typ|ce| hend ce|cu|et|on thet me|es reerence
to des|gn cherts
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Edge column
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
136
where
i = radius of gyration
= h/12
0.5
for rectangular sections
l = 3187 3.46/300 = 36.8
5.1.2 Limiting slenderness, l
lim
l
lim
= 20 ABC/n
0.5
Exp. (5.13N)
where
A = 0.7 (default) Cl. 5.8.3.1(1)
B = 1.1 (default)
C = 1.7 r
m
= 1.7 M
01
/M
02
= 1.7 38.5/(38.5) = 2.7
n = N
Ed
/A
c
f
cd
= 1620 10
3
/(300
2
0.85 30/1.5)
= 1.06
l
lim
= 20 ABC/n
0.5
= 20 0.7 1.1 2.7/1.06
0.5
In this example l
lim
= 40.4 i.e. > 36.8 = Column not slender
5.1.3 Design moments
M
Ed
= max[M
02
; M
0Ed
+ M
2
; M
01
+ 0.5M
2
] Cl. 5.8.8.2(1)
where
M
02
= M + e
i
N
Ed
e
0
N
Ed
Cl. 5.8.8.2, 6.1.4
where
M = 38.5 kNm
e
i
= l
0
/400
e
0
= max[h/30; 20] = max[300/30; 20] = 20 mm
Cl. 5.2.7, 5.2.9
Cl. 6.1.4
M
02
= 38.5 + 1620 3.187/400 0.02 1620
= 38.5 + 12.9 32.4 kNm
= 51.4 kNm
M
0Ed
= 0.6M
02
+ 0.4M
01
0.4M
02
= 0.6 51.4 + 0.4 (38.5 + 12.9) 0.4 51.4
= 20.6 20.6
= 20.6
M
2
= 0 (column is not slender)
M
01
= M
02
= max[M
02
; M
0Ed
+ M
2
; M
01
+ 0.5M
2
] = 51.4 kNm = M
Ed
= 51.4 kNm
5.1.4 Design using charts (see Appendix C)
d
2
= c
nom
+ link + f/2 = 25 + 8 + 16 = 49
d
2
/h = 49/300 = 0.163
= interpolating between d
2
/h = 0.15 and 0.20 Figs. C5c), C5d)
for
N
Ed
/bhf
ck
= 1620 10
3
/(300
2
30) = 0.60
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
137
S! ldge co|umn
M
Ed
/bh
2
f
ck
= 51.4 10
6
/(300
3
30) = 0.063
A
s
f
yk
/bhf
ck
= 0.24
A
s
= 0.24 300
2
30/500 = 1296 mm
2
Try 4 no. H25 (1964 mm
2
)
5.1.5 Check for biaxial bending
l
y
/l
z
1.0 Cl. 5.8.9
i.e. l
y
/l
z
2.0 = OK but check Exp. (5.38b) Exp. (5.38a)
As a worst case M
Edy
may coexist with e
0
N
Ed
about the orthogonal axis: Cl. 6.1(4)
e
y
/h
eq

=
(M
Edz
/N
Ed
)/h
=
M
Edz
e
z
/b
eq
(M
Edy
/N
Ed
)/b M
Edy
Exp. (5.38b)
Imperfections need to be taken into account in one direction only.
= As a worst case for biaxial bending
Cl. 5.8.9(2)
M
Edz
= M + 0 = 38.5 kNm
M
Edy
= e
0
N
Ed
= 32.4 kNm
M
Edz

=
38.5
= 1.19 i.e. > 0.2 and < 5.0
M
Edy
32.4
Exp. (5.38b)
= Biaxial check required Cl. 5.8.9(4)
Check whether
(M
Edz
/M
Rdz
)
a
+ (M
Edy
/M
Rdy
)
a
1.0 Exp. (5.39)
where
M
Edz
= 38.5 kNm
M
Edy
= 32.4 kNm
M
Rdz
= M
Rdy
Figs. C5c), C5d)
To determine M
Rdz
, nd M
Ed
/bh
2
f
ck
(and therefore
moment capacity) by interpolating between d
2
/h = 0.15
(Figure C5c) and 0.20 (Figure C5d) for the proposed
arrangement and co-existent axial load.
Assuming 4 no. H25,
A
s
f
yk
/bhf
ck
= 1964 500/(300
2
30) = 0.36
Interpolating for N
Ed
/bhf
ck
= 0.6,
M
Ed
/bh
2
f
ck
= 0.094
= M
Rdz
= M
Rdy
= 0.094 300
3
30 = 76.1 kNm
a is dependent on N
Ed
/N
Rd
where
N
Ed
= 1620 kN as before
Cl. 5.8.9(4),
Notes to Exp.
(5.39)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
138
N
Rd
= A
c
f
cd
+ A
s
f
yd
= 300
2
0.85 30/1.5 + 1964 500/1.15
= 1530.0 + 853.9
= 2383.9 kN
N
Ed
/N
Rd
= 1620/2383.9 = 0.68
=a = 1.48 by interpolating between values given for N
Ed
/N
Rd
=
0.1, (1.0) and N
Ed
/N
Rd
= 0.7, (1.5)
(M
Edz
/M
Rdz
)
a
+ (M
Edy
/M
Rdy
)
a
= (38.5/76.1)
1.48
+ (32.4/76.1)
1.48

= 0.36 + 0.28
= 0.64 = OK.
= 4 no. H25 OK
Exp. (5.39)
5.1.6 Links
Diameter min. f/4 = 25/4 = 8 mm Cl. 9.5.3 & NA
Max. spacing = 0.6 300 = 180 mm Cl. 9.5.3(3),
Cl. 9.5.3(4)
Links at say 175 mm cc
5.1.7 Design summary
4 H25
H8 links @ 175 cc
25 mm cover
f
ck
= 30 MPa
Figure 5.2 Design summary: edge column
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
139
S? ler|meter co|umn
This 300 300 mm perimeter column is in an internal environment
and supports three suspended floors and the roof of an office block.
It is to be designed at ground floor level where the storey height
is 3.45 m and the clear height in the NS direction (z direction) is
3.0 m and 3.325 m in the EW direction (y direction). One-hour fire
resistance is required and f
ck
= 30 MPa.
250
325
300 300
Column under
consideration
3575
M
02yy
Figure 5.3 Perimeter column
(internal environment)
From first order analysis, load case 1:
N
Ed
= 1129.6 kN; M
02yy
= 89.6 kNm; M
02zz
= 0
Load case 2:
N
Ed
= 1072.1 kN; M
02yy
= 68.7 kNm; M
02zz
= 6.0 kNm
5.2.1 Cover
c
nom
= c
min
+ Dc
dev
Exp. (4.1)
where
c
min
= max[c
min,b
; c
min,dur
]
where
c
min,b
= diameter of bar. Assume 32 mm bars and 8 mm links Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
= 32 mm to main bars, 32 8 = 24 mm to links
= say 25 mm
c
min,dur
= minimum cover due to environmental conditions.
Assume XC1.
c
min,dur
= 15 mm
c
min
= 25 mm
Dc
dev
= 10 mm Cl. 4.4.1.3(3)
Therefore c
nom
= 25 + 10 = 35 mm to links c
nom
= 35 mm to links.
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Perimeter column
(internal environment)
5.2 Perimeter column (internal environment)
h|s exemp|e |s |ntended to show e hend ce|cu|et|on or e non-s|ender per|meter co|umn
us|ng |teret|on (o \) to determ|ne the re|norcement requ|red
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
140
5.2.2 Fire resistance
Check validity of using Method A and Table 5.2a of BS EN 199212: EC2-1-2: 5.3.2,
Table 5.2a
l
0,
0.7 3.325 i.e. < 3.0 m = OK. EC2-1-2:
5.3.3(3)
e = M
02yy
/N
Ed
= 89.6 10
6
/1129.6 10
3
= 79 mm EC2-1-2:
5.3.2 & NA
e
max
= 0.15h = 0.15 300 = 45 mm = no good.
Check validity of using Method B and Table 5.2b:
e
max
= 0.25b = 75 mm = no good.
EC2-1-2:
5.3.3
Use BS EN 199212 Annex C Tables C1C9. EC2-1-2:
Annex C
Assume min. 4 no. H25 = 1964 mm
2
(z 2.2%)

w = A
s
f
yd
/A
c
f
cd
= 0.022 (500/1.15)/(0.85 30/1.5)
EC2-1-2: 5.3.3(2)
= 0.56
e 0.25b and 100 mm
l = l
0
/i
where
l
0
= 0.7 3.325 = 2327 mm
i = radius of gyration = (I/A)
0.5
= h/12
0.5
EC2-1-2:
5.3.3(2),
5.3.3(3)
where
I = inertia = bh
3
/12
A = area = bh
h = height of section
b = breadth of section
= 300/12
0.5
= 87 mm
l = 2327/87 = 276
n = N
0Ed,
/0.7(A
c
f
cd
+ A
s
f
yd
) EC2-1-2: 5.3.3(2)
= 0.7 1129.6/0.7(300
2
0.85 30/1.5 + 1964 500/1.15)
= 1129.6/2383.9
= 0.47
= interpolate for l = 30 and n = 0.47 between
from Table C.5 of BS EN 199212 (w = 0.5, e = 0.25b):
EC2-1-2:
Table C.5
minimum dimension, b
min
= 235, and axis distance, a = 35 mm
and
from Table C.8 of BS EN 199212 (w = 1.0, e = 0.25b):
EC2-1-2:
Table C.8
Using 4 no. H20 gives w = 0.34, n = 0.54 and b
min
= 310 mm = no good.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
141
S? ler|meter co|umn
b
min
= 185, and
a = 30 mm
= for w = 0.56,
b
min
= 228, and
a = 35 mm
OK to use Method B but use min. 4 no. H25
5.2.3 Structural design: check slenderness
Effective length, l
0
:
l
0
= 0.5l [1 + k
1
/(0.45 + k
1
) ]
0.5
[1 + k
2
/(0.45 + k
2
) ]
0.5
Exp. (5.15)
where
k
1
, k
2
= relative stiffnesses top and bottom
But conservatively, choose to use tabular method

. For critical
direction, the column is in condition 2 at top and condition 3 at
bottom (pinned support).
l
0
= 0.95 3325 = 3158 mm
Table C16
Slenderness ratio, l:
l = l
0
/i
where
i = radius of gyration = (I/A)
0.5
= h/12
0.5
l = 3158 12
0.5
/300 = 36.5 l = 36.5
Cl. 5.8.3.2(1)
Limiting slenderness ratio, l
lim
l
lim
= 20 ABC/n
0.5
Cl. 5.8.3.1(1)
& NA
where
A = 1/(1 + 0.2 f
ef
). Assume 0.7 Cl. 5.8.4
B = (1 + 2 A
s
f
yd
/A
c
f
cd
)
0.5
= (1 + 2w)
0.5
Assuming min. 4 no. H25 (for re)
w = 0.56 as before
B = (1 + 2 0.56)
0.5
= 1.46
Cl. 5.8.3.1(1)
C = 1.7 r
m
Cl. 5.8.3.1(1)
where
r
m
= M
01
/M
2
Assuming conservatively that M
01
= 0
r
m
= 0
C = 1.7
n = N
Ed
/A
c
f
cd
= 1129.6 10
3
/(300
2
0.85 30/1.5)
= 0.74

See footnote to Section 5.1.1.


This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
142
l
lim
= 20 0.7 1.46 1.7/0.74
0.5
= 40.4 l
lim
= 40.4
= as l < l
lim
column is not slender and 2nd order moments are not
required.
Column is not slender
5.2.4 Design moments, M
Ed
M
Ed
= M
OEd
+ M
2
e
0
N
Ed
Cl. 5.8.8.2(1),
5.8.8.2(3)
But as column is not slender, M
2
= 0, = Cl. 6.1.4
M
Ed
= M
Oed
= M + e
i
N
Ed
e
0
N
Ed
where
M = moment from 1st order analysis
e
i
N
Ed
= effect of imperfections

where
e
i
= l
0
/400 Cl. 5.2(7), 5.2.9,
5.8.8.2(1)
e
0
= h/30 > 20 mm Cl. 6.1.4
Load case 1:
M
Edy
= 89.6 + (3158/400) 1129.6 10
3
> 0.02 1129.6
= 89.6 + 8.9 > 22.6 = 98.5 kNm
Load case 2:
M
Edy
= 68.7 kNm
M
Edz
= 6.0 + (l
0
/400) 1072.1 10
3
> 0.02 1072.1
where
l
0
= 0.9 3000
= 13.2 > 21.4 = 21.4 kNm
Table C16
5.2.5 Design using iteration of x
For axial load:
A
sN
/2 = (N
Ed
a
cc
nf
ck
bd
c
/g
C
)/(s
sc
s
st
)
Concise:
Section 6.2.2,
Appendix A3
For moment:
A
sM
/2 =
[M
Ed
a
cc
nf
ck
bd
c
(h/2 d
c
/2)/ g
C
]
(h/2 d
2
) (s
sc
s
st
)
Appendices A3,
C9.2,
where
M
Ed
= 98.5 10
6
N
Ed
= 1129.6 10
3
a
cc
= 0.85 Cl. 3.1.6(1) & NA
n = 1.0 for f
ck
50 MPa Exp. (3.21)

The effects of imperfections need only be taken into account in the most
unfavourable direction. Cl. 5.8.9(2)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
143
S? ler|meter co|umn
f
ck
= 30
b = 300
h = 300
d
c
= depth of compression zone
= lx Exp. (3.19)
= 0.8x < h
where
x = depth to neutral axis
d
2
= 35 + 8 + 25/2 = 55 mm assuming H25
g
C
= 1.5
s
sc
, (s
st
) = stress in reinforcement in compression (tension) Table 2.1N
a) Strain diagram b) Stress diagram
s
st
f
cd
= a
cc
nf
ck
/g
C
d
2
h
x
d
c
d
2
A
s2
A
s1
o
o o
o
n. axis
s
sc
e
sc
e
cu2
e
y
Figure 5.4 Section in axial compression and bending Fig. 6.1
Try x = 200 mm
e
cu
= e
cu2
= 0.0035
e
sc
=
0.0035 (x d
2
)
=
0.0035 (200 55)
x 200
= 0.0025
s
sc
= 0.0025 200000 f
yk
/g
S
= 500 500/1.15
= 434.8 MPa
e
st
= 0.0035(h x d
2
)/x = 0.0035(300 200 55)/200
= 0.0008
s
st
= 0.0008 200000 500/1.15
= 160 MPa
A
sN
/2 =
1129.6 10
3
0.85 1.0 30 300 200 0.8/(1.5 10
3
)
434.8 160
= (1129.6 816.0) 10
3
= 1141 mm
2
274.8
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
144
A
sM
/2 =
98.5 10
6
0.85 1.0 30 300 200 0.8 (300/2 200 0.8/2)/(1.5 10
3
)
(300/2 55) (434.8 + 160)
=
(98.5 57.1) 10
6

= 733 mm
2
95 594.8
Similarly for x = 210 mm
e
cu
= 0.0035
e
sc
= 0.0026 = s
sc
= 434.8
e
st
= 0.0006 = s
st
= 120 MPa
A
sN
/2 =
(1129.6 856.8) 10
3
= 866 mm
2
434.8 120
A
sM
/2 =
(98.5 56.5) 10
6

= 796 mm
2
95 554.8
Similarly for x = 212 mm
s
sc
= 434.8
e
st
= 0.00054 =e
st
= 109 MPa
A
sN
/2 =
(1129.6 865.0) 10
3

= 812 mm
2
434.8 109
A
sM
/2 =
(98.5 56.3) 10
6

= 816 mm
2
95 543.8
= as A
sN
/2 A
sM
/2, x = 212 mm is approximately correct and
A
sN
A
sM
, 1628 mm
2
= Try 4 no. H25 (1964 mm
2
)
5.2.6 Check for biaxial bending
By inspection, not critical. Cl. 5.8.9(3)
[Proof:
Section is symmetrical and M
Rdz
> 98.5 kNm.
Assuming e
y
/e
z
> 0.2 and biaxial bending is critical, and assuming
exponent a = 1 as a worst case for load case 2: Exp. (5.39)
(M
Edz
/M
Rdz
)
a
+ (M
Edy
/M
Rdy
)
a
= (21.4/98.5)
1
+ (68.7/98.5)
1
= 0.91 i.e. < 1.0 = OK.]
5.2.7 Links
Minimum size links = 25/4 = 6.25, say 8 mm
Spacing: minimum of
a) 0.6 20 25 = 300 mm,
b) 0.6 300 = 180 mm or
c) 0.6 400 = 240 mm
Use H8 @ 175 mm cc
Cl. 9.5.3(3),
9.5.3(4)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
145
S? ler|meter co|umn
5.2.8 Design summary
4 H25
H8 links @ 175 cc
c
nom
= 35 mm to links
Figure 5.5 Design summary: perimeter column
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
146
The design forces need to be determined. This will include the
judgement of whether to use Exp. (6.10) or the worse case of
Exp. (6.10a) and (6.10b) for the design of this column.
The suspended slabs (including the ground floor slab) are 300
mm thick flat slabs at 4500 mm vertical centres. Between ground
and 5th floors the columns at C2 are 500 mm square; above 5th
floor they are 465 mm circular. Assume an internal environment,
1-hour fire resistance and f
ck
= 50 MPa.
E
D
C
A
4.0
8.0
9.6
200 x 200
hole
200 x 200
hole
300 mm flat slabs
All columns 400 mm sq.
8.6
8.0
4.0 4.0
6
.0
1
2
3
B Bb
5.3.1 Design forces
In order to determine design forces for this column it is rst
necessary to determine vertical loads and 1st order moments.
5.3.2 Load take-down
Actions:
Roof:
g
k
= 8.5, q
k
= 0.6
EC1-1-1:
6.3.4, NA &
Table NA.7
5.3 Internal column
he et s|e| shown |n lxemp|e 34 (reproduced es l|gure S6) |s pert o en S-storey structure
e|ove ground w|th e |esement |e|ow ground he pro||em |s to des|gn co|umn C? |etween
ground oor end !st oor
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Internal column
Figure 5.6 Part plan of flat slab
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
147
S3 lnterne| co|umn
Floors:
g
k
= 8.5, q
k
= 4.0 Section 3.4
In keeping with Section 3.4 use coefcients to determine loads in
take-down.
Section 3.4
Consider spans adjacent to column C2:
Along grid C, consider spans to be 9.6 m and 8.6 m and C2 to be
the internal of 2 - span element.
Therefore elastic reaction factor = 0.63 + 0.63 = 1.26
Along grid 2 consider spans to be 6.0 m and 6.2 m and internal of
multiple span.
Elastic reaction factor = 0.5 + 0.5 = 1.00
Table C3
Load take-down for column C2.
Item Calculation
G
k
Q
k
From
item
Cumulative
total
From
item
Cumulative
total
Roof = [erf
y
(l
z1
+ l
z2
)/2 ] [erf
z
(l
y1
+ l
y2
)/2 ]
(g
k
+ q
k
)
= [1.0 (6.0 + 6.2)/2 ] [1.26 (9.6
+ 8.6)/2 ] (8.5 + 0.6)
= 69.9 (8.5 + 0.6) = 594.5 42.0
Col 8 R = (0.465/2)
2
(4.5 0.3) 25 = 17.9 612.4 42.0
8th = 1.0 (6.0 + 6.2)/2 1.26 (9.6 +
8.6)/2 (8.5 + 4.0) =
594.5 279.7
Col 7 8 as before 17.9 1224.8 321.7
7th a.b. 594.5 279.7
Col 6 7 a.b. 17.9 1837.2 601.4
6th a.b. 594.5 279.7
Col 5 6 a.b. 17.9 2449.6 881.1
5th a.b. 594.5 279.7
Col 4 5 = 0.5 0.5 (4.5 0.3) 25 = 26.3 3070.4 1160.8
4th as before 594.5 279.7
Col 3 4 a.b. 26.3 3691.2 1440.5
3rd a.b. 594.5 279.7
Col 2 3 a.b. 26.3 4312.0 1720.2
2nd a.b. 594.5 279.7
Col 1 2 a.b. 26.3 4932.8 1999.7
1st a.b. 594.5 279.8
Col G 1 a.b. 26.3 5553.6 2279.5
At above ground floor

5553.6

2279.5
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
148
5.3.3 Design axial load, ground 1st floor, N
Ed
a) Axial load to Exp. (6.10)
N
Ed
= g
G
G
k
+ g
Q
Q
k1
+ c
0
g
Q
Q
ki
EC0:
Exp. (6.10) & NA
where
g
G
= 1.35
g
Q
= 1.50
c
0,1
= 0.7 (ofces)
Q
k1
= leading variable action (subject to reduction factor a
A
or a
n
)
EC0:
A1.2.2 & NA
Q
ki
= accompanying action (subject to a
A
or a
n
) EC1-1-1:
6.3.1.2 (10),
6.3.1.2 (11), & NA
where
a
A
= 1 A/1000 0.75
= 1 9 69.9/1000 = 0.37 0.75
= 0.75
a
n
= 1.1 n/10 for 1 n 5
= 0.6 for 5 n 10 and
= 0.5 for n > 10
where
n = number of storeys supported
a
n
= 0.6 for 8

storeys supported
= as a
n
< a
A
, use a
n
= 0.6
Assuming the variable action of the roof is an independent variable
action:
N
Ed
= 1.35 5553.6 + 1.5 (2279.5 42.0) 0.6 + 0.7 1.5 42.0
= 1.35 5553.6 + 1.5 2237.5 + 0.7 1.5 42.0
= 7497.4 + 2013.8 + 44.1
= 9555.3 kN
To Exp. (6.10), N
Ed
= 9555.3 kN
b) Axial load to Exp. (6.10a)
N
Ed
= g
G
G
k
+ c
0,1
g
Q
Q
k1
+ c
0,1
g
Q
Q
ki
= 1.35 5553.6 + 0.7 1.5 0.6 ( 279.8 + 1999.7)
= 7497.4 + 1436.1
= 8933.4 kN
To Exp. (6.10a), N
Ed
= 8933.4 kN
EC0:
Exp. (6.10a)
& NA
c) Axial load to Exp. (6.10b)
N
Ed
= jg
G
G
k
+ g
Q
Q
k1
+ c
0,1
g
Q
Q
ki
EC0:
Exp. (6.10)
& NA

According to BS EN 199111 6.3.1.2


[11]
the imposed load on the roof is category
H and therefore does not qualify for reduction factor a
n
.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
149
S3 lnterne| co|umn
assuming the variable action of the roof is an independent variable
action:
= 0.925 1.35 5553.6 + 1.5 (2279.5 42.0) 0.6 + 0.7 1.5 42.0
= 1.25 5553.6 + 1.5 2237.5 0.6 + 0.7 1.5 42.0
= 6942.1 + 2013.8+ 44.1
= 9000.0 kN
To Exp. (6.10b), N
Ed
= 9000.0 kN
5.3.4 First order design moments, M
a) Grid C
Consider grid C to determine M
yy
in column (about grid 2)
300 thick ave 6100 wide 500 sq
q
k
= 6.1 x 4.0 = 24.4 kN/m g
k
= 6.1 x 8.5 = 51.9 kN/m
4500
4500
1 2 3
8600 9600
Actions:
g
k
= (6.0 + 6.2)/2 8.5 = 51.9 kN/m
q
k
= (6.0 + 6.2)/2 4.0 = 24.4 kN/m
Relative stiffness of lower column:
Assuming remote ends of slabs are pinned, relative stiffness

=
b
lc
d
lc
3
/L
lc
b
lc
d
lc
3
/L
lc
+ b
uc
d
uc
3
/L
uc
+ 0.75b
23
d
23
3
/L
23
+ 0.75b
21
d
21
3
/L
21
where
b = breadth
d = depth
L = length

lc
= lower column,
uc
= upper column

23
= beam 23, similarly
21
= beam 21

=
0.5
4
/4.5
2 0.5
4
/4.5 + 0.75 6.1 0.3
3
/8.6 + 0.75 6.1 0.3
3
/9.6
= 0.0139/(0.0278 + 0.0144 + 0.0129) = 0.252
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
150
1st order moment using Exp. (6.10)
FEM 23

= 1.35 51.9 8.6


2
/12 = 431.8 kNm
FEM 21 = (1.35 51.9 + 1.5 24.4) 9.6
2
/12
= 106.7 9.6
2
/12 = 819.5 kNm
M
lower,yy
= 0.252 [819.5 431.8] = 97.7 kNm
1st order moment using Exp. (6.10a)
FEM 23 = 1.25 51.9 8.6
2
/12 = 399.8 kNm
FEM 21 = (1.25 51.9 + 1.5 24.4) 9.6
2
/12
= 101.5 9.6
2
/12 = 779.5 kNm
M
lower,yy
= 0.252 (779.5 399.8) = 95.7 kNm
1st order moment using Exp. (6.10b)
FEM 23 = 1.35 51.9 8.6
2
/12 = 431.8 kNm
FEM 21 = (1.35 51.9 + 0.7 1.5 24.4 ) 9.6
2
/12
= 95.7 9.6
2
/12 = 735.0 kNm
M
lower,yy
= 0.252 (735.0 431.8) = 76.4 kNm
= Exp. (6.10a) critical
b) Grid 2
Consider grid 2 to determine M
zz
in column (about grid C)
300 thick ave 11470 wide 500 sq
g
k
= 97.5 kN/m q
k
= 45.9 kN/m
4500
4500
D C B
6200 6000
Figure 5.8 Subframe on column C2 along grid 2
Actions:
g
k
= 0.63 (8.6 + 9.6) 8.5
= 11.47 8.5 = 97.5 kN/m
q
k
= 11.47 4.0 = 45.9 kN/m
Relative stiffness of lower column:
Assuming remote ends of slabs are xed, relative stiffness
Cl. 5.8.3.2(4)
PD 6687

FEM 23 = Fixed end moment in span 23 at grid 2.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
151
S3 lnterne| co|umn

=
0.5
4
/4.5
2 0.5
4
/4.5 + 11.47 0.3
3
/6.2 +11.47 0.3
3
/6.0
= 0.0139/(0.0278 + 0.0500 + 0.0516) = 0.107
1st order moment using Exp. (6.10)
FEM CB = (1.35 97.5 + 1.5 45.9) 6.2
2
/12
= 200.5 6.2
2
/12 = 642.3 kNm
FEM CD = 1.35 97.5 6.0
2
/12 = 394.9 kNm
M
lower,zz
= 0.107 (642.3 394.9) = 26.5 kNm
1st order moment using Exp. (6.10a)
FEM CB = 1.25 97.5 6.0
2
/12 = 365.6 kNm
FEM CD = (1.25 97.5 + 1.5 45.9) 6.22/12
= 190.7 6.22/12 = 611.0 kNm
M
lower,zz
= 0.107 (611.0 365.6) = 26.3 kNm
1st order moment using Exp. (6.10b)
FEM CB = (1.35 97.5 + 0.7 1.5 45.9) 6.2
2
/12
= 190.7 6.2
2
/12 = 576.0 kNm
FEM CD = 1.35 97.5 6.0
2
/12 = 394.9 kNm
M
lower,zz
= 0.107 (576.0 394.9) = 19.4 kNm
= Exp. (6.10a) critical again
5.3.5 Summary of design forces in column C2 ground1st
Design forces
Method N
Ed
M
yy
about grid 2
M
zz
about grid C
Using Exp. (6.10) 9555.3 kN 97.7 kNm 26.5 kNm
Using Exp. (6.10a) 8933.4 kN 95.7 kNm 26.3 kNm
Using Exp. (6.10b) 9000.0 kN 76.4 kNm 19.4 kNm
Notes:
1) To determine maximum 1st order moments in the column, maximum out-of-
balance moments have been determined using variable actions to one side of
the column only. The effect on axial load has, conservatively, been ignored.
2) It may be argued that using coefficients for the design of the slab and
reactions to the columns does not warrant the sophistication of using Exps
(6.10a) and (6.10b). Nevertheless, there would appear to be some economy
in designing the column to Exp. (6.10a) or Exp. (6.10b) rather than Exp.
(6.10). The use of Exp. (6.10a) or Exp. (6.10b) is perfectly valid and will be
followed here.
To avoid duplicate designs for both Exps (6.10a) and (6.10b), a worse
case of their design forces will be used, thus:
N
Ed
= 9000 kN, M
yy
= 95.7 kNm, M
zz
= 26.3 kNm
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
152
5.3.6 Design: cover
c
nom
= c
min
+ Dc
dev
Exp. (4.1)
where
c
min
= max[c
min,b
; c
min,dur
]
where
c
min,b
= diameter of bar. Assume 32 mm bars and 8 mm links.
= 32 8 = 24 mm to link
c
min,dur
= minimum cover due to environmental conditions.
Assume XC1.
Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
c
min,dur
= 15 mm BS 8500-1:
Table A4
c
min
= 24 mm, say 25 mm to link
Dc
dev
= 10 mm
= c
nom
= 25 + 10 = 35 mm Cl. 4.4.1.3 & NA
5.3.7 Design: fire resistance
Check validity of using Method A and Table 5.2a EC2-1-2:
5.3.2, Table 5.2a
a) Check l
0,fi
3.0 m
where
l
0
= effective length of column in re
= 0.5 clear height
= 0.5 (4500 300)
= 2100 mm OK
b) Check e e
max
= 0.15h = 0.15 500 = 75 mm
e = M
0Ed,
/N
0Ed,
= M
0
/N
Ed
= 99.5 10
6
/8933 10
3
= 11 mm OK
EC2-1-2: 5.3.2(2)
c) Check amount of reinforcement 4% OK
Assuming m

= 0.7
b
min
= 350 with
a
min
= 40 mm OK
For re using Method A and Table 5.2a is valid
EC2-1-2:
Table 5.2a
5.3.8 Structural design: check slenderness
Effective length, l
0
:
l
0
= 0.5l [1 + k
1
/(0.45 + k
1
)]
0.5
[1 + k
2
/(0.45 + k
2
)]
0.5
Exp. (5.15)
where
k
1
and k
2
are relative exibilities at top and bottom of the
column.
k
i
= (EI
col
/l
col
)/S(2EI
beam
/l
beam
) 0.1 PD 6687
[6]

PD 6687 states that to allow for cracking, the contribution of each beam
should be taken as 2EI/l
beam
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
153
S3 lnterne| co|umn
Critical direction is where k
1
and k
2
are greatest i.e. where slab spans
are greater

k
1
= k
2
=
b
lc
d
lc
3
/L
lc
2b
23
d
23
3
/L
23
+ 2b
21
d
21
3
/L
21
= (0.5
4
/4.5)/(2 6.1 0.3
3
/8.6 + 2 6.1 0.3
3
/9.6)
= (0.0625)/(0.0383 + 0.0343)
= 0.86
How to
[8]
:
Columns
l
0
= 0.5 (4500 300) [1 + 0.86/(0.45 + 0.86)]
0.5
[1 + 0.86/(0.45
+ 0.86)]
0.5
l
0
= 0.5 4200 1.66
= 0.828 4200 = 3478 mm
Slenderness ratio, l: Cl. 5.8.3.2(1)
l = l
0
/i
where
i = radius of gyration = (I/A)
0.5
= h/12
0.5
= l = 3478 12
0.5
/500 = 24.1
Limiting slenderness ratio, l
lim
: Cl. 5.8.3.1(1) & NA
l
lim
= 20 ABC/n
0.5
where
A = 1/(1 + 0.2 f
ef
). Assume 0.7 as per default
B = (1 + 200)
0.5
. Assume 1.1 as per default
C = 1.7
m
where

m
= M
01
/M
2
= 84.9/109.3 = 0.78
C = 1.7 + 0.78 = 2.48
n = N
Ed
/A
c
f
cd
= 8933 10
3
/(500
2
0.85 50/1.5)
= 1.26
= l
lim
= 20 0.7 1.1 2.48/1.26
0.5
= 34.0
= as l < l
lim
column is not slender
and 2nd order moments are not required
Exp. (5.13N)
5.3.9 Design moments, M
Ed
M
Ed
= M + e
i
N
Ed
e
0
N
Ed
Cl. 5.8.8.2(1),
6.1(4)
where
M = moment from 1st order analysis
e
i
N
Ed
= effect of imperfections Cl. 5.8.8.2(1)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
154
where
e
i
= l
0
/400 Cl. 5.2.7
e
0
N
Ed
= minimum eccentricity Cl. 6.1(4)
where
e
0
= h/30 20 mm
M
Edyy
= 95.7 + (3570/400) 8933 10
3
0.02 8933
= 95.7 + 79.7 178.7
= 175.4 < 178.7 kNm
M
Edzz
= 18.8 + 79.7 178.7
= 178.7 kNm = Both critical.
However, imperfections need only be taken in one direction where
they have the most unfavourable effect
= Use M
Edzz
= 178.7 with M
Edyy
= 95.7 kNm Cl. 5.8.9(2)
5.3.10 Design using charts
M
Edyy
/bh
2
f
ck
= 178.9 10
6
/(500
3
50) = 0.03
N
Ed
/bhf
ck
= 9000 10
3
/(500
2
50) = 0.72
Choice of chart based on d
2
/h
where
d
2
= depth to centroid of reinforcement in half section assuming
12 bar arrangement with H32s
d
2
= 35 + 8 + (32/2) + (2/6) [500 + 2 (35 + 8 + 32/2 )/3]
= 59 + (1/3) 127
= 101
= d
2
/h = 101/500 = 0.2 Use Figure C5d)
Figs C5a) to C5e)
d
2
C
L
d
2
, to centroid of reinforcement in half section
From Figure C5d) Fig. C5d)
A
s
f
yk
/bhf
ck
= 0.30
A
s
= 0.29 500 500 50/500
= 7500 mm
2
Try 12 no. H32 (9648 mm
2
)

Using design actions to Exp. (6.10) would have resulted in a requirement for
8500 mm
2
.

This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
155
S3 lnterne| co|umn
5.3.11 Check biaxial bending
Cl. 5.8.9
Slenderness: l
y
l
z
= OK.
Eccentricities: as h = b check e
y
/e
z
M
Edz
critical. (Imperfections act in z direction.)
e
y
/e
z
=
95.7 10
6
/9000 10
3
178.7 10
6
/9000 10
3
Cl. 5.8.9(3)
= 0.54 i.e. > 0.2 and < 5
= Design for biaxial bending.
Cl. 5.9.3(3),
Exp. (5.38b)
e
y
e
z
M
Edy
Centre of
reaction
M
Edz
b
h
z
y
*
C
2
Figure 5.10 Eccentricities
5.3.12 Design for biaxial bending
Check (M
Edz
/M
Rdz
)
a
+ (M
Edy
/M
Rdy
)
a
1.0 Cl. 5.9.3(4),
Exp. (5.39)
For load case 2
where
M
Edz
= 178.7 kNm
M
Edy
= 95.7 kNm
M
Rdz
= M
Rdy
= moment resistance. Using charts:
From Figure C4d), for d
2
/h = 0.20 and
A
s
f
yk
/bhf
ck
= 9648 500/500 500 50
= 0.39
N
Ed
/bhf
ck
= 9000 x 10
3
/(500
2
x 50)
= 0.72
M
Rd
/bh
2
f
ck
= 0.057 Fig. C5d)
= M
Rd
0.057 500
3
50
= 356.3 kNm
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
156
a = exponent dependent upon N
Ed
/N
Rd
Cl. 5.8.3(4)
where
N
Rd
= A
c
f
cd
+ A
s
f
yd
= 500 500 0.85 50/1.5 + 9648 500/1.15
= 7083 + 3216
= 10299 kN
N
Ed
/N
Rd
= 9000/10299 = 0.87.
Interpolating between values given for N
Ed
/N
Rd
= 0.7
(1.5) and for N
Ed
/N
Rd
= 1.0 (2.0)
Notes to
Exp. (5.39)
= a = 1.67
Check (M
Edz
/M
Rdz
)
a
+ (M
Edy
/M
Rdy
)
a
1.0
(178.7/356.3)
1.67
+ (95.7/356.3)
1.67
= 0.32 + 0.11
= 0.43 i.e. < 1.0 = OK
Use 12 no. H32
5.3.13 Links
Minimum diameter of links: = f/4 = 32/4
= 8 mm
Cl. 9.5.3 & NA
Spacing, either:
a) 0.6 20 f = 12 32 = 384 mm,
b) 0.6 h = 0.6 500 = 300 mm or
c) 0.6 400 = 240 mm.
= Use H8 links at 225 mm cc
Cl. 9.5.3(3),
9.5.3(4)
Number of legs:
Bars at 127 mm cc i.e. < 150 mm = no need to restrain bars in face
but good practice suggests alternate bars should be restrained.
= Use single leg on face bars both ways @ 225 mm cc
Cl. 9.5.3(6)
SMDSC: 6.4.2
5.3.14 Design summary
12 H32
H8 links @ 225 cc
35 mm to link
500 mm sq
f
ck
= 50 MPa
Figure 5.11 Design summary: internal column
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
157
S4 Sme|| per|meter co|umn
5.4
The middle column, B, in Figure 4.5, supports two levels of storage
loads and is subject to an ultimate axial load of 1824.1 kN

. From
analysis it has moments of 114.5 kNm in the plane of the beam and
146.1 kNm perpendicular to the beam (i.e. about the z axis).
The column is 350 mm square, 4000 mm long, measured from top
of foundation to centre of slab. It is supporting storage loads, in
an external environment (but not subject to de-icing salts) and is
subject to a 2-hour re resistance requirement on three exposed
sides. Assume the base is pinned.
Slab
300
450
4000
350 x 350
column
Paving
Foundation
Figure 5.12 Perimeter column
5.4.1 Cover
Nominal cover, c
nom
c
nom
= c
min
+ Dc
dev
where
c
min
= max[c
min,b
; c
min,dur
]
Exp. (4.1)

G
k
= 562.1; Q
k
= 789.1; as column supports loads from 2 levels a
n
= 0.9; as
imposed loads are from storage c
0
= 1.0 =g
Q
= 1.50 and g
Q
= 1.35. = Ultimate
axial load, N
Ed
= 1.35 562.1 + 1.5 0.9 789.1 = 1824.1 kN.
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Small perimeter column
subject to two-hour fire resistance
Small perimeter column subject to two-hour fire
resistance
h|s ce|cu|et|on |s |ntended to show e sme|| s|ender co|umn su||ect to e requ|rement or
?-hour ure res|stence lt |s |esed on the exemp|e shown |n Sect|on 4?
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
158
where
c
min,b
= diameter of bar. Assume 32 mm main bars and
10 mm links
c
min,dur
= minimum cover due to environmental conditions.
Assuming primarily XC3/XC4, secondarily XF1,
c
min,dur
= 25 mm
Dc
dev
= allowance in design for deviation
= 10 mm
= Try c
nom
= 32 + 10 = 42 mm to main bars
or = 25 + 10 = 35 mm to 8 mm links
Try c
nom
= 35 mm to 8 mm links.
Cl. 4.4.1.2(3)
BS 8500-1
[14]
:
Table A4
5.4.2 Fire resistance
a) Check adequacy of section for R120 to Method A
Axis distance available = 43 mm + f/2
Required axis distance to main bars, a for 350 mm square column EC1-1-2: 5.3.1(1) &
For m

= 0.5, a = 45 mm; and NA 5.3.2,


Table 5.2a
for m

= 0.7, a = 57 mm, providing:


8 bars used OK but check later t
l t
0,fi
3 m OK but check
e t e
max
= 0.15h = 0.15 350 = 52 mm
but e = M
0Ed,
/N
0Ed,
= 0.7 146.1 10
6
/0.7 1824.1 10
3
= 80 mm = no good
Try Method B
b) Check adequacy of section for R120 to Method B EC2-1-2: 5.3.3,
Determine parameters n, w, and e, and check l

.
Assume 4 no. H32 + 4 no. H25 = (5180 mm
2
: 4.2%)
Table 5.2b
(say 4.2% OK integrity OK) Cl. 9.5.2(3)
n = N
0Ed,
/0.7(A
c
f
cd
+ A
s
f
yd
) EC2-1-2: Exp.
(5.8a)
= 0.7 1824.1 10
3
/0.7 (350 350 a
cc
f
ck
/ g
C
+ 5180 500/g
S
)
= 1276.9 10
3
/0.7 (350 350 0.85 30/1.5 + 5180 500/1.15)
= 1276.9 10
3
/0.7 (2082.5 + 2252.0)
= 0.42 OK
w = mechanical ratio EC2-1-2: 5.3.3(2)
= A
s
f
yd
/A
c
f
cd
1.0
= 2252/2082
= 1.08 1
But say within acceptable engineering tolerance =use w = 1.0 OK
e = rst order eccentricity EC2-1-2: Exp.
= M
0Ed,
/N
0Ed,
(5.8b)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
159
S4 Sme|| per|meter co|umn
= 0.7 146.1 10
6
/0.7 1824.1 10
3
EC2-1-2: 2.4.2(3)
= 80 mm as before z 0.23h. OK
l

= slenderness in re
= l
0,
/i
where
l
0,
= effective length of column in re
EC2-1-2: 5.3.2(2)
= 0.7l = 0.7 4000 = 2800 mm
i = radius of gyration
= h/3.46 for a rectangular section
Note 2
= l

= 2800/(350/3.46)
= 27.7 < 30 = OK
Table 5.2b valid for use in this case.
Interpolating from BS EN 199212 Table 5.2b for n = 0.42 and
w = 1.0, column width = 350 mm and axis distance = say, 48 mm
= Axis distance = 43 mm + f/2 is OK
c) As additional check, check adequacy of section to Annex B3 and
Annex C
Using BS EN 199212 Table C.8
EC2-1-2:
5.3.3(1), Annex C
& NA
For w = 1.0, e = 0.25b, R120, l = 30 EC2-1-2:
and interpolating between n = 0.3 and n = 0.5,
b
min
= 350 mm, a
min
= 48 mm.
= Axis distance = 43 mm + f/2 is OK
= 4 no. H32 + 4 no. H25 with 35 mm cover to 8 mm links
(a = 55 mm min.) OK
Annex C(2)
5.4.3 Structural design: check slenderness about z axis
Effective length, l
0
, about z axis:
l
0z
= 0.5l [1 + k
1
/(0.45 + k
1
) ]
0.5
[1 + k
2
/(0.45 + k
2
) ]
0.5
Exp. (5.15)
where PD 6687: 2.10
l = clear height between restraints
= 4000 300/2 = 3850 mm
k
1
, k
2
= relative exibilities of rotational restraints at ends 1
and 2 respectively
k
1
= [EI
col
/l
col
]/[2EI
beam1
/l
beam1
+ 2EI
beam2
/l
beam2
] 0.1 Cl. 5.8.3.2(3)
where
Treating beams as rectangular and cancelling E throughout:
I
col
/l
col
= 3504/(12 3850) = 3.25 10
5
I
beam1
/l
beam1
= 8500 300
3
/12 6000
= 31.8 10
5
I
beam2
/l
beam2
= 0
PD 6687
k
1
= 3.25/(2 31.8) = 0.051 0.1
k
1
= 0.1
k
2
= by inspection (pinned end assumed) =
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
160
= l
0z
= 0.5 3850 [1 + 0.1/(0.45 + 0.1) ]
0.5
[1 + /(0.45 + )]
0.5
= 0.5 3850 1.087 1.41
= 0.77 3850 = 2965 mm
Slenderness ratio, l
z
: Cl. 5.8.3.2(1)
l
z
= l
0z
/i
where
i = radius of gyration = h/3.46
l
z
= 3.46l
0z
/h = 3.46 2965/350 = 29.3
Limiting slenderness ratio, l
lim
: Cl. 5.8.3.1(1)
l
lim,z
= 20 ABC/n
0.5
where
A = 0.7
B = 1.1

C = 1.7 r
m
where
r
m
= M
01
/M
02

say M
01
= 0 (pinned end) =r
m
= 0
C = 1.7 0 = 1.7
n = relative normal force = N
Ed
/A
c
f
cd
= 1824.1 10
3
/(350
2
0.85 30/1.5)
= 0.88
= l
lim,z
= 20 0.7 1.1 1.7/0.88
0.5
= 27.9
= As l
z
> l
lim,z
column is slender about z axis.
Exp. (5.13N)
5.4.4 Check slenderness on y axis
Effective length, l
0
, about z axis:
l
0y
= 0.5l
y
[1 + k
1
/(0.45 + k
1
) ]
0.5
[1 + k
2
/(0.45 + k
2
) ]
0.5
Exp. (5.15)
where
l
y
= clear height between restraints
= 4000 + 300/2 750 = 3400 mm
k
1
= relative column exibility at end 1
= ( I
col
/I
col
)/[S2(I
beam
/I
beam
)]
where
I
col
/I
col
= 350
4
/12 3400 = 3.68 10
5

On rst pass the default value for B is used. It should be noted that in the
nal design w = A
s
f
yd
/A
c
f
cd
= 6432 (500/1.15) / (350
2
30 0.85/1.5) =
2796/2082 = 1.34. So B = (1 + 2 w)
0.5
= (1 + 1.34)
0.5
= 1.92 and the column
would not have been deemed slender. B = 1.1 relates approximately to a column
with f
ck
= 30 MPa and r = 0.4%.
* PD 6687 states that to allow for cracking, the contribution of each beam
should be taken as 2EI/l
beam
Cl. 5.8.3.1(1),
& NA,
EC2-1-2: 5.3.3(2)
PD 6687*
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
161
S4 Sme|| per|meter co|umn
Treating beams as rectangular
I
beamAB
/l
beamAB
= 350 750
3
/[12 (9000 350)]
= 14.2 10
5
I
beamBC
/l
beamBC
= 350 750
3
/[12 (8000 350)]
= 16.1 10
5
k
1
= 3.68/(2 (16.1 + 14.2) = 0.060 0.1
k
1
= 0.1
k
2
= (pinned end assumed)
=l
0y
= 0.5 3400 [1 + 0.1/(0.45 + 0.1) ]
0.5
[1 +/(0.45 + ) ]
0.5
= 0.5 3400 1.087 1.41
= 0.77 3400 = 2620 mm
Exp. (5.15)
Slenderness ratio, l
y
:
l
y
= 3.46l
0y
/h = 3.46 2620/350 = 25.9
Limiting slenderness ratio, l
lim
:
l
lim,y
= l
lim,z
= 27.9
As l
y
< l
lim,y
, column not slender in y axis.
5.4.5 Design moments: M
Edz
about z axis
M
Edz
= max[M
02
; M
0Ed
+ M
2
; M
01
+ 0.5M
2
] Cl. 5.8.8.2
where
M
02
= M
z
+ e
i
N
Ed
e
0
N
Ed
Cl. 5.8.8.2(1),
where
M
z
= 146.1 kNm from analysis
e
i
N
Ed
= effect of imperfections
where
e
i
= l
0
/400
6.1.4
Cl. 5.2.7
e
0
= 20 mm
= M
02
= 146.1 + (2965/400) 1824.1 0.02 1824.1
= 146.1 + 13.4 > 36.5
= 159.5 kNm
M
0Ed
= equivalent 1st order moment at about z axis at about
mid-height may be taken as M
0ez
where
M
0ez
= (0.6M
02
+ 0.4M
01
) 0.4M
02
= 0.6 159.5 + 0.4 0 0.4 159.5 = 95.7 kNm
Cl. 5.8.8.2(2)
M
2
= nominal 2nd order moment = N
ld
e
2
Cl. 5.8.8.2(3)
where
e
2
= (1/r) l
0
2
/10
Cl. 5.8.8. 3
where
1/r = curvature = K
v
K
h
[f
yd
/(E
s
0.45d)] Exp. (5.34)
where
K
v
= a correction factor for axial load
= (n
u
n)/(n
u
n
bal
)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
162
where
n
u
= 1 + w
where
w = mechanical ratio
= A
s
f
yd
/A
c
f
d
= 1.08 as before
n
u
= 2.08
n = N
Ed
/A
c
f
cd
= 1824.1/2082 = 0.88
n
bal
= the value of n at maximum moment
resistance
= 0.40 (default)
K
v
= (2.08 0.88)/(2.08 0.40)
= 1.20/1.68 = 0.71
K
h
= a correction factor for creep
= 1 + bh
ef
where
b = 0.35 + (f
ck
/200) (l/150)
= 0.35 + 30/200 29.3/150
= 0.35 + 0.15 0.195
= 0.305
h
ef
= effective creep coefcient

Cl. 5.8.4(2)
= h
(,t0)
M
0,Eqp
/M
0Ed
where
h
(,t0)
= nal creep coefcient Cl. 3.1.4(2)
= from Figure 3.1 for inside conditions
h = 350 mm, C30/37, t
0
= 15
Fig. 3.1a
2.4
M
0,Eqp
= 1st order moment due to quasi-
permanent loads

G
k
+ h
2
Q
k

M
z
+ e
i
N
Ed
jg
G
G
k
+ h
0
g
Q
Q
k

=
63.3 + 0.8 46.0
M
z
+ e
i
N
Ed
1.35 63.3 + 1.5 46.0

=
100.1
146.1 + 13.4
154.5
= 108.1 kNm
M
0Ed
= M
02
= 159.5 kNm

With reference to Exp. (5.13N), h


ef
may be taken as equal to 2.0. However, for the
purpose of illustration the full derivation is shown here. Exp. (5.1.3N)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
163
S4 Sme|| per|meter co|umn
K
h
= 1 + 0.305 2.4 108.1/159.5
= 1.50
f
yd
= 500/1.15 = 434.8 MPa
E
s
= 200000 MPa Cl. 3.2.7(3)
d = effective depth
= 350 35 8 16 = 291 mm
1/r = 0.71 1.50 434.8/(200000 0.45 291)
= 0.0000177
l
0
= 2965 mm as before
e
2
= (1/r) l
0
2
/10
= 0.0000177 2965
2
/10 = 15.6 mm
=M
2
= N
Ed
e
2
= 1824.1 10
3
15.6 = 28.4 kNm
M
01
= 0
= M
Edz
= max[M
02z
; M
0Edz
+ M
2
; M
01
+ 0.5M
2
]
= max[159.5; 95.7 + 28.4; 0 + 28.4/2] = 159.5 kNm
a) 1st order moments
from analysis
M
z
= 146.1 kNm
M
2
= 28.4 kNm
M
2
/2 = 14.2 kNm
M
OEdz
= 95.8 kNm
M
z
= 0
M
Edz
= 159.5 kNm
M
z
= 0
e
i
N
Ed
= 13.4 kNm
b) Including 2nd order moments:
M
Edz
= max [M
02
, M
OEd
+ M
2
, M
01
= 0.5M
2
]
c) Design moments: M
Edz
about z axis
+ =
Figure 5.13 Design moments
M
Edz
5.4.6 Design moments: M
Edy
about y axis
M
Edy
= max[ M
02y
; M
0Edy
+ M
2
; M
01
+ 0.5M
2
]
where
M
02y
= M
y
+ e
i
N
Ed
e
0
N
Ed
= 114.5 + 13.4

36.7 kNm
= 127.9 kNm
M
0Edy
= (0.6M
02y
+ 0.4 M
01y
) 0.4M
02y
= 0.6 114.5 + 0.4 0

Imperfections need to be taken into account in one direction only. Cl. 5.8.9(2)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
164
= 68.7 kNm
M
2
= 0 (as column is not slender not slender about y axis).
= M
Edy
= 127.9 kNm
5.4.7 Design in each direction using charts
In z direction: N
Ed
/bhf
ck
= 1824.1 10
3
/(350
2
30)
= 0.50
M
Ed
/bh
2
f
ck
= 159.5 10
6
/(350
3
30)
= 0.124
Assuming 8 bar arrangement, centroid of bars in half section:
d
2
35 + 8 + 16 + (350/2 35 8 16) 1/4 Fig. C4e)
59 + 29 = 88 mm
d
2
/h = 0.25
From Figure C4e)
A
s
f
yk
/bhf
ck
= 0.50
A
s
= 0.50 350
2
30/500 = 3675 mm
2
= 4 no. H32 + 4 no. T25 (5180 mm
2
) OK.
Fig. C4e)
In y direction: M
Ed
/bh
2
f
ck
= 127.9 10
6
/(350
3
30)
= 0.10
N
Ed
/bhf
ck
= 0.50
From Figure C4e)
A
s
f
yk
/bhf
ck
= 0.34
A
s
= 0.34 3502 30/500 = 2499 mm
2
= 4 no. H32 + 4 no. T25 (5180 mm
2
) OK.
5.4.8 Check biaxial bending
l
y
l
z
= OK. Exp. (5.38a)
e
z
= M
Edy
/N
Ed
e
y
= M
Edz
/N
Ed
e
y
/h
eq

=
M
Edz

=
159.5
= 1.25
e
z
/b
eq
M
Edy
127.9
Exp. (5.38b)
= need to check biaxial bending
(M
Edz
/M
Rdz
)
a
+ (M
Edy
/M
Rdy
)
a
1.0
where
Exp. (5.39)
M
Rdz
= M
Rdy
= moment resistance=
Using Figure C4e)
Fig. C4e)
A
s
f
yk
/bhf
ck
= 5180 500/(350
2
30)
= 0.70
for N
Ed
/bhf
ck
= 0.50
M
Ed
/bh
2
f
ck
= 0.160
= M
Rd
= 0.160 350
3
30
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
165
S4 Sme|| per|meter co|umn
= 205.8 kNm
a depends on N
Ed
/N
Rd

where
N
Rd
= A
c
f
cd
+ A
s
f
yd
= 350
2
0.85 30/1.5 + 5180 500/1.15
= 2082.5 + 2252.2
= 4332.7 kN
N
Ed
/N
Rd
= 1824.1/4332.7 = 0.42
= a = 1.27
(159.5/205.8)
1.27
+ (114.5/205.8)
1.27
= 0.72 + 0.47
= 1.19
= No good
= Try 8 no. T32 (6432 mm
2
)
Cl. 5.8.9(4)
For A
s
f
yk
/bhf
ck
= 6432 500/(350
2
30)
= 0.88
for N
Ed
/bhf
ck
= 0.50
M
Ed
/bh
2
f
ck
= 0.187 Fig. C4e)
= M
Rd
= 240.5 kNm
Check biaxial bending
(159.5/245.7)
1.27
+ (114.5/245.7)
1.27
= 0.59 + 0.39 = 0.98 OK
5.4.9 Check maximum area of reinforcement
A
s
/bd = 6432/350
2
= 5.2% > 4% Cl. 9.5.2(3) & NA
However, if laps can be avoided in this single lift column then the
integrity of the concrete is unlikely to be affected and 5.2% is
considered OK. OK PD 6687: 2.19
5.4.10 Design of links
Diameter min. = 32/4 = 8 mm Cl. 9.5.3 & NA
Spacing max. = 0.6 350 = 210 mm Cl. 9.5.3(3),
9.5.3(4)
= Use H8 @ 200 mm cc
5.4.11 Design summary
8 H32
H8 links @ 200 cc
35 mm cover to link
No laps in column section
Note
The beam should be checked for torsion.
Figure 5.14 Design summary: small perimeter column
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
166
Walls
General
ve||s ere deuned es |e|ng vert|ce| e|ements whose |engths ere our t|mes greeter then the|r
th|c|nesses he|r des|gn does not d|er s|gn|ucent|y rom the des|gn o co|umns |n thet ex|e|
|oeds end moments e|out eech ex|s ere essessed end des|gned or
he ce|cu|et|ons |n th|s sect|on |||ustrete the des|gn o e s|ng|e sheer we||
Cenere||y, the method o des|gn|ng we||s |s es o||ows ln prect|ce, severe| o these steps mey |e
com||ned
Leterm|ne des|gn ||e N EC0 & NA Table NA 2.1
Assess ect|ons on the we|| N EC1 (10 parts) & UK NAs
Leterm|ne wh|ch com||net|ons o ect|ons epp|y N EC0 & NA: Tables NA A1.1 &
NA: A1.2(B)
Assess dure||||ty requ|rements end determ|ne concrete N
strength
BS 85001
Chec| cover requ|rements or eppropr|ete |re N
res|stence per|od
Approved Document B
EC212
Leterm|ne cover or |re, dure||||ty end |ond N Cl. 4.4.1
Ane|yse structure or cr|t|ce| com||net|on moments N
end ex|e| orces
Section 5
Chec| s|enderness end determ|ne des|gn moments N Section 5.8
Leterm|ne eree o re|norcement requ|red N Section 6.1
Chec| spec|ng o |ers N Sections 8 & 9
6
6.0
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
ve||s
167
6.1 Shear wall
lxemp|e 6! shows the des|gn o e s|mp|e ||neer sheer we|| es typ|ce||y used |n med|um-
r|se |u||d|ngs S|m||er pr|nc|p|es mey |e epp||ed to we||s thet ere sheped es C, l, , ? end
recteng|es |n-p|en, |ut |ssues o ||m|t|ng enge d|mens|ons end sheer et corners need to |e
eddressed he exemp|e shows on|y 0lS des|gn es, epert rom m|n|mum erees o stee| to
contro| crec||ng, SlS |ssues ere genere||y non-cr|t|ce| |n med|um-r|se structures lor sheer
we||s |n h|gh-r|se structures, reerence shou|d |e mede to spec|e||st ||tereture
|?9|

he exemp|e |s |ntended to show how e sheer we|| prov|d|ng pert o the |etere| ste||||ty |n one
d|rect|on |n e med|um r|se structure m|ght |e des|gned |y hend
Ax|e| |oeds end urst order moments ere determ|ned he des|gn cons|ders s|enderness |n order
to determ|ne des|gn moments, /
ld
, |n the p|ene perpend|cu|er to the we|| he eects o
e||ow|ng or |mperect|ons ere e|so |||ustreted
lro|ect dete||s
Ce|cu|eted |y chg o| no CCIP 041
Chec|ed |y web Sheet no 1
C||ent TCC Lete Oct 09
Shear wall
Wall A is 200 mm thick and, in addition to providing vertical support
to 200 mm at slabs at roof level and oors 1 to 3, it helps to
provide lateral stability to the four-storey ofce block. Assuming the
stair itself provides no lateral stability, the wall is to be designed for
the critical section at ground and rst oor level using BS EN 1990
Exp. (6.10). The concrete is C30/37. The wall is supported on pad
foundations and the ground oor is ground bearing.
Wall A
1300
4400
1500
7200
300 3600 6000 6000 6000 6000 2500 300
300
4800
4800
4800
300
30700
N
X
X
Figure 6.1 Typical floor plan Figure 6 1 Typical floor plan
900
Roof
3rd
2nd
1st
Gnd
4@3300
600
900
Figure 6.2 Section XX
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
168
6.1.1 Actions
Permanent
actions
Variable
actions
g
k
q
k
kN/m
2
Roof Paving 40 mm
Waterproong
Insulation
Suspended ceiling
Services
Self-weight 200 mm slab
Imposed load
1.00
0.50
0.10
0.15
0.30
5.00
7.05
0.60
Section 2.8
Section 2.4.2
Floor
slabs
Carpet
Raised oor
Suspended ceiling
Services
Self-weight 200 mm slab
Imposed load
0.03
0.30
0.15
0.30
5.00
5.78
2.50
Section 2.8
Section 2.4.2
Ground
oor
slab
(ground
bearing)
Carpet
Raised oor
Services
Self-weight 200 mm slab
Imposed load
0.03
0.30
0.15
5.00
5.48
3.00
Section 2.4.2
Stairs 150 waist @ 30
Treads 0.15 0.25 25 4/2 =
Screed 0.05 22 =
Plaster
Tiles and bedding
Imposed load
4.40
1.88
1.10
0.21
1.00
8.59
2.50
Section 2.8
Section 2.4.2
Cavity
wall
102 mm brickwork
50 mm insulation
100 mm blockwork
Plaster
2.37
0.02
1.40
0.21
4.00
Section 2.8
RC wall 200 mm wall
Plaster both sides
5.00
0.42
5.42
Section 2.8
Wind w
k
= 1.10
EC1-1-4 & NA
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
169
6! Sheer ve||
6.1.2 Load take-down
Consider whole wall. G
k
Q
k
Item Calculation From item Cum. total From item Cum. total
Roof (6.0/2 + 2.5/2) (4.4 + 1.5/2) (7.05
+ 0.6) = 154.3 13.1
Roof (6.0/2) (1.3/2) (7.05 + 0.6) = 13.7 1.2
Wall 3.3 4.4 5.42 = 78.7
246.7 14.3
At above 3rd oor 246.7 14.3
3rd oor (6.0/2) (1.3/2 + 4.4 + 1.5/2)
(5.78 + 2.5) = 100.6 43.5
Landing (2.5/2 1.5/2) (5.78 + 2.5) 11.6 5.0
Wall a. b. 78.7
Stair say 1.1 4.4 (8.59 + 2.5) 41.6 12.1
232.5 60.6
At above 2nd oor 479.2 74.9
2nd oor, landing, wall and stair a. b. 232.5 60.6
At above 1st oor 711.7 135.5
1st oor, landing, wall and stair a. b. 232.5 60.6
At above ground oor 944.2 196.1
Ground oor assume 1 m all round =
2 (1.3/2 + 4.40 + 1.5/2) (5.48 + 3.0) = 63.6 34.8
250 mm wall to foundation 4.4 0.2 0.6 25 = 13.2
76.8
At above foundation 1021.0 230.9
6.1.3 Design actions due to vertical load at ground1st
G
k
= 944.2 G
k
/m = 944.2/4.4 = 214.6 kN/m
Q
k
= a
n
196.1
where
a
n
= 1.1 n/10
where
n = no. of storeys qualifying for reduction

= 3
= 1.1 3/10 = 0.8
= Q
k
= 0.8 196.1 = 156.9 kN Q
k
/m = 156.9/4.4 = 35.7 kN/m
EC1-1-1:
6.3.1.2(11) & NA

Includes storeys supporting Categories A (residential and domestic), B (ofce),


C (areas of congregation) and D (shopping), but excludes E (storage and
industrial), F (trafc), G (trafc) and H (roofs).
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
170
6.1.4 Vertical loads from wind action: moments in plane
Consider wind loads, NS
Wall A
Lift shaft
200 thick
walls
300 3600 6000 6000 6000 6000 2500 300
2400 o/a
2400
4400
30700
N
w
k
= 1.10 kN/m
2
Figure 6.3 Lateral stability against wind loads NS
Check relative stiffness of lift shaft and wall A to determine share
of load on wall A.
Lift shaft: I
LS
= 2.4
4
/12 2.0
4
/12 0.2 1.6
3
/12
= 1.36 m
4
Wall A: I
WallA
= 0.2 4.4
3
/12
= 1.41 m
4
where I = inertia
= Wall A takes 1.41/(1.41 + 1.36) = 51% of wind load.
Check shear centre to resolve the effects of torsion.
Determine centre of gravity, CoG
L
of the lift shaft.
Area, A Lever arm, x Ax
2.4 2.4 = 5.76 1.2 6.912
2.0 2.0 = 4.00 1.2 4.800
1.6 0.2 = 0.32 2.3 0.732
1.44 1.38
2400
CoG
L
x
2
4
0
0
1
6
0
0
2
0
0
2
0
0
Figure 6.4 Lift shaft
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
171
6! Sheer we||
x = Ax/A = 1.38/1.44 = 0.956 m
i.e. from face of lift shaft to CoG of shaft
= 2.40 0.956 = 1.444 m
Shear centre, C
w
of walls, from centreline of wall A

=
I
LS
(1.44 + 24.00 + 0.05

)
=
1.36 25.49
= 12.56 m from wall A
I
LS
+ I
WallA
1.36 + 1.41
or = 12.56 + 2.80 0.05 = 15.31 from east end of building.
1.45 24.00 2.80
C Wall A

15.31
15.35
W
k
CoG
L
* C
w
*
L
Wall A
Figure 6.5 Shear centre, C
w
CC and centre of action,
w
W
k
WW
Centre of action (30.7/2 = 15.35 m from end of building) and shear
centre (almost) coincide. = there is no torsion to resolve in the
stability system for wind in a NS direction.
#

900
Roof
3rd
2nd
1st
Gnd
3300
3300
3300
3300
900
600
1
4
1
0
0
w
k
= 17.2 kN/m
300 4400 300
Figure 6.6 Wall A
wind loads NS
= Wall A takes 51% of wind load, so characteristic wind load on wall A,
w
k, wall A
= 51% w
k
L
x
= 51% 1.1 30.7 = 17.2 kN/m

Assuming centreline of wall A is 50 mm to right hand side of grid.
#
Had there been signicant torsion this would have been resolved into +/ forces
in a couple based on the shear walls.

This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
172
= at just above ground oor, characteristic in-plane moment
in wall A, M
k
, due in this case to wind
= 17.2 14.1
2
/2 = 1709.8 kNm
Resolving into couple using 1 m either end of wall

, characteristic wind
load in each end, W
k
= 1709.8/3.4 = 502.9 kN
6.1.5 Effects of global imperfections in plane of wall A
H
IG
H
I1
H
I2
H
I3
H
IR y
I
Roof
3rd
2nd
1st
Gnd
Figure 6.7 Global imperfections
Global imperfections can be represented by forces H
i
at oor level
where
H
i
= y
i
(N
b
N
a
) Exp. (5.4)
where
y
i
= (1/200) a
h
a
m
Cl. 5.2(1), 5.2(5),
5.2(8) & NA
where
a
h
= 0.67 2/l
0.5
1.0
= 0.67 2/14.7
0.5
1.0
= 0.67 0.52 1.0
= 0.67
a
m
= [0.5(1 + 1/m)]
0.5
where
m = no. of members contributing to the total effect
= 25 vertical elements on 4 oors
= 100

For medium-rise shear walls there are a number of methods of design. Cl. 9.6.1
suggests strut-and-tie (see Volume 2 of these worked examples
[30]
). Another
method
[26]
is to determine elastic tensile and compression stresses from N
Ed
/bL
+/ 6M
Ed
/bL
2
and determine reinforcement requirements based on those maxima.
The method used here assumes a couple, consisting of 1.0 m of wall either end of
the wall. The reinforcement in tension is assumed to act at the centre of one end
and the concrete in compression (with a rectangular stress distribution) acts at
the centre of the other end. The forces generated by the couple add or subtract
from the axial load in the 1 m ends of the walls. The method is useful for typical
straight shear walls of say 2.5 to 5.0 m in length.
Vol. 2
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
173
6! Sheer we||
= a
m
= 0.71
= y
i
= 0.67 0.71/200
= 0.0024
N
b
, N
a
= axial forces in members below and above
(N
b
N
a
) = axial load from each level
At roof level
Area = 30.4 14.5 1.3 2.5 3.6 4.8 = 420.3 m
3
Perimeter = 2 (30.4 + 14.5) = 89.8 m
(N
a
N
b
) = axial load from roof level
= 420.3 (7.05 + 0.6) + 89.8 0.9 4.0 = 3286.4 + 252.2 kN
At 3rd oor
(N
a
N
b
) = 420.3 (5.78 + 2.5) + 89.8 3.3 4.0 = 3615.7 + 1050.8 kN
At 2nd oor
(N
a
N
b
) = 3615.7 + 1050.8 kN
At 1st oor
(N
a
N
b
) = 3615.7 + 1050.8 kN
H
iR
= 0.0024 (3286.4 + 252.2) = 7.9 + 0.6 = 8.5 kN
H
i3
= H
i2
= H
i1
= 0.0024 (3615.7 + 1050.8) = 8.7 + 2.5 = 11.2 kN
Characteristic design moment at ground oor,
M
k
= 8.5 13.2 + 11.2 (9.90 + 6.60 + 3.30)
= 112.2 + 221.8 = 334.0 kNm
As before, wall A resists 51% of this moment. Resolving into couple
using 1 m either end of wall,
= G
kH

= 0.51 334.0/3.4 = 50.1 kN


i.e. G
kH
= 50.1 kN/m
6.1.6 Check for global second order effects
To check whether the building might act as a sway frame check Cl. 5.8.3.3(1)
F
V,Ed
k
l

n
s

=
SE
cd
I
c

n
s
+ 1.6 L
2
Exp. (5.18)
where
F
V,Ed
= Total vertical load (on braced and bracing members)
where
Floor area = (30.7 2 0.15) 14.4 (2 0.15) 3.6
4.8 1.3 2.5
= 428.6 20.5 = 408.1

As H
i
derives mainly from permanent actions its resulting effects are
considered as being a permanent action too.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
174
Loads G
k
Q
k
from roof: 408 (7.05 + 0.6) =
31 oors: 3 408 (5.78 + 2.5) =
Allow cavity wall at 1st oor and above
2876
7075
245
3060
(3 3.30 + 0.9) 2 (30.4 + 14.1) 4.0 =
Imposed load reduction 20% (see 6.2.3)
3845
13705
13705
3305
661
2644
=F
V,Ed
13705 1.35 + 1.5 2644
= 22468 kN
k
l
= 0.31
n
s
= number of storeys
= 4 (including roof)
E
cd
= E
cm
/g
CE
= 33/1.2 = 27.5 GPa
Cl. 5.8.2(6) & NA
Table 3.1,
5.8.6(3) & NA
I
c
= Inertia of bracing members
in NS direction
I
c
= 1.36 + 1.41 = 2.77 m
4
(See Section 6.1.4)
in EW direction
I
LS
, with reference to Figure 6.4
h d Area, A Ax Ax
2
I
2.4 2.4 = 5.76 1.2 6.912 8.294 2.765
2.0 2.0 = 4.00 1.2 4.800 5.760 1.333
1.6 0.2 = 0.32 2.3 0.732 1.683 0.001
1.44 1.38 0.851 1.431
as before (6.1.4), x = 1.38/1.44
= 0.956 m
I
LS
= I
NU
= Ax
2
+ I Ax
2
= 0.851 + 1.431 1.44 0.956
= 0.965 m
4
L = total height of building above level of moment restraint
= 14.7 (see Figure 6.6)
Check
k
l

n
s




SE
cd
I
c

on weak EW axis:
n
s
+ 1.6 L
2
= 0.31 [4/(4 + 1.6)] 27500 10
3
(0.965/14.7
2
)
= 27200 kN
i.e. > F
V,Ed
= no need to design for 2nd order effects.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
175
6! Sheer we||

6.1.7 Design moments perpendicular to plane of wall
1
3
5
0
6
5
0
4
4
0
0
7
5
0
C
L
C
L
C
L
150
B
A A
B
up
200
1st
Gnd
Figure 6.8 Plan of wall A and location
of sections AA and BB
Figure 6.9 Section AA
Section AA @ 1st oor
The slab frames into the wall. For the purposes of assessing xed
end moments, the width of slab contributing to the moments in the
wall is assumed to be the length of the wall plus distances half way
to adjacent supports either end. Therefore, consider the xed end
moment for 1.50/2 + 4.40 + 1.30/2 = 5.8 m width of adjoining slab
framing into the 4.4 m long shear wall (see Figure 6.8).
n
k
s
k
w
k
w
Figure 6.10 Subframe section AA @ 1st floor
FEM

: assuming imposed load is a leading variable action:


= nl
2
/8
= 5.8 (1.35 5.78 + 1.5 2.5) 6.0
2
/8
= 5.8 11.6 6
2
/8 = 302.8 kNm
EC0: Exp. (6.10)
& NA

FEM: xed end moment


This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
176
k
w
= EI/l = E 4400 200
3
/(12 3300)
= E 8.88 10
5
k
s
= EI/2l = E 5800 200
3
/(2 12 6000)
= E 3.22 10
5
M = 302.8 8.88/(2 8.8 + 3.22)
= 302.8 0.42 = 121.2 kNm
i.e. 121.2/4.40 = 27.5 kNm/m @ ULS
Similarly, assuming imposed load is an accompanying action:
FEM = 5.8 (1.35 5.78 + 0.7 1.5 2.5) 6
2
/8
= 5.8 10.4 6
2
/8 = 271.4 kNm
=M = 271.4 0.42/4.40 = 25.9 kNm/m @ ULS
Section AA @ ground oor
By inspection not critical nominal moment.
Section BB @ 1st
Consider the landing inuences half of wall (2.2 m long) and that
this section of wall is subject to supporting half the slab considered
before at 1st oor level at Section AA.
1
6
5
0
1st
Landing
Gnd
Figure 6.11 Section BB
FEM = 302.8/2 = 151.4 kNm
k
w
= I/l
= 2200 200
3
/(12 1650) = 8.88 10
5
k
s
= 3.22 10
5
/2 = 1.61 10
5
M = 151.4 8.88/(2 8.88 + 1.61)
= 151.4 0.46
= 69.6 kNm
i.e. 63.8/2.2 = 31.6 kNm/m @ ULS
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
177
6! Sheer we||
Similarly, assuming imposed load is an accompanying action:
FEM = 5.8 (1.35 5.78 + 0.7 1.5 2.5) 6
2
/8
= 5.8 10.4 6
2
/8 = 271.4 kNm
=M = 271.4 0.46/(2 2.2) = 28.4 kNm/m @ ULS
Section BB @ landing level and ground oor
By inspection not critical
6.1.8 Consider slenderness of wall at ground floor
To derive maximum slenderness (at south end of wall), ignore effect
of landing.
Effective length, l
0
= 0.75 (3300 200) = 2325 Table C16
l = 3.46 l
0
/h = 3.46 2325/200 = 40.2 Cl. 5.8.3.2(1)
Limiting slenderness, l
lim
= 20 ABC/n
0.5
Cl. 5.8.3.1(1),
Exp. (5.13N)
where
A = 0.7
B = 1.1
C = 1.7 r
m
where
r
m
= M
01
/M
02
= say = 0.25
C = 1.95
n = N
Ed
/A
c
f
d
where
N
Ed
= 214.6 1.25 + 31.2 1.5 0.7 + 502.9 1.5 +
98.2 1.5 0.7

= 268.3 + 32.8 + 754.4 + 103.1


= 1158.6 kN
A
c
f
d
= 200 1000 0.85 30/1.5 = 3400 kN
= n = 0.34
= l
lim
= 20 0.7 1.1 1.95/0.34
0.5
= 51.5
= As l < l
lim
wall is not slender and = no secondary moments
6.1.9 Summary: design forces on wall, ground1st floor
At ground to 1st consider maxima.
Vertical loads G
k
= 214.6 kN/m
Q
k
= 35.7 kN/m
Vertical load due to in-plane bending and wind W
k
= 502.9 kN/m
Vertical load due to in-plane bending and imperfections
G
kH
= 50.1 kN/m
Maximum moment out of plane, oor imposed load as leading action
M = 31.6 kN/m @ ULS
Maximum moment out of plane, oor imposed load as accompanying action
M = 28.4 kN/m @ ULS

Assuming wind load is lead variable action.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
178
6.1.10 Combinations of actions at ground1st floor
a) At ULS, for maximum axial load, W
k
is leading variable action
N
Ed
= 1.35G
k
+ 1.5Q
k1
+ 1.5c
0
Q
ki
= 1.35 (214.6 + 50.1) + 1.5 502.9 + 1.5 0.7 35.7
= 357.3 + 754.4 + 37.5
= 1149.2 kN/m
M
Ed
= M + e
i
N
Ed
e
0
N
Ed
Cl. 5.8.8.2(1),
6.1.4
where
M = moment from 1st order analysis
= 28.4 kNm/m
e
i
= l
0
/400 = 2325/400 = 5.8 mm Cl. 5.2(7), 5.2(9)
e
0
= h/30 20 mm = 20 mm Cl. 6.1.4
M
Ed
= 28.4 + 0.0058 1149.2.1 0.020 1149.2
= 28.4 + 6.7 23.0 = 35.1 kNm/m
b) At ULS, for minimum axial load, W
k
is leading variable action
N
Ed
= 1.0 214.6 1.35 50.1 1.5 502.9 + 0 35.7
= 607.4 kN/m (tension)
M
Ed
= 28.4

+ 0.0058 607.4 0.020 602.4


= 28.4 + 3.5 23.0
= 31.9 kNm/m
c) At ULS, for maximum out of plane bending assuming Q
k
is leading
variable action
N
Ed
= 1.35 (214.6 + 50.1) + 1.5 35.7 + 1.5 0.5 502.9
= 357.3 + 53.6 + 377.2
= 788.1 kN/m
M
Ed
= 31.6 + 0.0058 788.1 0.020 788.1
= 31.6 + 4.6 15.8
= 36.2 kNm/m
or
N
Ed
= 1.0 214.6 1.35 50.1 0 31.2 1.5 0.5 502.9
= 214.6 67.6 0 377.2
= 230.2 kN/m (tension)
M
Ed
= 31.6 + 0.0058 230.2
= 33.0 kNm/m
d) Design load cases
Consolidate c) into a) and b) to consider two load cases:
N
Ed
= 1149.4 kN/m,
M
Ed
= 36.2 kN/m (out of plane)
and N
Ed
= 607.4 kN/m,
M
Ed
= 36.2 kN/m (out of plane)

Strictly incompatible with Q


k
= 0. However, allow Q
k
= 0.
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
179
6! Sheer we||
6.1.11 Design: cover above ground
c
nom
= c
min
+ Dc
dev
where
c
min
= max[c
min,b
; c
min,dur
] Exp. (4.1)
where
c
min,b
= diameter of bar = 20 mm vertical or 10 mm lacers
c
min,dur
= for XC1 = 15 mm
Dc
dev
= 10 mm
=c
nom
= 15 + 10 = 25 mm to lacers
(35 mm to vertical bars)
6.1.12 Fire resistance
Assuming 1-hour re resistance required for, as a worst case,

= 0.7
and re on both sides.
Min. thickness = 140 mm, min. axis distance = 10 mm i.e. not critical EC2-1-2: Table 5.4
6.1.13 Design using charts
For compressive load:
d
2
/h = (25 + 10 + 16/2)/200 = 0.215
= interpolate between charts C5d) and C5e) for Figs C5d), C5e)
N
Ed
/bhf
ck
= 1149.4 10
3
/(200 1000 30) = 0.192
M
Ed
/bh
2
f
ck
= 36.2 10
6
/(200
2
1000 30) = 0.030
Gives:
A
s
f
yk
/bhf
ck
= 0 = minimum area of reinforcement required
= 0.002 A
c
Cl. 9.6.2 & NA
= 0.002 200 1000
= 400 mm
2
/m
= 200 mm
2
/m each face
max. 400 mm cc, min. 12 mm diameter
Try T12 @ 400
Cl. 9.6.2(3);
SMDSC
A
s
/2
Moment
0 0 0 0
Tension Combined
+
e e e s
s
st2
s
st1

+
=
=
Combined
A
s
/2
Figure 6.12 Stresses and strains in wall subject to tension and
out of plane moment p
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
180
For tensile load and moment:
Working from rst principles, referring to Figure 6.12 and ignoring
contribution from concrete in tension,
N
Ed
= (s
st1
+ s
st2
) A
s
/2
and M
Ed
= (s
st1
s
st2
) A
s
/2 (d d
2
)
so s
st1
+ s
st2
= 2N
Ed
/A
s
and s
st1
s
st2
= 2M
Ed
/[(d d
2
)A
s
]
= 2s
st1
= 2N
Ed
/A
s
+ 2M
Ed
/[(d d
2
)A
s
]
= A
s
= (N
Ed
/s
st1
) + M
Ed
/(d d
2
)s
st1
s
st1
= f
yk
/g
S
= 500/1.15 = 434.8
= A
s
= 607.4 10
3
/434.8 + 36.2 10
6
/[(157 43) 434.8]
= 1397 + 730
= 2127 mm
2
s
st2
= 2N
Ed
/A
s
s
st1
= 571.7 434.8 = 136 MPa
By inspection all concrete is in tension zone and may be ignored.
Use 6 no. H16 @ 200 cc both sides for at least
1 m each end of wall (2412 mm
2
).
6.1.14 Horizontal reinforcement
A
s, hmin
= 0.001A
s
or 25% A
s vert
= 200 mm
2
or 0.25 2036 = 509 mm
2
/m
= requires 254 mm
2
/m each side
Cl. 9.6.3(1) & NA
Spacing 400 mm Cl. 9.6.3(2)
Links not required.
Use H10 @ 300 (262 mm
2
/m) both sides.
Cl. 9.6.4(1)
6.1.15 Check for tension at top of foundation
Permanent and variable:
G
k
= 1021.0/4.4 = 232.0 kN/m
Q
k
= 230.9/4.4 = 52.5 kN/m
Section 6.1.2
Wind:
M
k
= 17.2 14.1 [14.1/2 + 0.6] = 1855.3 kN/m
Resolved into couple 1 m either end of wall
W
kw
= 1855.3/3.4 = 545.7 kN/m
Section 6.1.4
Global imperfections:
M
k
= 8.5 13.8 + 11.2 (10.5 + 7.2 + 3.9 + 0.6)
= 365.9 kNm
G
kH
= 365.9 0.51/3.4 = 54.9 kN/m
Section 6.1.5
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
181
6! Sheer we||
At ULS for maximum axial tension W
k
is lead imposed load:
N
Ed
= 1.0 232.0 1.35 54.9 1.5 545.7 + 0 52.5
= 660.7 kN/m
M
Ed
= nominal = e2N
Ed
= 0.02 660.7 Cl. 6.1.4
= 13.2 kNm/m
As before
A
s
=
N
Ed

+
M
Ed
f
yk
/g
M
(d d
2
)f
yk
/g
M
= 660.7 10
3
/434.8 + 13.2 10
6
/[(157 43) 434.8]
= 1520 + 266
= 1786 mm
2
i.e. not critical
= Use 6 no. H16 @ 200 cc b.s. for at least 1 m either end of wall
(2412 mm
2
).
6.1.16 Check for axial compression at top of foundation
At ULS for maximum axial compression W
k
is lead imposed load:
N
Ed
= 1.35 232.0 + 1.35 54.9 + 1.5 545.7 + 0.7 1.5 52.5
= 1261.0 kN/m
M
Ed
= nominal = e2N
Ed
= 0.02 1261.0 Cl. 6.1.4
= 25.2 kNm/m
By inspection not critical (minimum reinforcement required). Section 6.1.13
= tension critical as above.
6.1.17 Design: cover below ground
c
nom
= c
min
+ Dc
dev
where
c
min
= max[c
min,b
; c
min,dur
] Exp. (4.1)
where
c
min,b
= diameter of bar = 16 mm vertical or 10 mm lacers
c
min,dur
= for assumed Aggressive Chemical Environment for
Concrete (ACEC) class AC1 ground conditions
= 25 mm
BS 8500-1
Annex A
[14]
,
How to: Building
structures
[8]
Dc
dev
= 10 mm
c
nom
= 25 + 10 = 35 mm to lacers
(45 mm to vertical bars)
In order to align vertical bars from foundation into Gnd1st oor lift
as starter bars, locally increase thickness of wall to say
250 mm thick with c
nom
= 50 mm
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
182
6.1.18 Check stability
Assume base extends 0.3 m beyond either end of wall A, i.e. is 5.0 m long
and is 1.2 m wide by 0.9 m deep.
Overturning moments
Wind (see Figure 6.6)
EC0: Table
A1.2(A) & NA
Fig. 6.6
M
k
= 17.2 14.1 [14.1/2 + 1.5]
= 2073.5 kNm
Global imperfections (see Section 6.1.5) Fig. 6.7
M
k
= 0.51 x [8.5 14.7 + 11.2 (11.4 + 8.1 + 4.8 + 1.5)]
= 0.51 x [125.0 + 11.2 25.8]
= 0.51 x 414.0
= 211 kNm
Restoring moment
M
k
= (1021.0 + 5.0 x 1.2 x 0.9 x 25 + 0 x 230.9 ) x (0.3 + 2.2)
= 2890 kNm
At ULS of EQU,
Overturning moment
= fn(g
Q,1
Q
k1
+ g
G,sup
G
k
)
= 1.5 x 2073.5 + 1.1 x 211.0 = 3342.4 kNm
EC0: Table
A1.2(A) & NA
Restoring moment
= fn(g
G,inf
G
k
)
= 0.9 x 2890 = 2601 kNm i.e. > 1818.4 kNm
= no good
EC0:
Table A1.2(A)
& NA
Try 1.05 m outstand
Restoring moment
M
k
= 2890 (1.05 + 2.2) / (0.3 + 2.2)
= 3757.0 kNm
At ULS, restoring moment = 0.9 x 357.0
= 3381.3 kNm
=OK. Use 1.05 m outstand to wall.
6.1.19 Design summary
H12 @ 400 b.s
12 12
1st
1050 1050
25 mm cover to 200 mm
wall above ground floor
24H16 @ 200
(12NF, 12FF)
Gnd
50 mm cover
to 250 wall
below ground floor
Lacers H10 @
300 m outside
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
183
/ keerences end urther reed|ng
7 References and further reading

References
1 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS lN !99?!!, lurocode ? lert !! /e/qn o|
conce|e |ac|ae - Oeneo/ a/e onJ a/e |o /a//J/nq bSl, ?004
1a Net|one| Annex to lurocode ? lert !! bSl, ?00S
2 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS lN !99?!?, lurocode ? lert !? /e/qn o|
conce|e |ac|ae - Oeneo/ a/e - |ac|ao/ |/e Je/qn bSl, ?004
2a Net|one| Annex to lurocode ? lert !? bSl, ?00S
3 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS lN !99??, lurocode ? lert ? /e/qn o|
conce|e |ac|ae - S/Jqe bSl, ?00S
3a Net|one| Annex to lurocode ? lert ? bSl, ?00/
4 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS lN !99?3, lurocode ? lert 3 /e/qn o|
conce|e |ac|ae - //a/J-e|o/n/nq onJ con|o/nmen| |ac|ae bSl, ?006
4a Net|one| Annex to lurocode ? lert 3 bSl, ?00/
5 k S NAkAANAN 8 C l COOLClllL he Concrete Centre Conc/e /aocoJe ?
CCll-00S CC, ?006
6 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON lL 66S/ Soc/qoanJ oooe |o |/e c/ /o|/ono/
/nne\e S // '99?-' bSl, ?006
7 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS S!!0 |ac|ao/ ae o| conce|e - /o| ' CoJe o|
ooc|/ce |o Je/qn onJ con|ac|/on bSl,!99/
8 bkOOllk, O et e| /ou |o Je/qn conce|e |ac|ae a/nq /aocoJe ? CCll-006
he Concrete Centre, ?006 0pdeted or down|oed on|y ?009
9 ll lNSl0lON Ol Sk0C0kAl lNClNllkS/ll CONCkll SOCll/Ll |onJoJ
me|/oJ o| Je|o///nq |ac|ao/ conce|e h|rd ld|t|on lStructl, ?006
10 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS lN !990, lurocode So/ o| |ac|ao/ Je/qn
bSl, ?00?
10a Net|one| Annex to lurocode bSl, ?004
11 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS lN !99!, lurocode ! /c|/on on |ac|ae
(!0 perts) bSl, ?00??006
11a Net|one| Annexes to lurocode ! bSl, ?00S?00S end |n preperet|on
12 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS lN !99/!, lurocode / Oeo|ec/n/co/ Je/qn
Oeneo/ a/e bSl, ?004
12a Net|one| Annex to lurocode / bS lN !99/! bSl, ?00/
13 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS lN !99S!, lurocode S /e/qn o| |ac|ae |o
eo|/ao/e e/|once Oeneo/ a/e e/m/c oc|/on |o /a//J/nq bSl, ?004
13a Net|one| Annex to lurocode S bS lN !99S! bSl, ?00S
14 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS SS00! Conce|e - Como/emen|o, S/|//
|onJoJ |o S // ?06-' /e|/oJ o| oec/|,/nq onJ qa/Jonce |o |/e oec/|/e bSl, ?00?
15 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS 4449 |ee/ |o |/e e/n|ocemen| o| conce|e -
we/Jo//e e/n|oc/nq |ee/ - So co// onJ Jeco//eJ ooJac| - oec/|/co|/on bSl, ?00S
16 CONSk0C /o|/ono/ |ac|ao/ conce|e oec/|/co|/on |o /a//J/nq con|ac|/on h|rd
ld|t|on, CS !S? he Concrete Soc|ety on |ehe| o Construct, ?004
17 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS lN !36/0 /\eca|/on o| conce|e |ac|ae - /o| '
Common bSl, |n preperet|on, due ?0!0
18 CONSk0C /o|/ono/ |ac|ao/ conce|e oec/|/co|/on |o /a//J/nq con|ac|/on lourth
ed|t|on, |n preperet|on
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
184
19 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS S666 ?00S, c/eJa//nq J/men/on/nq /enJ/nq
onJ ca||/nq o| |ee/ |o e/n|ocemen| oec/|/co|/on bSl, ?00S
20 ll Q0llN'S lklNlk Ol ACS Ol lAkllAMlN, I/e Sa//J/nq /eqa/o|/on ?000 he
Stet|onery O|ce l|m|ted, ?000
21 ll SAlONlk OlllCl llMllL (SO), Sa//J/nq /menJmen|j /o ?j /eqa/o|/on ?00?
onJ |/e Sa//J/nq /ooo.eJ /noec|o e|cj /menJmen|j /eqa/o|/on ?00? SO, ?00?
22 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON LL lNV !36/0! ?000 /\eca|/on o| conce|e
|ac|ae Common bSl, ?000
23 COOl, N /e/qne qa/Je |o // '99'-4 /c|/on on |ac|ae w/nJ oc|/on homes
e|ord, london, ?00/
24 LClC Oa/Je |o |/e ae o| // '99'-'-4 - w/nJ oc|/on LClC lu|||cet|ons, ?006
wwwcommun|t|esgovu|/p|enn|ngend|u||d|ng/p|enn|ng|u||d|ng/
|u||d|ngregu|et|onsreseerch/|u||d|ngd|v|s|onreseerch/
25 bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON bS lN !99!!4 lurocode ! /c|/on on |ac|ae
Oeneo/ oc|/on w/nJ oc|/on bSl, ?00S
25a Net|one| Annex to lurocode ! lert !4 bSl, ?00S
26 bkOOllk, O Conce|e /a//J/nq c/eme Je/qn monao/ (lC? ed|t|on) CCll-0S! he
Concrete Centre, ?009
27 ll CONCkll SOCll echn|ce| keport 64, Oa/Je |o |/e Je/qn onJ con|ac|/on o| /C
|/o| /o/, CCll-0?? he Concrete Soc|ety, ?00/
28 COOLClllL, C l 8 vlbSlk, k M /C oeoJ/ee| .3, CCll-00SCL ce qa/Je |o /C
oeoJ/ee| \3, CCll-00S he Concrete Centre, ?006
29 lkvlN, A v /e/qn o| /eo uo// /a//J/nq keport k!0? ClklA, !9S4
30 ll CONCkll ClNkl wo/eJ e\omo/e |o /aocoJe ? \o/ame ? CCll-04? ln
preperet|on
31 MOSlll, b, b0NCl, 8 l0lSl, k /e/n|oceJ conce|e Je/qn |o /aocoJe ?, S|xth
ld|t|on le|greve McM|||en, ?00/
32 ll CONCkll SOCll /e|/ec|/on /n conce|e /o/ onJ /eom k SS he Concrete
Soc|ety, ?00S
33 bllb, A /oJ/|/eJ ooooo/ |o con|o///nq Je|/ec|/on /, meon o| o|/o o| oon |o e||ec|/.e
Jeo|/ echn|ce| keport 4S6, Cement end Concrete Assoc|et|on, vexhem Spr|ngs, !9/!
34 AlllN, A l /e/n|oceJ conce|e Je/qn |o S S''0 /mo/, e\o/o/neJ Spon, london, !9SS
35 lNSl0lON Ol Sk0C0kAl lNClNllkS /onao/ |o |/e Je/qn o| conce|e /a//J/nq
|ac|ae |o /aocoJe ? lStructl, ?006
Further reading
N bllb A v 8 NAkAANAN k S Les|gners gu|de to the lurocodes lN !99?!!
end lN !99?!? lurocode ? /e/qn o| conce|e |ac|ae Oeneo/ a/e onJ a/e |o
/a//J/nq onJ |ac|ao/ |/e Je/qn homes e|ord, ?00S
N bkllSl SANLAkLS lNSl0lON ll !990?00/ |ac|ao/ /aocoJe /\|oc| |om
|/e |ac|ao/ /aocoJe |o |aJen| o| |ac|ao/ Je/qn second ed|t|on bSl, london,
?00/
N llNL C k 8 SMll L A, Les|gners gu|de to the lurocodes lN !99?? lurocode ?
/e/qn o| conce|e |ac|ae /o| ? Conce|e //Jqe, homes e|ord, ?00/
N ll CONCkll SOCll echn|ce| keport 64, Oa/Je |o |/e Je/qn onJ con|ac|/on o| /C
|/o| /o/, CCll-0?? he Concrete Soc|ety, ?00/
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
185
Append|x A Ler|ved ormu|ee
Appendix A: Derived formulae
Flexure: beams and slabs
Singly reinforced sections
he rectengu|er stress ||oc| shown |e|ow |n l|gure A! mey |e used
h
A
s2
A
s
d
a) Section b) Strain c) Forces
neutral axis
d
2
e
c
e
sc
lx
e
s
x
nf
cd
F
c
z
F
st
F
sc
Figure A1
Strains and forces in a section
Fig. 3.5
lor gredes o concrete up to CS0/60, e
cu
0003S, n ! end l 0S
|
cd
a
cc
|
c|
/g
C
0SS |
c|
/!S
3.1.6(1), 2.4.2.4(1)
& NA
|
yd
|
y|
/ g
S
|
y|
/!!S 0S/|
y|
2.4.2.4(1) & NA
lor s|ng|y re|norced sect|ons, the des|gn equet|ons cen |e der|ved es o||ows
Lever arm, z
z = d 0.4x
F
st
F
c
0.8x
Figure A2
Beam lever arm
/
c
(0SS |
c|
/!S) / (0S\) 04S3|
c|
/\
/
st
0S//
s
|
y|
Cons|der moment

, /, e|out the centre o the tens|on orce


/ 04S3|
c|
/\
Now J 04\
= \ ?S(J )
/ 04S3|
c|
/?S(J )
!!333 (|
c|
/J |
c|
/
?
)
let / ///J
?
|
c|
!!333 (|
c|
/J |
c|
/
?
)//J
?
|
c|
!!333(J
?
)/J
?
= 0 !!333|(/J)
?
(/J)| /
(/J)
?
(/J) 0SS?3S/

ln prect|ce the des|gn moment, /


ld
wou|d |e used
A1
A1.1
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
186
So|v|ng the quedret|c equet|on
/J |! (! 3S?9/)
0S
|/?
J|! |! 3S?9/)
0S
|/?
Table C5
/| / con/JeeJ qooJ ooc|/ce /n |/e c/ |o //m/| /J |o o mo\/mam o| 09'J I// qaoJ oqo/n|
e/,/nq on .e, |//n ec|/on o| conce|e u//c/ o| |/e e\|eme |oo o| o ec|/on mo, /e o|
ae|/ono//e |enq|/j Io//e q/./nq .o/ae o| /J onJ \/J |o .o/ae o| / mo, /e aeJ
Area of reinforcement, A
s
e||ng moments e|out the centre o the compress|on orce
/ 0S//
s
|
y|

/
s
//(0S/|
y|
)
Limiting value of relative exural compressive stress, K'
Assum|ng no red|str||ut|on te|es p|ece, e ||m|t|ng ve|ue (on the strength o concrete |n
compress|on) or / cen |e ce|cu|eted (denoted /) es o||ows
e
cu3
concrete stre|n 0003S
e
s
re|norcement stre|n
S00/(!!S ?00 !0
3
) 000??
lrom stre|n d|egrem, l|gure A!
\ 0003SJ/(0003S 000??)
06J
lrom equet|ons e|ove
/ 04S3|
c|
/\
/ 04S3|
c|
/ 06J (J 04 06 J)
0?0/|
c|
/ J
?
= / 0?0/
lt |s oten cons|dered good prect|ce to ||m|t the depth o the neutre| ex|s to evo|d 'over-
re|norcement' (|e to ensure thet the re|norcement |s y|e|d|ng et e||ure, thus evo|d|ng |r|tt|e
e||ure o the concrete) Oten \/J |s ||m|ted to 04S h|s |s reerred to es the |e|enced sect|on
|eceuse et the u|t|mete ||m|t stete the concrete end stee| reech the|r u|t|mete stre|ns et the
seme t|me
|3!|
h|s |s not e lurocode ? requ|rement end |s not eccepted |y e|| eng|neers
Nonethe|ess or \ 04SJ
lrom equet|ons e|ove
/ 04S3|
c|
/\
/ 04S3|
c|
/ 04SJ (J 04 04SJ)
0!6/|
c|
/J
?
= / 0!6/
Cl. 5.5(4)
\/J |s e|so restr|cted |y the emount o red|str||ut|on cerr|ed out lor |
c|
< S0 Mle
d ~ 04 (06 000!4e
cu
)\
u
/J
where
J red|str||uted moment/e|est|c |end|ng moment |eore red|str||ut|on
\
u
depth o the neutre| ex|s et 0lS eter red|str||ut|on
e
cu
compress|ve stre|n |n the concrete et 0lS
h|s g|ves the ve|ues |n e||e A!

Table 3.1
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
187
Append|x A Ler|ved ormu|ee
A1.2
A2
A2.1
Table A1
Limits on D with respect to redistribution ratio, d
d 1 0.95 0.9 0.85 0.8 0.75 0.7
% redistribution 0 S !0 !S ?0 ?S 30
K' 0?0S 0!9S 0!S? 0!6S 0!S3 0!3/ 0!?0
l / > / the sect|on shou|d |e res|.ed or compress|on re|norcement |s requ|red ln ||ne w|th
cons|deret|on o good prect|ce out||ned e|ove, this publication adopts a maximum value
of K' = 0.167
Compression reinforcement, A
s2
he me|or|ty o |eems used |n prect|ce ere s|ng|y re|norced, end these |eems cen |e des|gned us|ng
the ormu|e der|ved e|ove ln some ceses, compress|on re|norcement |s edded |n order to
lncreese sect|on strength where sect|on d|mens|ons ere restr|cted, |e where N / > /
o reduce |ong term de|ect|on N
o decreese curveture/deormet|on et u|t|mete ||m|t stete N
A
s2
A
s
Figure A3
Beam with compression reinforcement
v|th reerence to l|gure A!, there |s now en extre orce
/
sc
0S//
s?
|
y|
he eree o tens|on re|norcement cen now |e cons|dered |n two perts, the |rst pert to |e|ence
the compress|ve orce |n the concrete, the second pert to |e|ence the orce |n the compress|on
stee| he eree o tens|on re|norcement requ|red |s thereore
/
s
/' |
cu
/J
?
/(0S/|
y|
) /
s?
where
|s ce|cu|eted us|ng /' |nsteed o /
/
s?
cen |e ce|cu|eted |y te||ng moments e|out the centre o the tens|on orce
/ / 0S/|
y|
/
s?
(J J
?
)
/ / |
cu
/J
?
0S/|
y|
/
s?
(J J
?
)
keerreng|ng
/
s?
(/ /) |
c|
/J
?
/|0S/ |
y|
(J J
?
)|
Shear
Shear resistance (without shear reinforcement), V
Rd,c
\
kd,c
|C
kd,c
/(!00r! |
c|
)
!/3
/
!
s
cp
| /
w
J ~ (.
m|n
/
!
s
cp
) /
w
J Exp. (6.2)
where
C
kd,c
0!S/g
C
0!S/!S 0!?
NA
/ ! (?00/J)
0S
< ?0
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
188
A2.2
A2.3
r
!
/
s
/(/
w
J) < 00?
/
!
0!S
s
cp
0 or non-prestressed concrete
.
m|n
003S/
!S
|
c|
0S
=\
kd,c
0!?/(!00 r
!
|
c|
)
!/3
/
w
J ~ 003S/
!S
|
c|
0S
/
w
J
Shear capacity
Exp. (6.9)
he cepec|ty o e concrete sect|on w|th vert|ce| sheer re|norcement to ect
es e strut, \
kd,mex

\
kd,mex
a
cw
/
w
?v
!
|
cd
/(cot y ten y)
Cl. 6.2.3(3) Note 1,
Exp. (6.6N) & NA
where
a
cw
!0
v
!
v 06 |! |
c|
/?S0|
|
cd
a
cc
|
c|
/g
C
!00 |
c|
/!S
=\
kd,mex
040 /
w
|
c|
|! |
c|
/?S0|/(cot y ten y)
keerreng|ng th|s equet|on g|ves
y 0S s|n
!
|.
ld.
/(0?0|
c|
|! |
c|
/?S0|)| ~ cot
!
?S
where
.
ld.
\
ld
// \
ld
/(/09J)
ln most ceses, where cot y ?S, y ?!S
.
kd,mex,cot y ?S
0!3S/
w
|
c|
|! |
c|
/?S0|
or
.
kd,mex,cot y ?S
0!3S|
c|
|! |
c|
/?S0|
where
.
kd,mex,cot y ?S
\
kd,mex,cot y ?S
/(/)
\
kd,mex,cot y ?S
/(09/J)
vhere cot y > ?S, the eng|e o the strut end .
kd,mex
shou|d |e ce|cu|eted, or .
kd,mex
mey |e
|oo|ed up |n te||es or cherts (eg e||e C/ or l|gure C!)
Shear reinforcement
Exp. (6.13) \
kd,s
(/
sw
/)|
ywd
(cot y cot a)s|n a ~ \
ld
where
/
sw
cross-sect|one| eree o the sheer re|norcement
spec|ng
|ever erm (epprox|mete ve|ue o 09J mey norme||y |e used)
|
ywd
|
yw|
/g
S
des|gn y|e|d strength o the sheer re|norcement
a eng|e o the ||n|s to the |ong|tud|ne| ex|s lor vert|ce| ||n|s,
cot a 0 end s|n a !0
keerreng|ng or vert|ce| ||n|s
/
sw
/ ~ \
ld
/|
ywd
cot y
or
/
sw
/ ~ .
ld,.
/
w
/ |
ywd
cot y
M|n|mum eree o sheer re|norcement
Exp. (9.5N) & NA
/
sw,m|n
/(/
w
s|n a) ~ 00S|
c|
0S
/|
y|
where
|ong|tud|ne| spec|ng o the sheer re|norcement
/
w
|reedth o the we|
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
189
Append|x A Ler|ved ormu|ee
A3

a eng|e o the sheer re|norcement to the |ong|tud|ne| ex|s o the mem|er lor vert|ce|
||n|s s|n a !0
keerreng|ng or vert|ce| ||n|s
A
sw,m|n
/ ~ 00S/
w
s|n a |
c|
0S
/|
y|
Columns
a) Strain diagram b) Stress diagram
n ex|s
|
cd
a
cc
n|
c|
/g
C
J
?
J
c
\
/
J
?
s
sc
s
st
e
cu?
e
sc
e
y
e
c
/
s!
/
s?
Figure A4
Section in axial
compression and
bending
Fig. 6.1
lor ex|e| |oed
/
ld
|
cd
/J
c
/
s?
s
sc
/
s!
s
st
but es /
s?
/
s!
/
sN
/?
/
ld
|
cd
/J
c
/
sN
(s
sc
s
st
)/?
/
ld
|
cd
/J
c
/
sN
(s
sc
s
st
)/?
(/
ld
|
cd
/J
c
)/(s
sc
s
st
) /
sN
/?
/
sN
/? (/
ld
|
cd
/J
c
)/(s
sc
s
st
)
=/
sN
/? (/
ld
a
cc
n|
c|
/J
c
/g
C
)/(s
sc
s
st
)
lor moment e|out centre o co|umn
/
ld
|
cd
/J
c
(//? J
c
/?) /
s?
s
sc
(//? J
?
) /
s!
s
st
(//? J
?
)
but es /
s?
/
s!
/
sM
/?
/
ld
|
cd
/J
c
(//? J
c
/?) /
sM
(s
sc
s
st
)(//? J
?
)/?
/
ld
|
cd
/J
c
(//? J
c
/?) /
sM
(s
sc
s
st
)(//? J
?
)/?
|/
ld
|
cd
/J
c
(//? J
c
/?)|/(s
sc
s
st
)(//? J
?
) /
sM
/?
= /
sM
/? |/
ld
a
cc
n|
c|
/J
c
(//? J
c
/?)/g
C
|/|(s
sc
s
st
)(//? J
?
)|
So|ut|on
lterete \ such thet /
sN
/
sM
Note
lor sect|ons who||y |n compress|on, the stre|n |s ||m|ted such thet everege stre|n
e
cs
000!/S (essum|ng ||||neer stressstre|n re|et|onsh|p)
Cl. 6.1(6), Fig. 6.1,
Table 3.1
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
190
B1
B1.1
B1.2
B1.3
Appendix B: Serviceability limit state
Deflection
ln meny ceses, pert|cu|er|y w|th s|e|s, de|ect|on |s cr|t|ce| to des|gn
lurocode ?, C| /4 e||ows or de|ect|on to |e contro||ed |y us|ng spendepth ret|o (//J) chec|s
|n eccordence w|th C| /4? or |y ce|cu|et|on |n eccordence w|th C| /43 lt |s |mportent to
d|erent|ete |etween the ver|ous methods used |n chec||ng deormet|on es they w||| eech g|ve
d|erent enswers hree popu|er methods ere d|scussed |e|ow On|y thet descr||ed |n Sect|on
b!! |e|ow |s su|te||e or hend ce|cu|et|on
TCC method
[5,19]
he |n-serv|ce stress o re|norcement, s
s
, |s used to determ|ne e ector, 3!0/s
s
, wh|ch |s used
to mod|y the |es|c spen eect|ve depth ret|o es e||owed |n C| /4?(?) o lurocode ?
|?|
end
modereted |y the Net|one| Annex
|?e|
h|s method, h|gh||ghted es ector l3 |n Conc/e /aocoJe
?
|S|
, |s |ntended to |e used |n hend ce|cu|et|ons to der|ve (conservet|ve) ve|ues o s
s
rom
eve||e||e 0lS moments ln eccordence w|th Note S o e||e NAS o the 0l NA
|?e|
, the ret|o or
/
s,prov
//
s,req
|s restr|cted to !S |n eect th|s ||m|ts the ector 3!0/s
s
to !S
where

s
s
(|
y|
/g
S
) (u
qp
/u
u|t
) (/
s,req
//
s,prov
) /d < 3!0/!S
where
|
y|
cherecter|st|c strength o re|norcement S00 Mle
g
S
pert|e| ector or re|norcement !!S
u
qp
ques|-permenent |oed (0Ll essumed)
u
perm
u|t|mete |oed (0Ll essumed)
/
s,req
eree o re|norcement requ|red
/
s,prov
eree o re|norcement prov|ded
d red|str||ut|on ret|o
RC Spreadsheets method
[28]
he kC spreedsheets CCxxx|s
|?S|
use the spen depth method o chec||ng deormet|on |ut use
en eccurete method or determ|n|ng s
s
(see b3? |e|ow), wh|ch ege|n |s used to determ|ne the
moderet|ng ector 3!0/s
s
Age|n, |n eccordence w|th Note S o e||e NAS o the 0l NA
|?e|
,
the ret|o or /
s,prov
//
s,req
|s restr|cted to !S |n eect th|s ||m|ts the ector 3!0/s
s
to !S
Seperete ene|yses us|ng ques|-permenent |oeds need to |e cerr|ed out lor eech spen, en SlS
neutre| ex|s depth |s determ|ned, then s
c
end s
s
ere der|ved or the ques|-permenent |oed
cond|t|ons he ector s
s
|s used |n eccordence w|th lurocode ?
|?|
end the current Net|one|
Annex
|?e|
, to mod|y the |es|c spen eect|ve depth ret|o
vh||st th|s method g|ves e more eccurete end |ess conservet|ve essessment o s
s
, |t |s on|y
su|te||e or computer spreedsheet epp||cet|ons See e|so Append|x bS
ln the ene|ys|s o s|e|s end |eems, supports ere usue||y essumed to |e p|nned ln ree||ty supports
heve some cont|nu|ty, espec|e||y et end supports 0sue||y, nom|ne| top stee| |s essumed end
prov|ded |n the top o spens end |s used |n the determ|net|on o sect|on propert|es
Rigorous analysis
k|gorous ene|ys|s, such es thet used |n the ser|es o kC Spreedsheets CCxxkx|s mey |e used to
essess deormet|on |n eccordence w|th lurocode ?, C| /43

See Append|x b!S


This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
191
Append|x b Serv|cee||||ty ||m|t stete
ln the spreedsheets, sect|ons et !/?0th po|nts e|ong the |ength o e spen ere chec|ed to
determ|ne whether the |exure| tens||e stress |n the sect|on |s |||e|y to exceed the tens||e strength
o the concrete dur|ng e|ther construct|on or serv|ce ||e seperete ene|yses ere underte|en us|ng
requent |oeds, ques|-permenent end temporery |oeds l the |exure| tens||e strength |s exceeded
under requent |oeds, then the sect|on |s essumed to |e crec|ed end reme|n crec|ed crec|ed
sect|on propert|es ere used to determ|ne the red|us o curveture or thet !/?0th o spen l
|exure| tens||e strength |s not exceeded, un-crec|ed sect|on propert|es ere used
ked|| o curveture ere ce|cu|eted or eech !/?0th spen |ncrement o the e|ement us|ng the re|event
propert|es end moments der|ved rom ene|ys|s o ques|-permenent ect|ons Leormet|on |s ce|cu|eted
rom the |ncrements' curvetures v|e numer|ce| |ntegret|on over the |ength o eech spen
he method |s |n eccordence w|th he Concrete Soc|ety's pu|||cet|on kSS
|3?|
Age|n the method
|s su|te||e on|y or computer epp||cet|ons end not or hend ce|cu|et|on
Differing results
Lur|ng ?00S, |t |eceme |ncrees|ng|y epperent thet there ere |ncons|stenc|es |etween the resu|ts
g|ven |y the r|gorous ce|cu|et|on method end spendepth methods descr||ed |n lurocode ?
0s|ng the r|gorous method g|ves de|ect|ons thet ere greeter then wou|d |e expected rom
the essumpt|ons steted or //J methods |e de|ect|on ||m|ts o //?S0 overe|| (see C| /4!(4))
or //S00 eter construct|on (see C| /4!(S)) lt |s suspected thet th|s d|sper|ty |s the seme es
thet exper|enced |etween spendepth end ce|cu|et|on methods |n bS S!!0 e d|sper|ty thet
wes recogn|sed es |ong ego es !9/!
|33|
he r|gorous method descr||ed e|ove re||es on meny
essumpt|ons end |s |erge|y unce|||reted ege|nst ree| structures As noted |n kSS, there |s en
urgent need or dete rom ectue| structures so thet methods mey |e ce|||reted lt shou|d |e
noted thet the r|gorous ene|ys|s method o|servet|ons were mede us|ng requent |oeds where, |n
eccordence w|th lurocode ?, ques|-permenent |oeds ere ce||ed or
lnd spens ere usue||y cr|t|ce| v|th respect to the r|gorous ene|ys|s method, |t hes |een suggested thet
or end-spens, the CC end kC-spreedsheet methods resu|t |n de|ect|ons c|ose to the ||m|ts steted
|n lurocode ?, prov|ded thet e nom|ne| end-support restre|n|ng moment |s present where none |s
essumed |n ene|ys|s Ceut|on |s thereore necessery |n true p|nned end-support s|tuet|ons |ut where
some cont|nu|ty ex|sts, th|s d|sper|ty mey |e eddressed |y ensur|ng thet eppropr|ete emounts o
re|norcement, |n eccordence w|th the Code end Net|one| Annex, ere prov|ded et end supports
he NLl or C| 9?!?(!) |n the 0l NA
|?e|
to bS lN !99?!? st|pu|etes thet ?S% o end spen
moment shou|d |e used to determ|ne end support re|norcement h|s |s usue||y eccommodeted
|y prov|d|ng ?S% o end spen |ottom stee| es top stee| et end supports lt |s on th|s |es|s thet
the ce|cu|et|ons |n th|s pu|||cet|on ere cons|dered es |e|ng urther su|stent|eted
Note regarding factor 310/s
s
(factor F3)
At the t|me o pu|||cet|on (Lecem|er ?009) the euthors were ewere o e pro|e||e chenge to
0l NA
|?e|
e||e NAS wh|ch, |n eect, wou|d meen thet the ector 3!0/s
s
(l3) /
s,prov
//
s,req

!S, thus d|se||ow|ng the eccurete method out||ned |n Sect|ons 3!, 3?, 33, 34, 43 end
Append|ces b!!, b!? end C/
Neutral axis at SLS
o |nd \, neutre| ex|s, end serv|ces stresses s
c
end s
s
or e concrete sect|on, et SlS, cons|der the
crec|ed sect|on |n l|gure b!
B1.4
B1.5
B2
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
192

d
2
d
x
A
s2
A
s
a
e
1
a
e
E/E
c
Relative modulus
Where a
e
= modular ratio E
s
/E
c
1
Figure B1
Cracked concrete section at SLS
lrom |rst pr|nc|p|es, or e u||y crec|ed trensormed sect|on,
ote| eree o sect|on / /\ /
s
a
e
/
s?
(a
e
!)
!st moment o eree, /
y
/\
?
/? /
s
Ja
e
/
s?
J
?
(a
e
!)
lor e s|e|, / !000, thereore
/ !000\ /
s
a
e
/
s?
(a
e
!)
/
y
S00\
?
/
s
Ja
e
/
s?
J
?
(a
e
!)
Neutre| ex|s depth, \
\ /
y
//
|S00\
?
/
s
Ja
e
/
s?
J
?
(a
e
!)|/|!000\ /
s
a
e
/
s?
(a
e
!)|
hereore
\|!000\ /
s
a
e
/
s?
(a
e
!)| |S00\
?
/
s
Ja
e
/
s?
J
?
(a
e
!)|
0 |S00\
?
/
s
Ja
e
/
s?
J
?
(a
e
!)| \|!000\ /
s
a
e
/
s?
(a
e
!)|
S00\
?
\|!000\| /
s
Ja
e
/
s?
J
?
(a
e
!)| \|/
s
a
e
/
s?
(a
e
!)|
S00\
?
\|/
s
a
e
/
s?
(a
e
!)| |/
s
Ja
e
/
s?
J
?
(a
e
!)|
So|v|ng the quedret|c
\ / /
?
4ac)
0S
|/?o
\
|/
s
a
e
/
s?
(a
e
!) [|/
s
a
e
/
s?
(a
e
!)|
?
4 S00 |/
s
Ja
e
/
s?
J
?
(a
e
!)|
0S
|
(? x S00)
or trenspos|ng,
\
|(a
e
!)/
s?
a
e
/
s
[|(a
e
!)/
s?
a
e
/
s
|
?
?000|(a
e
!)/
s?
J
?
a
e
/
s
J|
0S
|
!000
or
\
|(a
e
!)/
s?
a
e
/
s
[|(a
e
!)/
s?
a
e
/
s
|
?
?/|(a
e
!)/
s?
J
?
a
e
/
s
J|
0S
|
/
h|s express|on |s used |n the kC spreedsheets
|?S|

This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com


193
Append|x b Serv|cee||||ty ||m|t stete
SLS stresses in concrete, s
c
, and reinforcement, s
s
Singly reinforced section
Cons|der the s|ng|y re|norced sect|on |n l|gure b?
a) Section b) Dimensions and forces
M
qp
A
s
F
c
F
s
x/ 3
x
z
b
Figure B2
SLS stresses: singly
reinforced section
Cons|der moments e|out /
c

/
qp
/
s
/
s
(J \/3)
/
s
/
qp
/(J \/3)
s
s
/
qp
/|/
s
(J \/3)|
s
s
/
s
/
qp
/(J \/3) \/s
c
/?
s
c
?s
s
/
s
/\/
Doubly reinforced section
Cons|der the s|ng|y re|norced sect|on |n l|gure b3
a) Section b) Dimensions, modular
ratios and stresses
M
qp
d
2
A
s
A
s2
E/E
c
= a
e
1
s = s
c
(a
e
1)(x d
2
)/x
E/E
c
= a
e
s = s
c
E/E
c
= a
e
s = s
s
x
d
b
Figure B3
SLS stresses
Cons|der moment, /
qp
, e|out |ottom re|norcement, /
s
|34|

/
qp
/
s?
(J J
?
)(a
e
!)[(\ J
?
)/\ s
c
s
c
/(\/?)(J \/3)
hereore
s
c
/
qp
/ |/
s?
(J J
?
)(a
e
!) )[(\ J
?
)/\ /(\/?)(J \/3)|
And rom stress d|egrem
s
s
s
c
a
e
(J \)/\
B3
B3.1
B3.2
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
194
Appendix C: Design aids
he o||ow|ng te||es, text end |gures heve |een der|ved rom lurocode ? end ere prov|ded
es des|gn e|ds or des|gners |n the 0l hese des|gn e|ds heve |een reerenced |n the text end
genere||y heve |een te|en rom Sect|on !S o Conc/e /aocoJe ?
|S|

Design values of actions


lor the 0lS o strength (Sk) where there |s e s|ng|e ver|e||e ect|on use e|ther
!3S N O
|
!S
|
lxp (6!0) rom bS lN !990
|!0|
or the worse cese o
!3S N O
|
c
0
!S
|
lxp (6!0e)
end
!?S N O
|
!S
|
lxp (6!0|)
where c
0
!0 or storege, 0S or snow |ut otherw|se 0/, see e||e ??
ln most ceses lxp (6!0|) w||| |e eppropr|ete, except or storege where the use o lxp (6!0e)
|s |||e|y to |e more onerous
lor the SlS o deormet|on, ques|-permenent |oeds shou|d |e epp||ed hese ere !0O
|
c
?

|

where c
?
|s dependent on use, eg 03 or o|ces end res|dent|e| end 0/ or storege
Values of actions
he ve|ues o ect|ons (|e |oeds) ere de|ned |n lurocode !
|!!|
he perts o lurocode ! ere g|ven
|n e||e C! hese ve|ues ere te|en es cherecter|st|c ve|ues At the t|me o pu|||cet|on, the 0l
Net|one| Annexes to these perts ere |n ver|ous stetes o reed|ness
As lL 66S/
|6|
me|es c|eer, unt|| the eppropr|ete luropeen stenderds |ecome eve||e||e, des|gners
mey cons|der us|ng current prect|ce or current br|t|sh Stenderds |n con|unct|on w|th lurocode ?,
prov|ded they ere compet|||e w|th lurocode ? end thet the resu|t|ng re||e||||ty |s eccepte||e
bS lN !99!!! stetes thet the dens|ty o concrete |s ?4 |N/m
3
, re|norced concrete, ?S |N/m
3

end wet re|norced concrete, ?6 |N/m
3

Table C1
The parts of Eurocode 1
[11]
Reference Title
BS EN 1991-1-1 Lens|t|es, se|-we|ght end |mposed |oeds
BS EN 1991-1-2 Act|ons on structures exposed to |re
BS EN 1991-1-3 Snow |oeds
BS EN 1991-1-4 v|nd ect|ons
BS EN 1991-1-5 herme| ect|ons
BS EN 1991-1-6 Act|ons dur|ng execut|on
BS EN 1991-1-7 Acc|dente| ect|ons due to |mpect end exp|os|ons
BS EN 1991-2 re|c |oeds on |r|dges
BS EN 1991-3 Act|ons |nduced |y crenes end mech|nery
BS EN 1991-4 Act|ons |n s||os end ten|s
C1
C2
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
195
Append|x C Les|gn e|ds
Analysis
Ane|ys|s |s dee|t w|th |n Sect|on S o Conc/e /aocoJe ? vhere eppropr|ete the coe|c|ents
g|ven |n e||es C? end C3 cen |e used to determ|ne des|gn moments end sheer or s|e|s end
|eems et 0lS
Table C2
Coefficients for use with one-way spanning slabs to Eurocode 2
Coefficient Location
End support/slab connection Internal supports and spans
Pinned end support Continuous
Outer
support
Near
middle of
end span
Outer
support
Near
middle of
end span
At 1st
interior
support
At
middle of
interior
spans
At
interior
supports
Moment
00 00S6 004 00/S 00S6 0063 0063
Shear
040 046 060060 0S00S0
Notes
1 App||ce||e to one-wey spenn|ng s|e|s where the eree o eech |ey exceeds 30 m
?
,
|
< !?SO
|
end
|
< S
|N/m
?
, su|stent|e||y un|orm |oed|ng (et |eest 3 spens, m|n|mum spen ~ 0SS mex|mum (des|gn) spen
2 Les|gn moment coe x n x spen
?
end des|gn sheer coe x n x spen where n |s e 0Ll w|th e s|ng|e ver|e||e
ect|on g
C
q
|
cg
Q

|
where q
|
end
|
ere cherecter|st|c permenent end ver|e||e ect|ons |n |N/m
3 bes|s |e|d ||ne des|gn (essumed ?0% red|str||ut|on
|/|
)
Table C3
Coefficients for use with beams (and one-way spanning slabs) to Eurocode 2
Coefficient Location
Outer support Near middle
of end span
At 1st interior
support
At middle of
interior spans
At interior
supports
Moment `
k

and j
k
?S% spen
a
0094 00/S
Moment `
k
0090 0066
Moment j
k
0!00 00S6
Shear
04S 0630SS 0S00S0
b
Notes
1 lor |eems end s|e|s, 3 or more spens (hey mey e|so |e used or ?-spen |eems |ut support
moment coe|c|ent 0!06 end |nterne| sheer coe|c|ent 063 |oth s|des)
2 Cenere||y
|
< O
|
, end the |oed|ng shou|d |e su|stent|e||y un|orm|y d|str||uted Otherw|se spec|e|
curte||ment o re|norcement |s requ|red
3 M|n|mum spen ~ 0SS x mex|mum (end des|gn) spen
4 Les|gn moment et supports coe x n x spen
?

or |n spens (coe q
|
x g
C
q
|
coe
|
x cg
Q

|
) x spen
?

5 Les|gn sheer et centre||ne o supports coe x n x spen where n |s e 0Ll w|th e s|ng|e ver|e||e ect|on
g
C
q
|
cg
Q

|
where q
|
end
|
ere cherecter|st|c permenent end ver|e||e ect|ons |n |N/m
g
C
end cg
Q
ere dependent on use o bS lN !990, lxpress|ons (6!0), (6!0e) or (6!0|) See Sect|on C!
6 bes|s A||- end e|ternete-spens-|oeded ceses es 0l Net|one| Annex end !S% red|str||ut|on et
supports
Key
a At outer support '?S% spen' re|etes to the 0l Net|one||y Leterm|ned leremeter or lurocode ?,
C| 9?!?(!) or m|n|mum percentege o spen |end|ng moment to |e essumed et supports |n |eems
|n mono||th|c construct|on !S% mey |e eppropr|ete or s|e|s (see lurocode ?, C| 93!?)
b lor |eems o |ve spens, 0SS epp||es to centre spen
Cl. 9.2.1.2
Cl. 9.3.1.2
C3
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
196
Design for bending
Leterm|ne whether N / < / or not (|e whether under-re|norced or not)
where
/ /
ld
/(/J
?
|
c|
)
where
J eect|ve depth / cover f/?
/ w|dth o sect|on |n compress|on
/ mey |e determ|ned rom e||e C4 end |s dependent on the red|str||ut|on ret|o used
Table C4
Values for D
Redistribution ratio, d s/] for D
a
D
a
1 d
1.00 0/6 (0S?) 0?0S (0!6S) 0%
0.95 0/S (0S?) 0!9S (0!6S) S%
0.90 0S0 (0S?) 0!S? (0!6S) !0%
0.85 0S? 0!6S !S%
0.80 0S4 0!S3 ?0%
0.75 0S6 0!3/ ?S%
0.70 0SS 0!?0 30%
Note
C|ess A re|norcement |s restr|cted to e red|str||ut|on ret|o, d < 0S
Key
a lt |s recommended thet \/J |s ||m|ted to 04S
|3S|
As e consequence /J |s ||m|ted to e m|n|mum o
0S?0 end / to e m|n|mum o 0!6S
l N / < /, sect|on |s under-reinforced
lor rectengu|er sect|ons
/
s!
/
ld
/|
yd

where
/
s!
eree o tens||e re|norcement
/
ld
des|gn moment
|
yd
|
y|
/g
S
S00/!!S 434S Mle
J|0S 0S(! 3S3/)
0S
| < 09SJ
Ve|ues o /J (end \/J) mey |e te|en rom e||e CS
lor |enged |eems where x < !?S/

,
/
s!
/
ld
/|
yd

where \ depth to neutre| ex|s Ve|ues o \/J mey |e te|en rom e||e CS
/

th|c|ness o |enge
How to: Beams
[8]
lor |enged |eems where \ ~ !?S/

, reer to /ou |o Je/qn conce|e |ac|ae a/nq /aocoJe ?


|S|

l N / > /, sect|on |s over-reinforced end requ|res compress|on re|norcement
/
s?
(/
ld
/)/|
sc
(J J
?
)
where
/
s?
compress|on re|norcement
l J
?
/x > 03/S then the term /
s?
shou|d |e rep|eced |y the term
!6(! J
?
/\) /
s?
/ //J
?
|
c|

|
sc
/00(\
u
J
?
)/\
u
< |
yd
where
J
?
eect|ve depth to compress|on re|norcement
C4
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
197
Append|x C Les|gn e|ds
\
u
(d 04)J
where
d red|str||ut|on ret|o
ote| eree o stee| /
s!
//(|
yd
) /
s?
|
sc
/|
yd
Table C5
Values of s/] and q/] for singly reinforced rectangular sections
D s/] q/] (1 d)
max
a
0.04 09S0
b
0!?S 30%
0.05 09S0
b
0!?S 30%
0.06 0944 0!40 30%
0.07 0934 0!6S 30%
0.08 09?4 0!9! 30%
0.09 09!3 0?!/ 30%
0.10 090? 0?4S 30%
0.11 0S9! 0?/? 30%
0.12 0SS0 030! 30%
0.13 0S6S 033! ?/%
0.14 0SS6 036! ?4%
0.15 0S43 0393 ?!%
0.16 0S30 04?S !S%
0.17 0S!6
c
0460
c
!4%
0.18 0S0?
c
049S
c
!!%
0.19 0/S/
c
0S33
c
/%
0.20 0//!
c
0S/?
c
3%
0.208 0/SS
c
0606
c
0%
Note
|
c|
< S0 Mle
Key
a Mex|mum e||owe||e red|str||ut|on
b lrect|ce| ||m|t
c lt |s recommended thet \/J |s ||m|ted to 04S0
|3S|
As e consequence /J |s ||m|ted to e m|n|mum o
0S?0 end / to 0!6S
Design for beam shear
Requirement for shear reinforcement
l .
ld
> .
kd,c
then sheer re|norcement |s requ|red
where
.
ld
\
ld
//
w
J, or sect|ons w|thout sheer re|norcement (|e s|e|s)
.
kd,c
sheer res|stence w|thout sheer re|norcement, rom e||e C6
C5
C5.1
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
198
C5.2
Table C6
Shear resistance without shear reinforcement, o
Rd,c
(MPa)
r
l
= :
sl
/
[
w
]
Effective depth ] (mm)
G 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 600 750
< 0.25%
0S4 0S? 0S0 04S 04/ 04S 043 04! 040 03S 036
0.50%
0S9 0S/ 0S6 0SS 0S4 0S? 0S! 049 04S 04/ 04S
0.75%
06S 066 064 063 06? 0S9 0SS 0S6 0SS 0S3 0S!
1.00%
0/S 0/? 0/! 069 06S 06S 064 06? 06! 0S9 0S/
1.25%
0S0 0/S 0/6 0/4 0/3 0/! 069 06/ 066 063 06!
1.50%
0SS 0S3 0S! 0/9 0/S 0/S 0/3 0/! 0/0 06/ 06S
1.75%
090 0S/ 0SS 0S3 0S? 0/9 0// 0/S 0/3 0/! 06S
~ 2.00%
094 09! 0S9 0S/ 0SS 0S? 0S0 0/S 0// 0/4 0/!
Notes
1 e||e der|ved rom lurocode ? end 0l Net|one| Annex
2 e||e creeted or |
c|
30 Mle essum|ng vert|ce| ||n|s
3 lor r
|
~ 04% end
|
c|
?S Mle, epp|y ector o 094 |
c|
40 Mle, epp|y ector o !!0 |
c|
S0 Mle, epp|y ector o !!9
|
c|
3S Mle, epp|y ector o !0S |
c|
4S Mle, epp|y ector o !!4 Not epp||ce||e or |
c|
> S0 Mle
Section capacity check
l .
ld,.
> .
kd,mex
then sect|on s|.e |s |nedequete
where
.
ld,.
\
ld
//
w
\
ld
//
w
09J, or sect|ons u/|/ sheer re|norcement
.
kd,mex
cepec|ty o concrete struts expressed es e stress |n the vert|ce| p|ene
\
kd,mex
//
w

\
kd,mex
//
w
09J
.
kd,mex
cen |e determ|ned rom e||e C/, |n|t|e||y chec||ng et cot y ?S Shou|d |t |e requ|red,
e greeter res|stence mey |e essumed |y us|ng e |erger strut eng|e, y
Table C7
Capacity of concrete struts expressed as a stress, o
Rd,max
_
ck
o
Rd,max
(MPa) Strength
reduction
factor, v cot y 2.50 2.14 1.73 1.43 1.19 1.00
y 2.18 25 30 35 40 45
20
?S4 ?S? 3!9 346 36? 36S 0SS?
25
3!0 34S 390 4?3 443 4S0 0S40
30
364 404 4S/ 496 S?0 S?S 0S?S
35
4!S 46! S?! S66 S93 60? 0S!6
40
463 S!S SS? 63! 66? 6/? 0S04
45
S09 S6S 639 693 /?/ /3S 049?
50
SS? 6!3 693 /S? /SS S00 04S0
Notes
1 e||e der|ved rom lurocode ? end 0l Net|one| Annex essum|ng vert|ce| ||n|s, |e cot a 0
2 v 06|! (|
c|
/?S0)|
3 .
kd,mex
v|
cd
(cot y cot a)/(! cot
?
y)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
199
Append|x C Les|gn e|ds
C5.3 Shear reinforcement design
/
sw
/ ~ .
ld,.
/
w
/|
ywd
cot y
where
/
sw
eree o sheer re|norcement (vert|ce| ||n|s essumed)
spec|ng o sheer re|norcement
.
ld,.
\
ld
//
w
, es |eore
/
w
|reedth o the we|
|
ywd
|
yw|
/g
S
des|gn y|e|d strength o sheer re|norcement
Cenere||y /
sw
/ ~ .
ld,.
/
w
/!0S/
where |
yw|
S00 Mle, g
S
!!S end cot y ?S
A|ternet|ve|y, /
sw
/ per metre w|dth o /
w
mey |e determ|ned rom l|gure C!e) or C!|) es
|nd|ceted |y the ||ue errows |n l|gure C!e) hese |gures mey e|so |e used to est|mete the
ve|ue o cot y
beems ere su||ect to e m|n|mum sheer ||n| prov|s|on Assum|ng vert|ce| ||n|s,
/
sw,m|n
//
w
~ 00S |
c|
0S
/|
y|
(see e||e CS)
Table C8
Values of :
sw,min
/l[
w
for beams for vertical links and _
yk
= 500 MPa and compatible resistance, o
Rd
Concrete class C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
A
sw,min
/sb
w
for beams (x 10
3
) 0/? 0S0 0SS 09S !0! !0/ !!3
v
Rd
for A
sw,min
/sb
w
(MPa) 0/S 0S/ 09S !03 !!0 !!/ !?3
4.0
3.0
2.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
C35/45
C40/50
C45/55
0.0
1.0
2.14 1.73 1.43
1.19
1.00
See Fig. C1b)
A
sw
/s required per metre width of b
w
f
ywk
= 500 MPa
v
Rd,max
for cot y = 2.5
v
E
d
,
z

(
M
P
a
)
C30/37
C20/25
C25/30
C50/60
Figure C1a)
Diagram to determine :
sw
/l required (for beams with high shear stress)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
200
C6 Design for punching shear
Leterm|ne | punch|ng sheer re|norcement |s requ|red, |n|t|e||y et a
!
, then | necessery et
su|sequent per|meters, a
|
l .
ld
> .
kd,c
then punch|ng sheer re|norcement |s requ|red
where
.
ld
b\
ld
/a
|
J
where
b ector dee||ng w|th eccentr|c|ty
\
ld
epp||ed sheer orce
a
|
|ength o the per|meter under cons|deret|on
J meen eect|ve depth
.
kd,c
sheer res|stence w|thout sheer re|norcement (see e||e C6)
lor vert|ce| sheer re|norcement
(/
sw
/
r
) a
!
(.
ld
0/S .
kd,c
)/(!S |
ywd,e
)
where
/
sw
eree o sheer re|norcement |n one per|meter eround the co|umn
lor /
sw,m|n
see Conc/e /aocoJe ?, Sect|on !04? end or |eyout see Sect|on !?43

r
red|e| spec|ng o per|meters o sheer re|norcement
Concise: 10.4.2,
12.4.3
a
!
|es|c contro| per|meter ?J rom co|umn ece
|
ywd,e
eect|ve des|gn strength o re|norcement (?S0 0?SJ) < |
ywd
lor Crede
S00 sheer re|norcement see e||e C9
Table C9
Values of _
ywd,ef
for grade 500 reinforcement
] 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
f
ywd,ef ?S/S 300 3!?S 3?S 33/S 3S0 36?S
At the co|umn per|meter, chec| .
ld
\
kdmex
or cot y !0 g|ven |n e||e C/
C20/25
C25/30
C30/37
C30/37
C35/45
C40/50
C45/55
C50/60
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
0 1 2 3 4
f
ywk
= 500 MPa
A
sw,min
/s
for beams
Range of v
Rd,c
for range
d = 200 mm, r = 2.0%
to d = 750 mm, r = 0.5%
C
2
5
/3
0
A
sw
/s required per metre width of b
w
v
E
d
,
z

(
M
P
a
)
C20/25
Figure C1b)
Diagram to determine :
sw
/l required (for slabs and beams with low shear stress)
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
201
Append|x C Les|gn e|ds
C7 Check deflection
ln genere|, the SlS stete o de|ect|on mey |e chec|ed |y us|ng the spen-to-eect|ve-depth
epproech More cr|t|ce| eppre|se| o deormet|on |s outs|de the scope o th|s pu|||cet|on o use
the spen-to-eect|ve-depth epproech, ver|y thet
A||owe||e //J / x / x l! x l? x l3 ~ ectue| //J
where
/ |es|c spen-to-eect|ve-depth ret|o der|ved or / !0 end r' 0 rom Sect|on !0S?
o Conc/e /aocoJe ? or e||e C!0 or l|gure C?
Concise: 10.5.2
/ ector to eccount or structure| system See e||e C!!
l! ector to eccount or |enged sect|ons vhen /
e
//
w
!0, ector l! !0
vhen /
e
//
w
|s greeter then 30, ector l! 0S0
lor ve|ues o /
e
//
w
|etween !0 end 30, |nterpo|et|on mey |e used (see e||e C!?)
where
/
e
|s de|ned |n Sect|on S?? o Conc/e /aocoJe ?
/
w
w|dth o we|
ln l |eems /
w
m|n|mum w|dth o we| |n tens||e eree
ln tepered we|s /
w
w|dth o we| et centro|d o re|norcement |n we|
Concise: 5.2.2
l? ector to eccount or |r|tt|e pert|t|ons |n essoc|et|on w|th |ong spens Cenere||y l?
!0 |ut | |r|tt|e pert|t|ons ere ||e||e to |e demeged |y excess|ve de|ect|on, l?
shou|d |e determ|ned es o||ows
e) |n |et s|e|s |n wh|ch the |onger spen |s greeter then SS m, l? SS//
e
|) |n |eems end other s|e|s w|th spens |n excess o /0 m, l? /0//
e
Ve|ues o l? mey |e te|en rom e||e C!3
l3 ector to eccount or serv|ce stress |n tens||e re|norcement 3!0/s
s
< !S
Conservet|ve|y, | e serv|ce stress, s
s
, o 3!0 Mle |s essumed or the des|gned eree
o re|norcement, /
s,req
then l3 /
s,prov
//
s,req
< !S
More eccurete|y,

the serv|cee||||ty stress, s


s
, mey |e est|meted es o||ows
s
s
|
y|
/g
S
|(O
|
c
?

|
)/(!?SO
|
!S
|
)| |/
s,req
//
s,prov
| (!/d)
or
s
s
s
su
|/
s,req
//
s,prov
| (!/d)
where
s
su
the unmod||ed SlS stee| stress, te||ng eccount o g
M
or
re|norcement end o go|ng rom u|t|mete ect|ons to serv|cee||||ty
ect|ons
S00/g
S
(O
|
c
?

|
)/(!?SO
|
!S
|
)
s
su
mey |e est|meted rom l|gure C3 es |nd|ceted |y the ||ue
errow
/
s,req
//
s,prov
eree o stee| requ|red d|v|ded |y eree o stee| prov|ded
(!/d) ector to 'un-red|str||ute' 0lS moments so they mey |e used |n
th|s SlS ver||cet|on (see e||e C!4)
Actue| //J ectue| spen d|v|ded |y eect|ve depth, J

See Append|x b!S


This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
202
Table 7.4N
Table C10
Basic ratios of span-to-effective-depth, G, for members without axial compression
Required
reinforcement, r
_
ck
20 25 30 35 40 45 50
0.30% ?S9 3?? 39? 466 S46 630 /!S
0.40% !9! ??4 ?6? 304 3S0 39S 4S0
0.50% !/0 !SS ?0S ?30 ?SS ?SS 3?0
0.60% !60 !/3 !SS !9S ?!3 ?3! ?S?
0.70% !S3 !64 !/4 !SS !96 ?06 ?!/
0.80% !4S !S/ !66 !/6 !SS !94 ?04
0.90% !43 !S? !60 !6S !// !SS !93
1.00% !40 !4S !SS !63 !/0 !/S !SS
1.20% !3S !4! !4S !S4 !60 !66 !/3
1.40% !3! !3/ !4? !4S !S3 !SS !64
1.60% !?9 !33 !3S !43 !4S !S? !S/
1.80% !?/ !3! !3S !39 !43 !4S !S?
2.00% !?S !?9 !33 !36 !40 !44 !4S
2.50% !?? !?S !?S !3! !34 !3/ !40
3.00% !?0 !?3 !?S !?S !30 !33 !3S
3.50% !!9 !?! !?3 !?S !?/ !?9 !3!
4.00% !!S !!9 !?! !?3 !?S !?/ !?9
4.50% !!/ !!S !?0 !?? !?3 !?S !?/
5.00% !!6 !!S !!9 !?! !?? !?4 !?S
Reference
reinforcement ratio, r
0
04S% 0S0% 0SS% 0S9% 063% 06/% 0/!%
Notes
1 vhere r /
s
//J
2 lor -sect|ons r |s the eree o re|norcement d|v|ded |y the eree o concrete e|ove the centro|d o
the tens|on re|norcement
3 he ve|ues or spen-to-eect|ve-depth heve |een |esed on e||e /4N |n lurocode ?, us|ng / !
(s|mp|y supported) end r 0 (no compress|on re|norcement requ|red)
4 he spen-to-eect|ve-depth ret|o shou|d |e |esed on the shorter spen |n two-wey spenn|ng s|e|s end
the |onger spen |n |et s|e|s
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
32
12
0.40% 0.60% 0.80% 1.00% 1.20% 1.40% 1.60% 1.80% 2.00%
Design tension reinforcement (100A
s,req
/bd)
B
a
s
i
c

s
p
a
n
-
t
o
-
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e
-
d
e
p
t
h

r
a
t
i
o

N

(
l
/
d
)
f
ck
= 50
f
ck
= 45
f
ck
= 40
f
ck
= 35
f
ck
= 30
f
ck
= 25
f
ck
= 20
Figure C2
Basic span-to-effective depth ratios, G, for D = 1, r' = 0

This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
203
Append|x C Les|gn e|ds
Table C11
D factors to be applied to basic ratios of span-to-effective-depth
Structural system D
Beams Slabs
S|mp|y supported |eems One- or two-wey spenn|ng s|mp|y supported s|e|s !0
lnd spen o cont|nuous |eems lnd spen o one-wey spenn|ng cont|nuous s|e|s, or
two-wey spenn|ng s|e|s cont|nuous over one |ong edge
!3
lnter|or spens o cont|nuous |eems lnter|or spens o cont|nuous s|e|s !S
l|et s|e|s (|esed on |onger spen) !?
Cent||evers Cent||ever 04
Table C12
Factor F1, modifier for flanged beams
[
eff
/[
w
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 ~ 3.0
Factor
!00 09S 090 0SS 0S0

Table C13
Factor F2, modifier for long spans supporting brittle partitions
Span, m e
eff
< 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0
Flat slabs 8.5/e
eff
!00 !00 !00 !00 094 0SS 0// 0/! 06S 06! 0S/ 0S3
Beams and other slabs 7.0/e
eff
!00 093 0SS 0S? 0/S 0/0 064 0SS 0S4 0S0 04/ 044
320
300
280
260
240
220
200
180
1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00
U
n
m
o
d
i
f
i
e
d

s
t
e
e
l

s
t
r
e
s
s

s
s
u
Ratio G
k
/Q
k
y
2
=
0
.6
, g
G
=
1
.2
5
y2

=

0
.3
,
g G

=

1
.2
5
y 2

=

0
.2
,
g G

=

1
.2
5
y
2
= 0.8, g
G
= 1.35
y
2
= 0.6, g
G
= 1.35
y
2
=
0
.3
, g
G
=
1
.3
5
y
2
= 0.2, g
G
= 1.35
Figure C3
Determination of unmodified SLS, stress in reinforcement, s
su
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
204
C8
Table C14
(1/d) factor to be applied to unmodified s
su
to allow for redistribution used
Average redistribution used
20% 15% 10% 5% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30%
Redistribution ratio used, d
1.20 1.15 1.10 1.05 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70
(1/d) S3% S/% 9!% 9S% !00% !0S% !!!% !!S% !?S% !33% !43%
Notes
1 vhere coe|c|ents rom e||e C? heve |een used |n des|gn end where
|
&!?SO
|
, the coe|c|ents |n e||e C? mey |e cons|dered to
represent moment d|str||ut|on o
S% neer m|dd|e o end spen w|th p|nned end support
??% et |rst |nter|or support, es e worst cese
3% neer m|dd|e o |nterne| spens, es e worst cese
?S% et |nter|or supports, es e worst cese
2 vhere coe|c|ents rom e||e C3 heve |een used |n des|gn end where
|
&O
|
, the coe|c|ents |n e||e C3 mey |e cons|dered to represent
moment red|str||ut|on o
3% neer m|dd|e o end spen w|th p|nned end support, es e worst cese
9% neer m|dd|e o |nterne| spens, es e worst cese
!S% et e|| |nter|or supports
Control of cracking
Crec||ng mey |e contro||ed |y restr|ct|ng e|ther mex|mum |er d|emeter or mex|mum |er
spec|ng to the re|event d|emeters end spec|ngs g|ven |n e||e C!S he eppropr|ete SlS stress |n
re|norcement, s
s
, mey |e determ|ned es out||ned or l3 |n Sect|on C/
M|n|mum erees end espects o dete|||ng shou|d |e chec|ed
Table C15
Maximum bar diameters f or maximum bar spacing for crack control
Steel stress (MPa) s
s
Maximum bar size (mm)
OR
Maximum bar spacing (mm)
p
k
= 0.3 mm p
k
= 0.4 mm p
k
= 0.3 mm p
k
= 0.4 mm
160
3? 40 300 300
200
?S 3? ?S0 300
240
!6 ?0 ?00 ?S0
280
!? !6 !S0 ?00
320
!0 !? !00 !S0
360
S !0 S0 !00
Notes
1 he 'norme|' ||m|t o 03 mm mey |e re|exed to 04 mm or `O end `C! exposure c|esses | there |s
no spec||c requ|rement or eppeerence
2 e||e essumpt|ons |nc|ude c
nom
?S mm end |
ct,e
( |
ctm
) ?9 Mle

This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
205
Append|x C Les|gn e|ds
C9
C9.1
C9.2
Design for axial load and bending
General
ln co|umns, des|gn moments /
ld
end des|gn epp||ed ex|e| orce /
ld
shou|d |e der|ved rom ene|ys|s,
cons|deret|on o |mperect|ons end, where necessery, ?nd order eects
lt |s necessery to ce|cu|ete eect|ve |engths |n order to determ|ne whether e co|umn |s s|ender
(see lurocode ?, C| SS3? end lxpress|on (S!S)) he eect|ve |ength o most co|umns w||| |e
//?< /
0
< / (see lurocode ? l|gure S/) lL 66S/
|6|
C| ?!0 suggests thet us|ng the procedure
out||ned |n lurocode ? (SS3?(3) end SS3?(S)) |eeds to s|m||er eect|ve |engths to those
te|u|eted |n bS S!!0
|/|
es reproduced |e|ow es e||e C!6 lxper|ence suggests thet these
te|u|eted ve|ues ere conservet|ve
Table C16
Effective length e
0
: conservative factors for braced columns
End condition
at top
End condition at bottom
1 2 3
1
0/S 0S0 090
2
0S0 0SS 09S
3
090 09S !00
Key
Cond|t|on ! Co|umn connected mono||th|ce||y to |eems on eech s|de thet ere et |eest es deep es the
overe|| depth o the co|umn |n the p|ene cons|dered
vhere the co|umn |s connected to e oundet|on th|s shou|d |e des|gned to cerry moment
|n order to set|sy th|s cond|t|on
Cond|t|on ? Co|umn connected mono||th|ce||y to |eems on eech s|de thet ere she||ower then the
overe|| depth o the co|umn |n the p|ene cons|dered |y genere||y not |ess then he| the
co|umn depth
Cond|t|on 3 Co|umn connected to mem|ers thet do not prov|de more then nom|ne| restre|nt to
rotet|on
Note
e||e te|en rom /onao/ |o |/e Je/qn o| conce|e /a//J/nq |ac|ae |o /aocoJe ?
|3S|
he ve|ues ere
those used |n bS S!!0 lert ! !99/
|/|
or |reced co|umns hese ve|ues ere c|ose to those ve|ues thet
wou|d |e der|ved | the contr||ut|on rom ed|ecent co|umns were |gnored
Design by calculation
Assum|ng two |eyers o re|norcement, /
s!
end /
s?
, the tote| eree o stee| requ|red |n e co|umn,
/
s
, mey |e ce|cu|eted es shown |e|ow
lor ex|e| |oed N
/
sN
/? (/
ld
a
cc
n|
c|
/J
c
/g
C
)/(s
sc
s
st
)
where
/
sN
tote| eree o re|norcement requ|red to res|st ex|e| |oed us|ng th|s method
/
sN
/
s!
/
s?
end /
s!
/
s?
where
/
s!
(/
s?
) eree o re|norcement |n |eyer ! (|eyer ?)
/
ld
des|gn epp||ed ex|e| orce
a
cc
0SS
n ! or < CS0/60
/ |reedth o sect|on
Concise:
Fig. 6.3
J
c
eect|ve depth o concrete |n compress|on l\ < /
Concise:
Fig. 6.4
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
206
C9.3

where
l 0S or < CS0/60
\ depth to neutre| ex|s
/ he|ght o sect|on
s
sc
, (s
st
) stress |n compress|on (end tens|on) re|norcement
lor moment N
/
sM
/? |/
ld
a
cc
n|
c|
/J
c
(//? J
c
/?)/g
C
|/|(//? J
?
)(s
sc
s
st
)|
where
/
sM
tote| eree o re|norcement requ|red to res|st moment us|ng th|s method
/
sM
/
s!
/
s?
end /
s!
/
s?
vhere re|norcement |s not concentreted |n the corners, e conservet|ve epproech |s to ce|cu|ete
en eect|ve ve|ue o J
?
es |||ustreted |n l|gures C4e) to e)
So|ut|on |terete N \ such thet /
sN
/
sM
Rectangular column charts
A|ternet|ve|y /
s
mey |e est|meted rom co|umn cherts
l|gures C4e) to C4e) g|ve non-d|mens|one| des|gn cherts or symmetr|ce||y re|norced rectengu|er
co|umns where re|norcement |s essumed to |e concentreted |n the corners
ln these cherts
a
cc
0SS
|
c|
< S0 Mle
|
y|
< S00 Mle
S|mp|||ed stress ||oc| essumed
/
s
tote| eree o re|norcement requ|red
(/
s
|
y|
///|
c|
)//|
c|
/|
y|
where
(/
s
|
y|
///|
c|
) |s der|ved rom the eppropr|ete des|gn chert |nterpo|et|ng es necessery
|etween cherts or the ve|ue o J
?
// or the sect|on
/ |reedth o sect|on
/ he|ght o sect|on
vhere re|norcement |s not concentreted |n the corners, e conservet|ve epproech |s to ce|cu|ete
en eect|ve ve|ue o J
?
es |||ustreted |n l|gures C4e) to e)
J
?
eect|ve depth to stee| |n |eyer ?
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
207
Append|x C Les|gn e|ds
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.3
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45
K
r
= 0.2
N
E
d
/
b
h
f
c
k
M
Ed
/bh
2
f
ck
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
A
s
f y
k
/
b
h
f c
k
h/2
h
d
2
Centroid of bars in
half section
d
2
/h = 0.05
Figure C4a)
Rectangular columns ]
2
/a = 0.05
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.3
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45
K
r
= 1
K
r
= 0.2
N
E
d
/
b
h
f
c
k
M
Ed
/bh
2
f
ck
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
A
s
f y
k
/
b
h
f c
k
h/2
h
d
2
d
2
/h = 0.10
Centroid of bars in
half section
Figure C4b)
Rectangular columns ]
2
/a = 0.10
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
208
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.3
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40
K
r
= 1
K
t
= 0.2
N
E
d
/
b
h
f
c
k
M
Ed
/bh
2
f
ck
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
A
s
f y
k
/
b
h
f c
k
h/2
h
d
2
d
2
/h = 0.15
Centroid of bars in
half section
Figure C4c)
Rectangular columns ]
2
/a = 0.15
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.2
1.1
1.3
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
K
r
= 1
K
r
= 0.2
N
E
d
/
b
h
f
c
k
M
Ed
/bh
2
f
ck
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
A
s
f y
k
/
b
h
f c
k
h/2
h
d
2
d
2
/h = 0.20
Centroid of bars in
half section
Figure C4d)
Rectangular columns ]
2
/a = 0.20
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
209
Append|x C Les|gn e|ds
C9.4
C9.5
C9.6
Biaxial bending in rectangular columns
As e |rst step, seperete des|gn |n eech pr|nc|pe| d|rect|on, d|sregerd|ng ||ex|e| |end|ng, mey |e
underte|en No urther chec| |s necessery | 0S < l
y
/l
.
< ?0 end, or rectengu|er sect|ons, 0?
~ (e
y
//
eq
)/(e
.
//
eq
) or (e
y
//
eq
)/(e
.
//
eq
) ~ S0 Otherw|se see Sect|on S63 o Conc/e /aocoJe ?
lor squere co|umns (e
y
//
eq
)/(e
.
//
eq
) /
ldy
//
ld.

Concise: 5.6.3
Circular column charts
ln e s|m||er menner to C93, the eree o re|norcement or c|rcu|er co|umns /
s
mey |e est|meted
rom the cherts |n l|gures CSe) to CSd)
ln these cherts
a
cc
0SS
|
c|
< S0 Mle
|
y|
S00 Mle
/
s
tote| eree o re|norcement requ|red
(/
s
|
y|
//
?
|
c|
)/
?
|
c|
/|
y|
where (/
s
|
y|
//
?
|
c|
) |s der|ved rom the eppropr|ete des|gn chert |nterpo|et|ng es necessery
J// eect|ve depth/overe|| d|emeter
Links
l|n|s |n co|umns shou|d |e et |eest S mm or mex|mum d|emeter o |ong|tud|ne| |ers/4 |n
d|emeter end ed|ecent to |eems end s|e|s speced et the |eest o
!? t|mes the m|n|mum d|emeter o the |ong|tud|ne| |er, N
60% o the |esser d|mens|on o the co|umn, or N
?40 mm N
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.3
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
K
r
= 1
K
r
= 0.2
N
E
d
/
b
h
f
c
k
M
Ed
/bh
2
f
ck
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
A
s
f y
k
/
b
h
f c
k
h/2
h
d
2
d
2
/h = 0.25
Centroid of bars in
half section
Figure C4e)
Rectangular columns ]
2
/a = 0.25
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
210
K
r
=1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
1.0
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.2
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07
0.9
d
h
Ratio d/h = 0.6
N
E
d
/
h
2
f
c
k
M
Ed
/h
3
f
ck
A
s
f y
k
/
h
2 f c
k
Figure C5a)
Circular columns ]/a = 0.6
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08
0.10
0.12
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
d
h
Ratio d/h = 0.7
N
E
d
/
h
2
f
c
k
M
Ed
/h
3
f
ck
K
r
=1
A
s
f y
k
/
h
2
f c
k
A
s
f y
k
/
h
2
f c
k
Figure C5b)
Circular columns ]/a = 0.7
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
211
Append|x C Les|gn e|ds
d
h
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9

1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
Ratio d/h = 0.8
K
r
=1
N
E
d
/
h
2
f
c
k
M
Ed
/h
3
f
ck
A
s
f y
k
/
h
2
f
c
k
Figure C5c)
Circular columns ]/a = 0.8
d
h
0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30

0.7
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
0.9
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
1.2
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0
Ratio d/h = 0.9
K
r
=1
N
E
d
/
h
2
f
c
k
M
Ed
/h
3
f
ck
A
s
f y
k
/
h
2
f c
k
Figure C5d)
Circular columns ]/a = 0.9
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
212
Eurocode 2 resources
Publications
Concise Eurocode 2
CCll-00S, he Concrete Centre, ?006
A hend|oo| or the des|gn o |n-s|tu concrete |u||d|ngs to lurocode ? end |ts 0l Net|one| Annex
How to design concrete structures using Eurocode 2
CCll-004, he Concrete Centre, ?006
Cu|dence or the des|gn end dete|||ng o e |roed renge o concrete e|ements to lurocode ?
Economic concrete frame elements to Eurocode 2
CCll-0?S, he Concrete Centre, ?009
A se|ect|on o re|norced concrete reme e|ements |n mu|t|-storey |u||d|ngs
Precast Eurocode 2: Design manual
CCll-0!4, br|t|sh lrecest Concrete lederet|on, ?00S
A hend|oo| or the des|gn o precest concrete |u||d|ng structures to lurocode ? end |ts Net|one| Annex
Precast Eurocode 2: Worked examples
CCll-034, br|t|sh lrecest Concrete lederet|on, ?00S
vor|ed exemp|es or the des|gn o precest concrete |u||d|ngs to lurocode ? end |ts Net|one| Annex
Concrete buildings scheme design manual
CCll-0S!, he Concrete Centre ?009
A hend|oo| or the lSructl chertered mem|ersh|p exem|net|on, |esed on lC?
Properties of concrete for use in Eurocode 2
CCll-0?9, he Concrete Centre, ?00S
low to opt|m|.e the eng|neer|ng propert|es o concrete |n des|gn to lurocode ?
Standard method of detailing structural concrete
lnst|tut|on o Structure| lng|neers/ he Concrete Soc|ety, ?006
A menue| or |est prect|ce
Manual for the design of concrete building structures to Eurocode 2
lnst|tut|on o Structure| lng|neers, ?006
A menue| or the des|gn o concrete |u||d|ngs to lurocode ? end |ts Net|one| Annex
BS EN 1992-1-1, Eurocode 2 Part 1-1: Design of concrete structures
General rules and rules for buildings
br|t|sh Stenderds lnst|tut|on, ?004
National Annex to Eurocode 2 Part 1-1
br|t|sh Stenderds lnst|tut|on, ?00S
Software
RC spreadsheets: V3. User guide and CD
CCll-00S he Concrete Centre, ?006
lxce| spreedsheets or des|gn to bS S!!0 end lurocode ? end |ts 0l Net|one| Annex
Websites
Eurocode 2 www.eurocode2.info
Eurocodes Expert www.eurocodes.co.uk
The Concrete Centre www.concretecentre.com
Institution of Structural Engineers www.istructe.org
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
3
Mombors of tho Stooring Croup
ohn Meson A|en bexter 8 Assoc|etes (Che|rmen)
Stuert A|exender vSl Croup p|c
le| Chene M|nere| lroducts Assoc|et|on Cement
Cher|es Coodch||d he Concrete Centre
ony ones Arup
Andy ly|e NkM Consu|tents
k|cherd Moss lowe|| o|ner Assoc|etes
Nery Nereyenen C|er| Sm|th lertnersh|p
k|cherd Sh|pmen LClC
ko|ert Vo||um lmper|e| Co||ege, 0n|vers|ty o london
kuss vo|stenho|me vS At||ns 8 Ll lro|ect Oucer
kod ve|ster Concrete lnnovet|on end Les|gn
Mombors of tho Concroto |ndustry urocodo 2 Croup {C|C}
ohn Moore Consu|tent (Che|rmen)
C||ve budge br|t|sh lrecest Concrete lederet|on
le| Chene M|nere| lroducts Assoc|et|on Cement
ohn C|er|e he Concrete Soc|ety
Co||n C|ever|y Construct
Cher|es Coodch||d he Concrete Centre
le|g Cu|veness|en bkl
Ceo lerd|ng LClC
om lerr|son M|nere| lroducts Assoc|et|on Concrete
ony ones Arup
ohn Meson A|en bexter 8 Assoc|etes
k|cherd Moss lowe|| o|ner Assoc|etes
Nery Nereyenen C|er| Sm|th lertnersh|p
k|cherd Sh|pmen LClC
Mert|n Southcott Consu|tent
kuss vo|stenho|me vS At||ns
kod ve|ster Concrete lnnovet|on end Les|gn
|nitia| soction drafts
! lntroduct|on Nery Nereyenen
? Ane|ys|s, ect|ons end |oed errengements Nery Nereyenen
3 S|e|s Cher|es Coodch||d
4 beems Cher|es Coodch||d, kod ve|ster
S Co|umns ony ones, ens end|er
6 ve||s ony ones, ens end|er
Append|x A Ler|vet|on o ormu|ee Cher|es Coodch||d, kod ve|ster, Owen broo|er
Append|x b Serv|cee||||ty ||m|t stete Cher|es Coodch||d, Nery Nereyenen
Append|x C Les|gn e|ds Cher|es Coodch||d, kod ve|ster
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com
4
workod xamp|os to urocodo 2: Vo|umo 1
1his pub|ication givos oxamp|os of tho dosign to
urocodo 2 of common roinforcod concroto o|omonts
in roinforcod concroto framod bui|dings.
v|th extens|ve c|euse reerenc|ng, reeders ere gu|ded
through des|gn exemp|es to lurocode ? end other re|event
lurocodes end reerences he pu|||cet|on, wh|ch |nc|udes
des|gn e|ds, e|ms to he|p des|gners w|th the trens|t|on to
des|gn to lurocodes
\o/ame ' wo/eJ /\omo/e |o /aocoJe ? |s pert o e renge
o resources eve||e||e rom he Concrete Centre to ess|st
eng|neers w|th des|gn to lurocodes lor more |normet|on
v|s|t www.ourocodo2.info
Char|os Coodchi|d |s pr|nc|pe| structure| eng|neer
or he Concrete Centre where he promotes euc|ent
concrete des|gn end construct|on bes|des pro|ect
meneg|ng end euthor|ng th|s pu|||cet|on he hes
underte|en meny pro|ects to he|p w|th the |ntroduct|on
o lurocode ? to the 0l
CCll-04!
lu|||shed Lecem|er ?009
lSbN !-904S!S-S4-/
lr|ce Croup l
MlA he Concrete Centre
k|vers|de louse, 4 Meedows bus|ness ler|,
Stet|on Approech, b|ec|weter, Cem|er|ey, Surrey C0!/ 9Ab
e| 44( (0)!?6 606S00 lex 44 (0)!?/6 606S0!
wwwconcretecentrecom
This publication is available for purchase from www.concretecentre.com

Você também pode gostar